CCJM delivers practical clinical articles relevant to internists, cardiologists, endocrinologists, and other specialists, all written by known experts.

Theme
medstat_ccjm
Top Sections
CME
Reviews
1-Minute Consult
The Clinical Picture
Smart Testing
Symptoms to Diagnosis
ccjm
Main menu
CCJM Main Menu
Explore menu
CCJM Explore Menu
Proclivity ID
18804001
Unpublish
Negative Keywords
gaming
gambling
compulsive behaviors
ammunition
assault rifle
black jack
Boko Haram
bondage
child abuse
cocaine
Daech
drug paraphernalia
explosion
gun
human trafficking
ISIL
ISIS
Islamic caliphate
Islamic state
mixed martial arts
MMA
molestation
national rifle association
NRA
nsfw
pedophile
pedophilia
poker
porn
pornography
psychedelic drug
recreational drug
sex slave rings
slot machine
terrorism
terrorist
Texas hold 'em
UFC
substance abuse
abuseed
abuseer
abusees
abuseing
abusely
abuses
aeolus
aeolused
aeoluser
aeoluses
aeolusing
aeolusly
aeoluss
ahole
aholeed
aholeer
aholees
aholeing
aholely
aholes
alcohol
alcoholed
alcoholer
alcoholes
alcoholing
alcoholly
alcohols
allman
allmaned
allmaner
allmanes
allmaning
allmanly
allmans
alted
altes
alting
altly
alts
analed
analer
anales
analing
anally
analprobe
analprobeed
analprobeer
analprobees
analprobeing
analprobely
analprobes
anals
anilingus
anilingused
anilinguser
anilinguses
anilingusing
anilingusly
anilinguss
anus
anused
anuser
anuses
anusing
anusly
anuss
areola
areolaed
areolaer
areolaes
areolaing
areolaly
areolas
areole
areoleed
areoleer
areolees
areoleing
areolely
areoles
arian
arianed
arianer
arianes
arianing
arianly
arians
aryan
aryaned
aryaner
aryanes
aryaning
aryanly
aryans
asiaed
asiaer
asiaes
asiaing
asialy
asias
ass
ass hole
ass lick
ass licked
ass licker
ass lickes
ass licking
ass lickly
ass licks
assbang
assbanged
assbangeded
assbangeder
assbangedes
assbangeding
assbangedly
assbangeds
assbanger
assbanges
assbanging
assbangly
assbangs
assbangsed
assbangser
assbangses
assbangsing
assbangsly
assbangss
assed
asser
asses
assesed
asseser
asseses
assesing
assesly
assess
assfuck
assfucked
assfucker
assfuckered
assfuckerer
assfuckeres
assfuckering
assfuckerly
assfuckers
assfuckes
assfucking
assfuckly
assfucks
asshat
asshated
asshater
asshates
asshating
asshatly
asshats
assholeed
assholeer
assholees
assholeing
assholely
assholes
assholesed
assholeser
assholeses
assholesing
assholesly
assholess
assing
assly
assmaster
assmastered
assmasterer
assmasteres
assmastering
assmasterly
assmasters
assmunch
assmunched
assmuncher
assmunches
assmunching
assmunchly
assmunchs
asss
asswipe
asswipeed
asswipeer
asswipees
asswipeing
asswipely
asswipes
asswipesed
asswipeser
asswipeses
asswipesing
asswipesly
asswipess
azz
azzed
azzer
azzes
azzing
azzly
azzs
babeed
babeer
babees
babeing
babely
babes
babesed
babeser
babeses
babesing
babesly
babess
ballsac
ballsaced
ballsacer
ballsaces
ballsacing
ballsack
ballsacked
ballsacker
ballsackes
ballsacking
ballsackly
ballsacks
ballsacly
ballsacs
ballsed
ballser
ballses
ballsing
ballsly
ballss
barf
barfed
barfer
barfes
barfing
barfly
barfs
bastard
bastarded
bastarder
bastardes
bastarding
bastardly
bastards
bastardsed
bastardser
bastardses
bastardsing
bastardsly
bastardss
bawdy
bawdyed
bawdyer
bawdyes
bawdying
bawdyly
bawdys
beaner
beanered
beanerer
beaneres
beanering
beanerly
beaners
beardedclam
beardedclamed
beardedclamer
beardedclames
beardedclaming
beardedclamly
beardedclams
beastiality
beastialityed
beastialityer
beastialityes
beastialitying
beastialityly
beastialitys
beatch
beatched
beatcher
beatches
beatching
beatchly
beatchs
beater
beatered
beaterer
beateres
beatering
beaterly
beaters
beered
beerer
beeres
beering
beerly
beeyotch
beeyotched
beeyotcher
beeyotches
beeyotching
beeyotchly
beeyotchs
beotch
beotched
beotcher
beotches
beotching
beotchly
beotchs
biatch
biatched
biatcher
biatches
biatching
biatchly
biatchs
big tits
big titsed
big titser
big titses
big titsing
big titsly
big titss
bigtits
bigtitsed
bigtitser
bigtitses
bigtitsing
bigtitsly
bigtitss
bimbo
bimboed
bimboer
bimboes
bimboing
bimboly
bimbos
bisexualed
bisexualer
bisexuales
bisexualing
bisexually
bisexuals
bitch
bitched
bitcheded
bitcheder
bitchedes
bitcheding
bitchedly
bitcheds
bitcher
bitches
bitchesed
bitcheser
bitcheses
bitchesing
bitchesly
bitchess
bitching
bitchly
bitchs
bitchy
bitchyed
bitchyer
bitchyes
bitchying
bitchyly
bitchys
bleached
bleacher
bleaches
bleaching
bleachly
bleachs
blow job
blow jobed
blow jober
blow jobes
blow jobing
blow jobly
blow jobs
blowed
blower
blowes
blowing
blowjob
blowjobed
blowjober
blowjobes
blowjobing
blowjobly
blowjobs
blowjobsed
blowjobser
blowjobses
blowjobsing
blowjobsly
blowjobss
blowly
blows
boink
boinked
boinker
boinkes
boinking
boinkly
boinks
bollock
bollocked
bollocker
bollockes
bollocking
bollockly
bollocks
bollocksed
bollockser
bollockses
bollocksing
bollocksly
bollockss
bollok
bolloked
bolloker
bollokes
bolloking
bollokly
bolloks
boner
bonered
bonerer
boneres
bonering
bonerly
boners
bonersed
bonerser
bonerses
bonersing
bonersly
bonerss
bong
bonged
bonger
bonges
bonging
bongly
bongs
boob
boobed
boober
boobes
boobies
boobiesed
boobieser
boobieses
boobiesing
boobiesly
boobiess
boobing
boobly
boobs
boobsed
boobser
boobses
boobsing
boobsly
boobss
booby
boobyed
boobyer
boobyes
boobying
boobyly
boobys
booger
boogered
boogerer
boogeres
boogering
boogerly
boogers
bookie
bookieed
bookieer
bookiees
bookieing
bookiely
bookies
bootee
booteeed
booteeer
booteees
booteeing
booteely
bootees
bootie
bootieed
bootieer
bootiees
bootieing
bootiely
booties
booty
bootyed
bootyer
bootyes
bootying
bootyly
bootys
boozeed
boozeer
boozees
boozeing
boozely
boozer
boozered
boozerer
boozeres
boozering
boozerly
boozers
boozes
boozy
boozyed
boozyer
boozyes
boozying
boozyly
boozys
bosomed
bosomer
bosomes
bosoming
bosomly
bosoms
bosomy
bosomyed
bosomyer
bosomyes
bosomying
bosomyly
bosomys
bugger
buggered
buggerer
buggeres
buggering
buggerly
buggers
bukkake
bukkakeed
bukkakeer
bukkakees
bukkakeing
bukkakely
bukkakes
bull shit
bull shited
bull shiter
bull shites
bull shiting
bull shitly
bull shits
bullshit
bullshited
bullshiter
bullshites
bullshiting
bullshitly
bullshits
bullshitsed
bullshitser
bullshitses
bullshitsing
bullshitsly
bullshitss
bullshitted
bullshitteded
bullshitteder
bullshittedes
bullshitteding
bullshittedly
bullshitteds
bullturds
bullturdsed
bullturdser
bullturdses
bullturdsing
bullturdsly
bullturdss
bung
bunged
bunger
bunges
bunging
bungly
bungs
busty
bustyed
bustyer
bustyes
bustying
bustyly
bustys
butt
butt fuck
butt fucked
butt fucker
butt fuckes
butt fucking
butt fuckly
butt fucks
butted
buttes
buttfuck
buttfucked
buttfucker
buttfuckered
buttfuckerer
buttfuckeres
buttfuckering
buttfuckerly
buttfuckers
buttfuckes
buttfucking
buttfuckly
buttfucks
butting
buttly
buttplug
buttpluged
buttpluger
buttpluges
buttpluging
buttplugly
buttplugs
butts
caca
cacaed
cacaer
cacaes
cacaing
cacaly
cacas
cahone
cahoneed
cahoneer
cahonees
cahoneing
cahonely
cahones
cameltoe
cameltoeed
cameltoeer
cameltoees
cameltoeing
cameltoely
cameltoes
carpetmuncher
carpetmunchered
carpetmuncherer
carpetmuncheres
carpetmunchering
carpetmuncherly
carpetmunchers
cawk
cawked
cawker
cawkes
cawking
cawkly
cawks
chinc
chinced
chincer
chinces
chincing
chincly
chincs
chincsed
chincser
chincses
chincsing
chincsly
chincss
chink
chinked
chinker
chinkes
chinking
chinkly
chinks
chode
chodeed
chodeer
chodees
chodeing
chodely
chodes
chodesed
chodeser
chodeses
chodesing
chodesly
chodess
clit
clited
cliter
clites
cliting
clitly
clitoris
clitorised
clitoriser
clitorises
clitorising
clitorisly
clitoriss
clitorus
clitorused
clitoruser
clitoruses
clitorusing
clitorusly
clitoruss
clits
clitsed
clitser
clitses
clitsing
clitsly
clitss
clitty
clittyed
clittyer
clittyes
clittying
clittyly
clittys
cocain
cocaine
cocained
cocaineed
cocaineer
cocainees
cocaineing
cocainely
cocainer
cocaines
cocaining
cocainly
cocains
cock
cock sucker
cock suckered
cock suckerer
cock suckeres
cock suckering
cock suckerly
cock suckers
cockblock
cockblocked
cockblocker
cockblockes
cockblocking
cockblockly
cockblocks
cocked
cocker
cockes
cockholster
cockholstered
cockholsterer
cockholsteres
cockholstering
cockholsterly
cockholsters
cocking
cockknocker
cockknockered
cockknockerer
cockknockeres
cockknockering
cockknockerly
cockknockers
cockly
cocks
cocksed
cockser
cockses
cocksing
cocksly
cocksmoker
cocksmokered
cocksmokerer
cocksmokeres
cocksmokering
cocksmokerly
cocksmokers
cockss
cocksucker
cocksuckered
cocksuckerer
cocksuckeres
cocksuckering
cocksuckerly
cocksuckers
coital
coitaled
coitaler
coitales
coitaling
coitally
coitals
commie
commieed
commieer
commiees
commieing
commiely
commies
condomed
condomer
condomes
condoming
condomly
condoms
coon
cooned
cooner
coones
cooning
coonly
coons
coonsed
coonser
coonses
coonsing
coonsly
coonss
corksucker
corksuckered
corksuckerer
corksuckeres
corksuckering
corksuckerly
corksuckers
cracked
crackwhore
crackwhoreed
crackwhoreer
crackwhorees
crackwhoreing
crackwhorely
crackwhores
crap
craped
craper
crapes
craping
craply
crappy
crappyed
crappyer
crappyes
crappying
crappyly
crappys
cum
cumed
cumer
cumes
cuming
cumly
cummin
cummined
cumminer
cummines
cumming
cumminged
cumminger
cumminges
cumminging
cummingly
cummings
cummining
cumminly
cummins
cums
cumshot
cumshoted
cumshoter
cumshotes
cumshoting
cumshotly
cumshots
cumshotsed
cumshotser
cumshotses
cumshotsing
cumshotsly
cumshotss
cumslut
cumsluted
cumsluter
cumslutes
cumsluting
cumslutly
cumsluts
cumstain
cumstained
cumstainer
cumstaines
cumstaining
cumstainly
cumstains
cunilingus
cunilingused
cunilinguser
cunilinguses
cunilingusing
cunilingusly
cunilinguss
cunnilingus
cunnilingused
cunnilinguser
cunnilinguses
cunnilingusing
cunnilingusly
cunnilinguss
cunny
cunnyed
cunnyer
cunnyes
cunnying
cunnyly
cunnys
cunt
cunted
cunter
cuntes
cuntface
cuntfaceed
cuntfaceer
cuntfacees
cuntfaceing
cuntfacely
cuntfaces
cunthunter
cunthuntered
cunthunterer
cunthunteres
cunthuntering
cunthunterly
cunthunters
cunting
cuntlick
cuntlicked
cuntlicker
cuntlickered
cuntlickerer
cuntlickeres
cuntlickering
cuntlickerly
cuntlickers
cuntlickes
cuntlicking
cuntlickly
cuntlicks
cuntly
cunts
cuntsed
cuntser
cuntses
cuntsing
cuntsly
cuntss
dago
dagoed
dagoer
dagoes
dagoing
dagoly
dagos
dagosed
dagoser
dagoses
dagosing
dagosly
dagoss
dammit
dammited
dammiter
dammites
dammiting
dammitly
dammits
damn
damned
damneded
damneder
damnedes
damneding
damnedly
damneds
damner
damnes
damning
damnit
damnited
damniter
damnites
damniting
damnitly
damnits
damnly
damns
dick
dickbag
dickbaged
dickbager
dickbages
dickbaging
dickbagly
dickbags
dickdipper
dickdippered
dickdipperer
dickdipperes
dickdippering
dickdipperly
dickdippers
dicked
dicker
dickes
dickface
dickfaceed
dickfaceer
dickfacees
dickfaceing
dickfacely
dickfaces
dickflipper
dickflippered
dickflipperer
dickflipperes
dickflippering
dickflipperly
dickflippers
dickhead
dickheaded
dickheader
dickheades
dickheading
dickheadly
dickheads
dickheadsed
dickheadser
dickheadses
dickheadsing
dickheadsly
dickheadss
dicking
dickish
dickished
dickisher
dickishes
dickishing
dickishly
dickishs
dickly
dickripper
dickrippered
dickripperer
dickripperes
dickrippering
dickripperly
dickrippers
dicks
dicksipper
dicksippered
dicksipperer
dicksipperes
dicksippering
dicksipperly
dicksippers
dickweed
dickweeded
dickweeder
dickweedes
dickweeding
dickweedly
dickweeds
dickwhipper
dickwhippered
dickwhipperer
dickwhipperes
dickwhippering
dickwhipperly
dickwhippers
dickzipper
dickzippered
dickzipperer
dickzipperes
dickzippering
dickzipperly
dickzippers
diddle
diddleed
diddleer
diddlees
diddleing
diddlely
diddles
dike
dikeed
dikeer
dikees
dikeing
dikely
dikes
dildo
dildoed
dildoer
dildoes
dildoing
dildoly
dildos
dildosed
dildoser
dildoses
dildosing
dildosly
dildoss
diligaf
diligafed
diligafer
diligafes
diligafing
diligafly
diligafs
dillweed
dillweeded
dillweeder
dillweedes
dillweeding
dillweedly
dillweeds
dimwit
dimwited
dimwiter
dimwites
dimwiting
dimwitly
dimwits
dingle
dingleed
dingleer
dinglees
dingleing
dinglely
dingles
dipship
dipshiped
dipshiper
dipshipes
dipshiping
dipshiply
dipships
dizzyed
dizzyer
dizzyes
dizzying
dizzyly
dizzys
doggiestyleed
doggiestyleer
doggiestylees
doggiestyleing
doggiestylely
doggiestyles
doggystyleed
doggystyleer
doggystylees
doggystyleing
doggystylely
doggystyles
dong
donged
donger
donges
donging
dongly
dongs
doofus
doofused
doofuser
doofuses
doofusing
doofusly
doofuss
doosh
dooshed
doosher
dooshes
dooshing
dooshly
dooshs
dopeyed
dopeyer
dopeyes
dopeying
dopeyly
dopeys
douchebag
douchebaged
douchebager
douchebages
douchebaging
douchebagly
douchebags
douchebagsed
douchebagser
douchebagses
douchebagsing
douchebagsly
douchebagss
doucheed
doucheer
douchees
doucheing
douchely
douches
douchey
doucheyed
doucheyer
doucheyes
doucheying
doucheyly
doucheys
drunk
drunked
drunker
drunkes
drunking
drunkly
drunks
dumass
dumassed
dumasser
dumasses
dumassing
dumassly
dumasss
dumbass
dumbassed
dumbasser
dumbasses
dumbassesed
dumbasseser
dumbasseses
dumbassesing
dumbassesly
dumbassess
dumbassing
dumbassly
dumbasss
dummy
dummyed
dummyer
dummyes
dummying
dummyly
dummys
dyke
dykeed
dykeer
dykees
dykeing
dykely
dykes
dykesed
dykeser
dykeses
dykesing
dykesly
dykess
erotic
eroticed
eroticer
erotices
eroticing
eroticly
erotics
extacy
extacyed
extacyer
extacyes
extacying
extacyly
extacys
extasy
extasyed
extasyer
extasyes
extasying
extasyly
extasys
fack
facked
facker
fackes
facking
fackly
facks
fag
faged
fager
fages
fagg
fagged
faggeded
faggeder
faggedes
faggeding
faggedly
faggeds
fagger
fagges
fagging
faggit
faggited
faggiter
faggites
faggiting
faggitly
faggits
faggly
faggot
faggoted
faggoter
faggotes
faggoting
faggotly
faggots
faggs
faging
fagly
fagot
fagoted
fagoter
fagotes
fagoting
fagotly
fagots
fags
fagsed
fagser
fagses
fagsing
fagsly
fagss
faig
faiged
faiger
faiges
faiging
faigly
faigs
faigt
faigted
faigter
faigtes
faigting
faigtly
faigts
fannybandit
fannybandited
fannybanditer
fannybandites
fannybanditing
fannybanditly
fannybandits
farted
farter
fartes
farting
fartknocker
fartknockered
fartknockerer
fartknockeres
fartknockering
fartknockerly
fartknockers
fartly
farts
felch
felched
felcher
felchered
felcherer
felcheres
felchering
felcherly
felchers
felches
felching
felchinged
felchinger
felchinges
felchinging
felchingly
felchings
felchly
felchs
fellate
fellateed
fellateer
fellatees
fellateing
fellately
fellates
fellatio
fellatioed
fellatioer
fellatioes
fellatioing
fellatioly
fellatios
feltch
feltched
feltcher
feltchered
feltcherer
feltcheres
feltchering
feltcherly
feltchers
feltches
feltching
feltchly
feltchs
feom
feomed
feomer
feomes
feoming
feomly
feoms
fisted
fisteded
fisteder
fistedes
fisteding
fistedly
fisteds
fisting
fistinged
fistinger
fistinges
fistinging
fistingly
fistings
fisty
fistyed
fistyer
fistyes
fistying
fistyly
fistys
floozy
floozyed
floozyer
floozyes
floozying
floozyly
floozys
foad
foaded
foader
foades
foading
foadly
foads
fondleed
fondleer
fondlees
fondleing
fondlely
fondles
foobar
foobared
foobarer
foobares
foobaring
foobarly
foobars
freex
freexed
freexer
freexes
freexing
freexly
freexs
frigg
frigga
friggaed
friggaer
friggaes
friggaing
friggaly
friggas
frigged
frigger
frigges
frigging
friggly
friggs
fubar
fubared
fubarer
fubares
fubaring
fubarly
fubars
fuck
fuckass
fuckassed
fuckasser
fuckasses
fuckassing
fuckassly
fuckasss
fucked
fuckeded
fuckeder
fuckedes
fuckeding
fuckedly
fuckeds
fucker
fuckered
fuckerer
fuckeres
fuckering
fuckerly
fuckers
fuckes
fuckface
fuckfaceed
fuckfaceer
fuckfacees
fuckfaceing
fuckfacely
fuckfaces
fuckin
fuckined
fuckiner
fuckines
fucking
fuckinged
fuckinger
fuckinges
fuckinging
fuckingly
fuckings
fuckining
fuckinly
fuckins
fuckly
fucknugget
fucknuggeted
fucknuggeter
fucknuggetes
fucknuggeting
fucknuggetly
fucknuggets
fucknut
fucknuted
fucknuter
fucknutes
fucknuting
fucknutly
fucknuts
fuckoff
fuckoffed
fuckoffer
fuckoffes
fuckoffing
fuckoffly
fuckoffs
fucks
fucksed
fuckser
fuckses
fucksing
fucksly
fuckss
fucktard
fucktarded
fucktarder
fucktardes
fucktarding
fucktardly
fucktards
fuckup
fuckuped
fuckuper
fuckupes
fuckuping
fuckuply
fuckups
fuckwad
fuckwaded
fuckwader
fuckwades
fuckwading
fuckwadly
fuckwads
fuckwit
fuckwited
fuckwiter
fuckwites
fuckwiting
fuckwitly
fuckwits
fudgepacker
fudgepackered
fudgepackerer
fudgepackeres
fudgepackering
fudgepackerly
fudgepackers
fuk
fuked
fuker
fukes
fuking
fukly
fuks
fvck
fvcked
fvcker
fvckes
fvcking
fvckly
fvcks
fxck
fxcked
fxcker
fxckes
fxcking
fxckly
fxcks
gae
gaeed
gaeer
gaees
gaeing
gaely
gaes
gai
gaied
gaier
gaies
gaiing
gaily
gais
ganja
ganjaed
ganjaer
ganjaes
ganjaing
ganjaly
ganjas
gayed
gayer
gayes
gaying
gayly
gays
gaysed
gayser
gayses
gaysing
gaysly
gayss
gey
geyed
geyer
geyes
geying
geyly
geys
gfc
gfced
gfcer
gfces
gfcing
gfcly
gfcs
gfy
gfyed
gfyer
gfyes
gfying
gfyly
gfys
ghay
ghayed
ghayer
ghayes
ghaying
ghayly
ghays
ghey
gheyed
gheyer
gheyes
gheying
gheyly
gheys
gigolo
gigoloed
gigoloer
gigoloes
gigoloing
gigololy
gigolos
goatse
goatseed
goatseer
goatsees
goatseing
goatsely
goatses
godamn
godamned
godamner
godamnes
godamning
godamnit
godamnited
godamniter
godamnites
godamniting
godamnitly
godamnits
godamnly
godamns
goddam
goddamed
goddamer
goddames
goddaming
goddamly
goddammit
goddammited
goddammiter
goddammites
goddammiting
goddammitly
goddammits
goddamn
goddamned
goddamner
goddamnes
goddamning
goddamnly
goddamns
goddams
goldenshower
goldenshowered
goldenshowerer
goldenshoweres
goldenshowering
goldenshowerly
goldenshowers
gonad
gonaded
gonader
gonades
gonading
gonadly
gonads
gonadsed
gonadser
gonadses
gonadsing
gonadsly
gonadss
gook
gooked
gooker
gookes
gooking
gookly
gooks
gooksed
gookser
gookses
gooksing
gooksly
gookss
gringo
gringoed
gringoer
gringoes
gringoing
gringoly
gringos
gspot
gspoted
gspoter
gspotes
gspoting
gspotly
gspots
gtfo
gtfoed
gtfoer
gtfoes
gtfoing
gtfoly
gtfos
guido
guidoed
guidoer
guidoes
guidoing
guidoly
guidos
handjob
handjobed
handjober
handjobes
handjobing
handjobly
handjobs
hard on
hard oned
hard oner
hard ones
hard oning
hard only
hard ons
hardknight
hardknighted
hardknighter
hardknightes
hardknighting
hardknightly
hardknights
hebe
hebeed
hebeer
hebees
hebeing
hebely
hebes
heeb
heebed
heeber
heebes
heebing
heebly
heebs
hell
helled
heller
helles
helling
hellly
hells
hemp
hemped
hemper
hempes
hemping
hemply
hemps
heroined
heroiner
heroines
heroining
heroinly
heroins
herp
herped
herper
herpes
herpesed
herpeser
herpeses
herpesing
herpesly
herpess
herping
herply
herps
herpy
herpyed
herpyer
herpyes
herpying
herpyly
herpys
hitler
hitlered
hitlerer
hitleres
hitlering
hitlerly
hitlers
hived
hiver
hives
hiving
hivly
hivs
hobag
hobaged
hobager
hobages
hobaging
hobagly
hobags
homey
homeyed
homeyer
homeyes
homeying
homeyly
homeys
homo
homoed
homoer
homoes
homoey
homoeyed
homoeyer
homoeyes
homoeying
homoeyly
homoeys
homoing
homoly
homos
honky
honkyed
honkyer
honkyes
honkying
honkyly
honkys
hooch
hooched
hoocher
hooches
hooching
hoochly
hoochs
hookah
hookahed
hookaher
hookahes
hookahing
hookahly
hookahs
hooker
hookered
hookerer
hookeres
hookering
hookerly
hookers
hoor
hoored
hoorer
hoores
hooring
hoorly
hoors
hootch
hootched
hootcher
hootches
hootching
hootchly
hootchs
hooter
hootered
hooterer
hooteres
hootering
hooterly
hooters
hootersed
hooterser
hooterses
hootersing
hootersly
hooterss
horny
hornyed
hornyer
hornyes
hornying
hornyly
hornys
houstoned
houstoner
houstones
houstoning
houstonly
houstons
hump
humped
humpeded
humpeder
humpedes
humpeding
humpedly
humpeds
humper
humpes
humping
humpinged
humpinger
humpinges
humpinging
humpingly
humpings
humply
humps
husbanded
husbander
husbandes
husbanding
husbandly
husbands
hussy
hussyed
hussyer
hussyes
hussying
hussyly
hussys
hymened
hymener
hymenes
hymening
hymenly
hymens
inbred
inbreded
inbreder
inbredes
inbreding
inbredly
inbreds
incest
incested
incester
incestes
incesting
incestly
incests
injun
injuned
injuner
injunes
injuning
injunly
injuns
jackass
jackassed
jackasser
jackasses
jackassing
jackassly
jackasss
jackhole
jackholeed
jackholeer
jackholees
jackholeing
jackholely
jackholes
jackoff
jackoffed
jackoffer
jackoffes
jackoffing
jackoffly
jackoffs
jap
japed
japer
japes
japing
japly
japs
japsed
japser
japses
japsing
japsly
japss
jerkoff
jerkoffed
jerkoffer
jerkoffes
jerkoffing
jerkoffly
jerkoffs
jerks
jism
jismed
jismer
jismes
jisming
jismly
jisms
jiz
jized
jizer
jizes
jizing
jizly
jizm
jizmed
jizmer
jizmes
jizming
jizmly
jizms
jizs
jizz
jizzed
jizzeded
jizzeder
jizzedes
jizzeding
jizzedly
jizzeds
jizzer
jizzes
jizzing
jizzly
jizzs
junkie
junkieed
junkieer
junkiees
junkieing
junkiely
junkies
junky
junkyed
junkyer
junkyes
junkying
junkyly
junkys
kike
kikeed
kikeer
kikees
kikeing
kikely
kikes
kikesed
kikeser
kikeses
kikesing
kikesly
kikess
killed
killer
killes
killing
killly
kills
kinky
kinkyed
kinkyer
kinkyes
kinkying
kinkyly
kinkys
kkk
kkked
kkker
kkkes
kkking
kkkly
kkks
klan
klaned
klaner
klanes
klaning
klanly
klans
knobend
knobended
knobender
knobendes
knobending
knobendly
knobends
kooch
kooched
koocher
kooches
koochesed
koocheser
koocheses
koochesing
koochesly
koochess
kooching
koochly
koochs
kootch
kootched
kootcher
kootches
kootching
kootchly
kootchs
kraut
krauted
krauter
krautes
krauting
krautly
krauts
kyke
kykeed
kykeer
kykees
kykeing
kykely
kykes
lech
leched
lecher
leches
leching
lechly
lechs
leper
lepered
leperer
leperes
lepering
leperly
lepers
lesbiansed
lesbianser
lesbianses
lesbiansing
lesbiansly
lesbianss
lesbo
lesboed
lesboer
lesboes
lesboing
lesboly
lesbos
lesbosed
lesboser
lesboses
lesbosing
lesbosly
lesboss
lez
lezbianed
lezbianer
lezbianes
lezbianing
lezbianly
lezbians
lezbiansed
lezbianser
lezbianses
lezbiansing
lezbiansly
lezbianss
lezbo
lezboed
lezboer
lezboes
lezboing
lezboly
lezbos
lezbosed
lezboser
lezboses
lezbosing
lezbosly
lezboss
lezed
lezer
lezes
lezing
lezly
lezs
lezzie
lezzieed
lezzieer
lezziees
lezzieing
lezziely
lezzies
lezziesed
lezzieser
lezzieses
lezziesing
lezziesly
lezziess
lezzy
lezzyed
lezzyer
lezzyes
lezzying
lezzyly
lezzys
lmaoed
lmaoer
lmaoes
lmaoing
lmaoly
lmaos
lmfao
lmfaoed
lmfaoer
lmfaoes
lmfaoing
lmfaoly
lmfaos
loined
loiner
loines
loining
loinly
loins
loinsed
loinser
loinses
loinsing
loinsly
loinss
lubeed
lubeer
lubees
lubeing
lubely
lubes
lusty
lustyed
lustyer
lustyes
lustying
lustyly
lustys
massa
massaed
massaer
massaes
massaing
massaly
massas
masterbate
masterbateed
masterbateer
masterbatees
masterbateing
masterbately
masterbates
masterbating
masterbatinged
masterbatinger
masterbatinges
masterbatinging
masterbatingly
masterbatings
masterbation
masterbationed
masterbationer
masterbationes
masterbationing
masterbationly
masterbations
masturbate
masturbateed
masturbateer
masturbatees
masturbateing
masturbately
masturbates
masturbating
masturbatinged
masturbatinger
masturbatinges
masturbatinging
masturbatingly
masturbatings
masturbation
masturbationed
masturbationer
masturbationes
masturbationing
masturbationly
masturbations
methed
mether
methes
mething
methly
meths
militaryed
militaryer
militaryes
militarying
militaryly
militarys
mofo
mofoed
mofoer
mofoes
mofoing
mofoly
mofos
molest
molested
molester
molestes
molesting
molestly
molests
moolie
moolieed
moolieer
mooliees
moolieing
mooliely
moolies
moron
moroned
moroner
morones
moroning
moronly
morons
motherfucka
motherfuckaed
motherfuckaer
motherfuckaes
motherfuckaing
motherfuckaly
motherfuckas
motherfucker
motherfuckered
motherfuckerer
motherfuckeres
motherfuckering
motherfuckerly
motherfuckers
motherfucking
motherfuckinged
motherfuckinger
motherfuckinges
motherfuckinging
motherfuckingly
motherfuckings
mtherfucker
mtherfuckered
mtherfuckerer
mtherfuckeres
mtherfuckering
mtherfuckerly
mtherfuckers
mthrfucker
mthrfuckered
mthrfuckerer
mthrfuckeres
mthrfuckering
mthrfuckerly
mthrfuckers
mthrfucking
mthrfuckinged
mthrfuckinger
mthrfuckinges
mthrfuckinging
mthrfuckingly
mthrfuckings
muff
muffdiver
muffdivered
muffdiverer
muffdiveres
muffdivering
muffdiverly
muffdivers
muffed
muffer
muffes
muffing
muffly
muffs
murdered
murderer
murderes
murdering
murderly
murders
muthafuckaz
muthafuckazed
muthafuckazer
muthafuckazes
muthafuckazing
muthafuckazly
muthafuckazs
muthafucker
muthafuckered
muthafuckerer
muthafuckeres
muthafuckering
muthafuckerly
muthafuckers
mutherfucker
mutherfuckered
mutherfuckerer
mutherfuckeres
mutherfuckering
mutherfuckerly
mutherfuckers
mutherfucking
mutherfuckinged
mutherfuckinger
mutherfuckinges
mutherfuckinging
mutherfuckingly
mutherfuckings
muthrfucking
muthrfuckinged
muthrfuckinger
muthrfuckinges
muthrfuckinging
muthrfuckingly
muthrfuckings
nad
naded
nader
nades
nading
nadly
nads
nadsed
nadser
nadses
nadsing
nadsly
nadss
nakeded
nakeder
nakedes
nakeding
nakedly
nakeds
napalm
napalmed
napalmer
napalmes
napalming
napalmly
napalms
nappy
nappyed
nappyer
nappyes
nappying
nappyly
nappys
nazi
nazied
nazier
nazies
naziing
nazily
nazis
nazism
nazismed
nazismer
nazismes
nazisming
nazismly
nazisms
negro
negroed
negroer
negroes
negroing
negroly
negros
nigga
niggaed
niggaer
niggaes
niggah
niggahed
niggaher
niggahes
niggahing
niggahly
niggahs
niggaing
niggaly
niggas
niggased
niggaser
niggases
niggasing
niggasly
niggass
niggaz
niggazed
niggazer
niggazes
niggazing
niggazly
niggazs
nigger
niggered
niggerer
niggeres
niggering
niggerly
niggers
niggersed
niggerser
niggerses
niggersing
niggersly
niggerss
niggle
niggleed
niggleer
nigglees
niggleing
nigglely
niggles
niglet
nigleted
nigleter
nigletes
nigleting
nigletly
niglets
nimrod
nimroded
nimroder
nimrodes
nimroding
nimrodly
nimrods
ninny
ninnyed
ninnyer
ninnyes
ninnying
ninnyly
ninnys
nooky
nookyed
nookyer
nookyes
nookying
nookyly
nookys
nuccitelli
nuccitellied
nuccitellier
nuccitellies
nuccitelliing
nuccitellily
nuccitellis
nympho
nymphoed
nymphoer
nymphoes
nymphoing
nympholy
nymphos
opium
opiumed
opiumer
opiumes
opiuming
opiumly
opiums
orgies
orgiesed
orgieser
orgieses
orgiesing
orgiesly
orgiess
orgy
orgyed
orgyer
orgyes
orgying
orgyly
orgys
paddy
paddyed
paddyer
paddyes
paddying
paddyly
paddys
paki
pakied
pakier
pakies
pakiing
pakily
pakis
pantie
pantieed
pantieer
pantiees
pantieing
pantiely
panties
pantiesed
pantieser
pantieses
pantiesing
pantiesly
pantiess
panty
pantyed
pantyer
pantyes
pantying
pantyly
pantys
pastie
pastieed
pastieer
pastiees
pastieing
pastiely
pasties
pasty
pastyed
pastyer
pastyes
pastying
pastyly
pastys
pecker
peckered
peckerer
peckeres
peckering
peckerly
peckers
pedo
pedoed
pedoer
pedoes
pedoing
pedoly
pedophile
pedophileed
pedophileer
pedophilees
pedophileing
pedophilely
pedophiles
pedophilia
pedophiliac
pedophiliaced
pedophiliacer
pedophiliaces
pedophiliacing
pedophiliacly
pedophiliacs
pedophiliaed
pedophiliaer
pedophiliaes
pedophiliaing
pedophilialy
pedophilias
pedos
penial
penialed
penialer
peniales
penialing
penially
penials
penile
penileed
penileer
penilees
penileing
penilely
peniles
penis
penised
peniser
penises
penising
penisly
peniss
perversion
perversioned
perversioner
perversiones
perversioning
perversionly
perversions
peyote
peyoteed
peyoteer
peyotees
peyoteing
peyotely
peyotes
phuck
phucked
phucker
phuckes
phucking
phuckly
phucks
pillowbiter
pillowbitered
pillowbiterer
pillowbiteres
pillowbitering
pillowbiterly
pillowbiters
pimp
pimped
pimper
pimpes
pimping
pimply
pimps
pinko
pinkoed
pinkoer
pinkoes
pinkoing
pinkoly
pinkos
pissed
pisseded
pisseder
pissedes
pisseding
pissedly
pisseds
pisser
pisses
pissing
pissly
pissoff
pissoffed
pissoffer
pissoffes
pissoffing
pissoffly
pissoffs
pisss
polack
polacked
polacker
polackes
polacking
polackly
polacks
pollock
pollocked
pollocker
pollockes
pollocking
pollockly
pollocks
poon
pooned
pooner
poones
pooning
poonly
poons
poontang
poontanged
poontanger
poontanges
poontanging
poontangly
poontangs
porn
porned
porner
pornes
porning
pornly
porno
pornoed
pornoer
pornoes
pornography
pornographyed
pornographyer
pornographyes
pornographying
pornographyly
pornographys
pornoing
pornoly
pornos
porns
prick
pricked
pricker
prickes
pricking
prickly
pricks
prig
priged
priger
priges
priging
prigly
prigs
prostitute
prostituteed
prostituteer
prostitutees
prostituteing
prostitutely
prostitutes
prude
prudeed
prudeer
prudees
prudeing
prudely
prudes
punkass
punkassed
punkasser
punkasses
punkassing
punkassly
punkasss
punky
punkyed
punkyer
punkyes
punkying
punkyly
punkys
puss
pussed
pusser
pusses
pussies
pussiesed
pussieser
pussieses
pussiesing
pussiesly
pussiess
pussing
pussly
pusss
pussy
pussyed
pussyer
pussyes
pussying
pussyly
pussypounder
pussypoundered
pussypounderer
pussypounderes
pussypoundering
pussypounderly
pussypounders
pussys
puto
putoed
putoer
putoes
putoing
putoly
putos
queaf
queafed
queafer
queafes
queafing
queafly
queafs
queef
queefed
queefer
queefes
queefing
queefly
queefs
queer
queered
queerer
queeres
queering
queerly
queero
queeroed
queeroer
queeroes
queeroing
queeroly
queeros
queers
queersed
queerser
queerses
queersing
queersly
queerss
quicky
quickyed
quickyer
quickyes
quickying
quickyly
quickys
quim
quimed
quimer
quimes
quiming
quimly
quims
racy
racyed
racyer
racyes
racying
racyly
racys
rape
raped
rapeded
rapeder
rapedes
rapeding
rapedly
rapeds
rapeed
rapeer
rapees
rapeing
rapely
raper
rapered
raperer
raperes
rapering
raperly
rapers
rapes
rapist
rapisted
rapister
rapistes
rapisting
rapistly
rapists
raunch
raunched
rauncher
raunches
raunching
raunchly
raunchs
rectus
rectused
rectuser
rectuses
rectusing
rectusly
rectuss
reefer
reefered
reeferer
reeferes
reefering
reeferly
reefers
reetard
reetarded
reetarder
reetardes
reetarding
reetardly
reetards
reich
reiched
reicher
reiches
reiching
reichly
reichs
retard
retarded
retardeded
retardeder
retardedes
retardeding
retardedly
retardeds
retarder
retardes
retarding
retardly
retards
rimjob
rimjobed
rimjober
rimjobes
rimjobing
rimjobly
rimjobs
ritard
ritarded
ritarder
ritardes
ritarding
ritardly
ritards
rtard
rtarded
rtarder
rtardes
rtarding
rtardly
rtards
rum
rumed
rumer
rumes
ruming
rumly
rump
rumped
rumper
rumpes
rumping
rumply
rumprammer
rumprammered
rumprammerer
rumprammeres
rumprammering
rumprammerly
rumprammers
rumps
rums
ruski
ruskied
ruskier
ruskies
ruskiing
ruskily
ruskis
sadism
sadismed
sadismer
sadismes
sadisming
sadismly
sadisms
sadist
sadisted
sadister
sadistes
sadisting
sadistly
sadists
scag
scaged
scager
scages
scaging
scagly
scags
scantily
scantilyed
scantilyer
scantilyes
scantilying
scantilyly
scantilys
schlong
schlonged
schlonger
schlonges
schlonging
schlongly
schlongs
scrog
scroged
scroger
scroges
scroging
scrogly
scrogs
scrot
scrote
scroted
scroteed
scroteer
scrotees
scroteing
scrotely
scroter
scrotes
scroting
scrotly
scrots
scrotum
scrotumed
scrotumer
scrotumes
scrotuming
scrotumly
scrotums
scrud
scruded
scruder
scrudes
scruding
scrudly
scruds
scum
scumed
scumer
scumes
scuming
scumly
scums
seaman
seamaned
seamaner
seamanes
seamaning
seamanly
seamans
seamen
seamened
seamener
seamenes
seamening
seamenly
seamens
seduceed
seduceer
seducees
seduceing
seducely
seduces
semen
semened
semener
semenes
semening
semenly
semens
shamedame
shamedameed
shamedameer
shamedamees
shamedameing
shamedamely
shamedames
shit
shite
shiteater
shiteatered
shiteaterer
shiteateres
shiteatering
shiteaterly
shiteaters
shited
shiteed
shiteer
shitees
shiteing
shitely
shiter
shites
shitface
shitfaceed
shitfaceer
shitfacees
shitfaceing
shitfacely
shitfaces
shithead
shitheaded
shitheader
shitheades
shitheading
shitheadly
shitheads
shithole
shitholeed
shitholeer
shitholees
shitholeing
shitholely
shitholes
shithouse
shithouseed
shithouseer
shithousees
shithouseing
shithousely
shithouses
shiting
shitly
shits
shitsed
shitser
shitses
shitsing
shitsly
shitss
shitt
shitted
shitteded
shitteder
shittedes
shitteding
shittedly
shitteds
shitter
shittered
shitterer
shitteres
shittering
shitterly
shitters
shittes
shitting
shittly
shitts
shitty
shittyed
shittyer
shittyes
shittying
shittyly
shittys
shiz
shized
shizer
shizes
shizing
shizly
shizs
shooted
shooter
shootes
shooting
shootly
shoots
sissy
sissyed
sissyer
sissyes
sissying
sissyly
sissys
skag
skaged
skager
skages
skaging
skagly
skags
skank
skanked
skanker
skankes
skanking
skankly
skanks
slave
slaveed
slaveer
slavees
slaveing
slavely
slaves
sleaze
sleazeed
sleazeer
sleazees
sleazeing
sleazely
sleazes
sleazy
sleazyed
sleazyer
sleazyes
sleazying
sleazyly
sleazys
slut
slutdumper
slutdumpered
slutdumperer
slutdumperes
slutdumpering
slutdumperly
slutdumpers
sluted
sluter
slutes
sluting
slutkiss
slutkissed
slutkisser
slutkisses
slutkissing
slutkissly
slutkisss
slutly
sluts
slutsed
slutser
slutses
slutsing
slutsly
slutss
smegma
smegmaed
smegmaer
smegmaes
smegmaing
smegmaly
smegmas
smut
smuted
smuter
smutes
smuting
smutly
smuts
smutty
smuttyed
smuttyer
smuttyes
smuttying
smuttyly
smuttys
snatch
snatched
snatcher
snatches
snatching
snatchly
snatchs
sniper
snipered
sniperer
sniperes
snipering
sniperly
snipers
snort
snorted
snorter
snortes
snorting
snortly
snorts
snuff
snuffed
snuffer
snuffes
snuffing
snuffly
snuffs
sodom
sodomed
sodomer
sodomes
sodoming
sodomly
sodoms
spic
spiced
spicer
spices
spicing
spick
spicked
spicker
spickes
spicking
spickly
spicks
spicly
spics
spik
spoof
spoofed
spoofer
spoofes
spoofing
spoofly
spoofs
spooge
spoogeed
spoogeer
spoogees
spoogeing
spoogely
spooges
spunk
spunked
spunker
spunkes
spunking
spunkly
spunks
steamyed
steamyer
steamyes
steamying
steamyly
steamys
stfu
stfued
stfuer
stfues
stfuing
stfuly
stfus
stiffy
stiffyed
stiffyer
stiffyes
stiffying
stiffyly
stiffys
stoneded
stoneder
stonedes
stoneding
stonedly
stoneds
stupided
stupider
stupides
stupiding
stupidly
stupids
suckeded
suckeder
suckedes
suckeding
suckedly
suckeds
sucker
suckes
sucking
suckinged
suckinger
suckinges
suckinging
suckingly
suckings
suckly
sucks
sumofabiatch
sumofabiatched
sumofabiatcher
sumofabiatches
sumofabiatching
sumofabiatchly
sumofabiatchs
tard
tarded
tarder
tardes
tarding
tardly
tards
tawdry
tawdryed
tawdryer
tawdryes
tawdrying
tawdryly
tawdrys
teabagging
teabagginged
teabagginger
teabagginges
teabagginging
teabaggingly
teabaggings
terd
terded
terder
terdes
terding
terdly
terds
teste
testee
testeed
testeeed
testeeer
testeees
testeeing
testeely
testeer
testees
testeing
testely
testes
testesed
testeser
testeses
testesing
testesly
testess
testicle
testicleed
testicleer
testiclees
testicleing
testiclely
testicles
testis
testised
testiser
testises
testising
testisly
testiss
thrusted
thruster
thrustes
thrusting
thrustly
thrusts
thug
thuged
thuger
thuges
thuging
thugly
thugs
tinkle
tinkleed
tinkleer
tinklees
tinkleing
tinklely
tinkles
tit
tited
titer
tites
titfuck
titfucked
titfucker
titfuckes
titfucking
titfuckly
titfucks
titi
titied
titier
tities
titiing
titily
titing
titis
titly
tits
titsed
titser
titses
titsing
titsly
titss
tittiefucker
tittiefuckered
tittiefuckerer
tittiefuckeres
tittiefuckering
tittiefuckerly
tittiefuckers
titties
tittiesed
tittieser
tittieses
tittiesing
tittiesly
tittiess
titty
tittyed
tittyer
tittyes
tittyfuck
tittyfucked
tittyfucker
tittyfuckered
tittyfuckerer
tittyfuckeres
tittyfuckering
tittyfuckerly
tittyfuckers
tittyfuckes
tittyfucking
tittyfuckly
tittyfucks
tittying
tittyly
tittys
toke
tokeed
tokeer
tokees
tokeing
tokely
tokes
toots
tootsed
tootser
tootses
tootsing
tootsly
tootss
tramp
tramped
tramper
trampes
tramping
tramply
tramps
transsexualed
transsexualer
transsexuales
transsexualing
transsexually
transsexuals
trashy
trashyed
trashyer
trashyes
trashying
trashyly
trashys
tubgirl
tubgirled
tubgirler
tubgirles
tubgirling
tubgirlly
tubgirls
turd
turded
turder
turdes
turding
turdly
turds
tush
tushed
tusher
tushes
tushing
tushly
tushs
twat
twated
twater
twates
twating
twatly
twats
twatsed
twatser
twatses
twatsing
twatsly
twatss
undies
undiesed
undieser
undieses
undiesing
undiesly
undiess
unweded
unweder
unwedes
unweding
unwedly
unweds
uzi
uzied
uzier
uzies
uziing
uzily
uzis
vag
vaged
vager
vages
vaging
vagly
vags
valium
valiumed
valiumer
valiumes
valiuming
valiumly
valiums
venous
virgined
virginer
virgines
virgining
virginly
virgins
vixen
vixened
vixener
vixenes
vixening
vixenly
vixens
vodkaed
vodkaer
vodkaes
vodkaing
vodkaly
vodkas
voyeur
voyeured
voyeurer
voyeures
voyeuring
voyeurly
voyeurs
vulgar
vulgared
vulgarer
vulgares
vulgaring
vulgarly
vulgars
wang
wanged
wanger
wanges
wanging
wangly
wangs
wank
wanked
wanker
wankered
wankerer
wankeres
wankering
wankerly
wankers
wankes
wanking
wankly
wanks
wazoo
wazooed
wazooer
wazooes
wazooing
wazooly
wazoos
wedgie
wedgieed
wedgieer
wedgiees
wedgieing
wedgiely
wedgies
weeded
weeder
weedes
weeding
weedly
weeds
weenie
weenieed
weenieer
weeniees
weenieing
weeniely
weenies
weewee
weeweeed
weeweeer
weeweees
weeweeing
weeweely
weewees
weiner
weinered
weinerer
weineres
weinering
weinerly
weiners
weirdo
weirdoed
weirdoer
weirdoes
weirdoing
weirdoly
weirdos
wench
wenched
wencher
wenches
wenching
wenchly
wenchs
wetback
wetbacked
wetbacker
wetbackes
wetbacking
wetbackly
wetbacks
whitey
whiteyed
whiteyer
whiteyes
whiteying
whiteyly
whiteys
whiz
whized
whizer
whizes
whizing
whizly
whizs
whoralicious
whoralicioused
whoraliciouser
whoraliciouses
whoraliciousing
whoraliciously
whoraliciouss
whore
whorealicious
whorealicioused
whorealiciouser
whorealiciouses
whorealiciousing
whorealiciously
whorealiciouss
whored
whoreded
whoreder
whoredes
whoreding
whoredly
whoreds
whoreed
whoreer
whorees
whoreface
whorefaceed
whorefaceer
whorefacees
whorefaceing
whorefacely
whorefaces
whorehopper
whorehoppered
whorehopperer
whorehopperes
whorehoppering
whorehopperly
whorehoppers
whorehouse
whorehouseed
whorehouseer
whorehousees
whorehouseing
whorehousely
whorehouses
whoreing
whorely
whores
whoresed
whoreser
whoreses
whoresing
whoresly
whoress
whoring
whoringed
whoringer
whoringes
whoringing
whoringly
whorings
wigger
wiggered
wiggerer
wiggeres
wiggering
wiggerly
wiggers
woody
woodyed
woodyer
woodyes
woodying
woodyly
woodys
wop
woped
woper
wopes
woping
woply
wops
wtf
wtfed
wtfer
wtfes
wtfing
wtfly
wtfs
xxx
xxxed
xxxer
xxxes
xxxing
xxxly
xxxs
yeasty
yeastyed
yeastyer
yeastyes
yeastying
yeastyly
yeastys
yobbo
yobboed
yobboer
yobboes
yobboing
yobboly
yobbos
zoophile
zoophileed
zoophileer
zoophilees
zoophileing
zoophilely
zoophiles
anal
ass
ass lick
balls
ballsac
bisexual
bleach
causas
cheap
cost of miracles
cunt
display network stats
fart
fda and death
fda AND warn
fda AND warning
fda AND warns
feom
fuck
gfc
humira AND expensive
illegal
madvocate
masturbation
nuccitelli
overdose
porn
shit
snort
texarkana
direct\-acting antivirals
assistance
ombitasvir
support path
harvoni
abbvie
direct-acting antivirals
paritaprevir
advocacy
ledipasvir
vpak
ritonavir with dasabuvir
program
gilead
greedy
financial
needy
fake-ovir
viekira pak
v pak
sofosbuvir
support
oasis
discount
dasabuvir
protest
ritonavir
Negative Keywords Excluded Elements
header[@id='header']
section[contains(@class, 'nav-hidden')]
footer[@id='footer']
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-article-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-home-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-topic-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'panel-panel-inner')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-node-field-article-topics')]
section[contains(@class, 'footer-nav-section-wrapper')]
Altmetric
DSM Affiliated
Display in offset block
Disqus Exclude
Best Practices
CE/CME
Education Center
Medical Education Library
Enable Disqus
Display Author and Disclosure Link
Publication Type
Society
Slot System
Featured Buckets
Disable Sticky Ads
Disable Ad Block Mitigation
Featured Buckets Admin
LayerRx MD-IQ Id
773
Show Ads on this Publication's Homepage
Consolidated Pub
Show Article Page Numbers on TOC
Use larger logo size
Off
publication_blueconic_enabled
Off
Show More Destinations Menu
Disable Adhesion on Publication
Off
Restore Menu Label on Mobile Navigation
Disable Facebook Pixel from Publication
Exclude this publication from publication selection on articles and quiz

Gadolinium and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: The evidence of things not seen

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 16:26
Display Headline
Gadolinium and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: The evidence of things not seen

Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.
HEBREWS 11:1

Since the first case appeared in 1997,1 nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF) has been detected with increasing frequency in patients with chronic kidney disease. Recognition that this condition affects more than just the skin led to the change in its name from “nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy” to “nephrogenic systemic fibrosis.”

In this issue, Issa and colleagues2 review this devastating new disease and discuss its association with gadolinium exposure.

See related article

NSF RESEMBLES OTHER FIBROSING DISORDERS

The clinical presentation of NSF most closely resembles that of scleromyxedema or scleroderma.1 However, the face is spared in patients with NSF except for yellow plaques on the sclerae, a frequent finding. Monoclonal gammopathy (which may be associated with scleromyxedema) and Raynaud’s phenomenon (which often is associated with scleroderma) usually are absent in NSF.3

A set of histologic findings differentiates NSF from other fibrosing disorders. Skin biopsy reveals fibrosis and elastosis, often with mucin deposition. If NSF is suspected, immunohistochemical stains for CD34, CD45RO, and type I procollagen should be performed to look for dermal spindle cells (presumably “circulating fibrocytes”) coexpressing these markers. Histiocytic cells and dermal dendrocytes expressing CD68 and factor XIIIa have also been described in NSF skin lesions, but other inflammatory cells usually are absent.4 However, the histologic changes of NSF are difficult to distinguish from those of scleromyxedema.5

Thus, as with scleroderma, the diagnosis of NSF remains clinical. Skin biopsy, even of an affected area, occasionally may yield non-diagnostic findings. Histologic findings serve to confirm the diagnosis of NSF in the appropriate clinical setting.

RISK FACTORS FOR NSF: POSSIBLE ASCERTAINMENT BIAS

Renal dysfunction

Because cases of NSF have been searched for only in patients with chronic kidney disease, reported cases have been found only in this patient population. A major limitation of most published case series is that cases have been gathered from among those with histologic confirmation of NSF, and “controls” have been gathered from the remainder of the population receiving dialysis treatment without confirmation by physical examination of the absence of cutaneous changes of NSF.

Most cases have been found in those with stage 5 chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance < 15 mL/min or requiring dialysis). However, cases have been described in patients with stage 4 chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance 15–29 mL/min) and, occasionally, in those with lesser degrees of impaired renal function.

Despite the ascertainment bias in identifying cases, this greater prevalence of NSF with lesser renal function suggests a role for renal dysfunction in the pathogenesis of NSF.

 

 

Gadolinium exposure

To date, nearly all patients who have developed NSF have had known exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents. Gadolinium has been found in tissue of patients with NSF,6,7 yielding the postulate that gadolinium drives tissue fibrosis.

More patients with chronic kidney disease who developed NSF had been exposed to gadodiamide (Omniscan) than to other gadolinium-containing contrast agents, leading to the hypothesis that less-stable gadolinium-chelate complexes release greater amounts of free gadolinium, which then deposits in tissue and triggers fibrosis. However, it has not yet been determined that the gadolinium deposited in tissue is in the free form and not bound to chelate. Furthermore, this attractive hypothesis must be tempered by the recognition that NSF also has developed after exposure to gadopentetate dimeglumine (Magnevist), a more stable gadolinium-chelate complex than gadodiamide.8 The greater number of patients who have developed NSF after gadodiamide exposure may reflect the relative use of these contrast agents in radiology practice.

It is important to be aware that gadolinium-containing contrast agents are used in more than just magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and magnetic resonance angiography (MRA). Because gadolinium also blocks transmission of x-rays, radiologists occasionally have used gadolinium-containing contrast agents for angiography, venography, fistulography, and computed tomography in patients for whom use of iodinated contrast agents is contraindicated. Thus, a patient with chronic kidney disease may have received a gadolinium-containing contrast agent even if no magnetic resonance study had been performed.

Assessment of tissue gadolinium content may confirm prior exposure to a gadolinium-containing contrast agent if the patient does not recall having undergone an imaging study. In the one report that claims the development of NSF in two patients without prior gadolinium exposure, tissue was not assessed for gadolinium content.9

No study has yet been performed to assess the relative prevalence of NSF among patients with different stages of chronic kidney disease who have been exposed to gadolinium-containing contrast agents. Thus, it is impossible to ascertain a threshold of renal dysfunction above which the use of gadolinium-containing contrast agents might be safe.

In 90 patients with stage 5 chronic kidney disease, we found that 30% of those who previously had undergone gadolinium-enhanced imaging studies developed cutaneous changes of NSF; the relative risk of developing these skin changes after exposure to a gadolinium-containing contrast agent was 10.7 (95% confidence interval 1.5–6.9).8

Thus, it is essential that guidelines for the use of these contrast agents be formulated and implemented. Caution must be observed when administering a gadolinium-containing contrast agent to a patient with any degree of renal dysfunction. These patients must be informed of the possible risk of developing NSF, and appropriate follow-up must be conducted to assess for potential changes of NSF.

Other possible risk factors

Not all patients with chronic kidney disease who are exposed to gadolinium-containing contrast agents develop NSF: factors other than the degree of renal dysfunction must be involved in the pathogenesis of this condition.

Exposure to medications commonly taken by patients with chronic kidney disease, such as erythropoietin10 and iron supplements,11 has been suggested as a contributing factor. However, these medications are so widely used that this exposure is unlikely to explain why some patients develop NSF after receiving gadolinium-containing contrast agents and others do not.

Interestingly, lanthanum carbonate (Fosrenol) was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2004 for use as a phosphate binder in patients with stage 5 chronic kidney disease. Since lanthanum and gadolinium both are rare earth metals of the lanthanide series, one might speculate that lanthanum deposition in tissue could produce similar changes or could potentiate those induced by gadolinium.

Future prospective case-control studies need to address risk factors for the development of NSF.

EFFECTIVE TREATMENT NEEDED

Because NSF imposes a markedly increased rate of death and devastating morbidity,8 efforts must be directed toward preventing its development and treating those who already are affected. So far, no treatment has been universally effective in reversing the fibrotic changes of NSF. Potentially effective therapeutic agents must be identified and studied in these patients.

Although performing hemodialysis promptly after the use of a gadolinium-containing contrast agent would appear to be a prudent clinical practice, there are no data to suggest that it is effective in preventing NSF. If free gadolinium disassociates from its chelate and deposits rapidly in tissue, it is unclear that hemodialysis could be performed soon enough to prevent this deposition. Furthermore, hemodialysis is not without associated potential risks and morbidity, especially in people with chronic kidney disease who are not already receiving hemodialysis. Thus, at present, avoiding the use of gadolinium-containing contrast agents in patients with chronic kidney disease appears to be the best preventive strategy.

A NAME CHANGE

Over the past decade, much has been learned about the clinical manifestations, course, and pathogenesis of NSF. However, the term “nephrogenic” in the name of this disease is misleading, in that this fibrosing disorder is not caused by the kidneys. Although some degree of renal dysfunction appears to be necessary for NSF to develop, the presence of gadolinium in tissue seems to drive fibrosis. Thus, it is time that “nephrogenic systemic fibrosis” be renamed more precisely as “gadolinium-associated systemic fibrosis” or “GASF.”

References
  1. Cowper SE, Robin HS, Steinberg SM, Su LD, Gupta S, LeBoit PE. Scleromyxoedema-like cutaneous diseases in renal-dialysis patients. Lancet 2000; 356:10001001.
  2. Issa N, Poggio E, Fatica R, Patel R, Ruggieri PM, Heyka RJ. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and its association with gadolinium exposure during MRI. Cleve Clin J Med 2008; 75:95111.
  3. Moschella SL, Kay J, Mackool BT, Liu V. Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Weekly clinicopathological exercises. Case 35-2004. A 68-year-old man with end-stage renal disease and thickening of the skin. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:22192227.
  4. Cowper SE, Su LD, Bhawan J, Robin HS, LeBoit PE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. Am J Dermatopathol 2001; 23:383393.
  5. Kucher C, Xu X, Pasha T, Elenitsas R. Histopathologic comparison of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and scleromyxedema. J Cutan Pathol 2005; 32:484490.
  6. High WA, Ayers RA, Chandler J, Zito G, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is detectable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2126.
  7. Boyd AS, Zic JA, Abraham JL. Gadolinium deposition in nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2730.
  8. Todd DJ, Kagan A, Chibnik LB, Kay J. Cutaneous changes of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: predictor of early mortality and association with gadolinium exposure. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 56:34333441.
  9. Wahba IM, Simpson EL, White K. Gadolinium is not the only trigger for nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: insights from two cases and review of the recent literature. Am J Transplant 2007; 7:24252432.
  10. Swaminathan S, Ahmed I, McCarthy JT, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and high–dose erythropoietin therapy. Ann Intern Med 2006; 145:234235.
  11. Swaminathan S, Horn TD, Pellowski D, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, gadolinium, and iron mobilization. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:720722.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jonathan Kay, MD
Director, Clinical Trials, Rheumatology Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital; Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Jonathan Kay, MD, Rheumatology Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital, 55 Fruit Street, Yawkey 2-174, Boston, MA 02114; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
112-117
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jonathan Kay, MD
Director, Clinical Trials, Rheumatology Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital; Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Jonathan Kay, MD, Rheumatology Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital, 55 Fruit Street, Yawkey 2-174, Boston, MA 02114; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Jonathan Kay, MD
Director, Clinical Trials, Rheumatology Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital; Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Jonathan Kay, MD, Rheumatology Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital, 55 Fruit Street, Yawkey 2-174, Boston, MA 02114; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.
HEBREWS 11:1

Since the first case appeared in 1997,1 nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF) has been detected with increasing frequency in patients with chronic kidney disease. Recognition that this condition affects more than just the skin led to the change in its name from “nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy” to “nephrogenic systemic fibrosis.”

In this issue, Issa and colleagues2 review this devastating new disease and discuss its association with gadolinium exposure.

See related article

NSF RESEMBLES OTHER FIBROSING DISORDERS

The clinical presentation of NSF most closely resembles that of scleromyxedema or scleroderma.1 However, the face is spared in patients with NSF except for yellow plaques on the sclerae, a frequent finding. Monoclonal gammopathy (which may be associated with scleromyxedema) and Raynaud’s phenomenon (which often is associated with scleroderma) usually are absent in NSF.3

A set of histologic findings differentiates NSF from other fibrosing disorders. Skin biopsy reveals fibrosis and elastosis, often with mucin deposition. If NSF is suspected, immunohistochemical stains for CD34, CD45RO, and type I procollagen should be performed to look for dermal spindle cells (presumably “circulating fibrocytes”) coexpressing these markers. Histiocytic cells and dermal dendrocytes expressing CD68 and factor XIIIa have also been described in NSF skin lesions, but other inflammatory cells usually are absent.4 However, the histologic changes of NSF are difficult to distinguish from those of scleromyxedema.5

Thus, as with scleroderma, the diagnosis of NSF remains clinical. Skin biopsy, even of an affected area, occasionally may yield non-diagnostic findings. Histologic findings serve to confirm the diagnosis of NSF in the appropriate clinical setting.

RISK FACTORS FOR NSF: POSSIBLE ASCERTAINMENT BIAS

Renal dysfunction

Because cases of NSF have been searched for only in patients with chronic kidney disease, reported cases have been found only in this patient population. A major limitation of most published case series is that cases have been gathered from among those with histologic confirmation of NSF, and “controls” have been gathered from the remainder of the population receiving dialysis treatment without confirmation by physical examination of the absence of cutaneous changes of NSF.

Most cases have been found in those with stage 5 chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance < 15 mL/min or requiring dialysis). However, cases have been described in patients with stage 4 chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance 15–29 mL/min) and, occasionally, in those with lesser degrees of impaired renal function.

Despite the ascertainment bias in identifying cases, this greater prevalence of NSF with lesser renal function suggests a role for renal dysfunction in the pathogenesis of NSF.

 

 

Gadolinium exposure

To date, nearly all patients who have developed NSF have had known exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents. Gadolinium has been found in tissue of patients with NSF,6,7 yielding the postulate that gadolinium drives tissue fibrosis.

More patients with chronic kidney disease who developed NSF had been exposed to gadodiamide (Omniscan) than to other gadolinium-containing contrast agents, leading to the hypothesis that less-stable gadolinium-chelate complexes release greater amounts of free gadolinium, which then deposits in tissue and triggers fibrosis. However, it has not yet been determined that the gadolinium deposited in tissue is in the free form and not bound to chelate. Furthermore, this attractive hypothesis must be tempered by the recognition that NSF also has developed after exposure to gadopentetate dimeglumine (Magnevist), a more stable gadolinium-chelate complex than gadodiamide.8 The greater number of patients who have developed NSF after gadodiamide exposure may reflect the relative use of these contrast agents in radiology practice.

It is important to be aware that gadolinium-containing contrast agents are used in more than just magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and magnetic resonance angiography (MRA). Because gadolinium also blocks transmission of x-rays, radiologists occasionally have used gadolinium-containing contrast agents for angiography, venography, fistulography, and computed tomography in patients for whom use of iodinated contrast agents is contraindicated. Thus, a patient with chronic kidney disease may have received a gadolinium-containing contrast agent even if no magnetic resonance study had been performed.

Assessment of tissue gadolinium content may confirm prior exposure to a gadolinium-containing contrast agent if the patient does not recall having undergone an imaging study. In the one report that claims the development of NSF in two patients without prior gadolinium exposure, tissue was not assessed for gadolinium content.9

No study has yet been performed to assess the relative prevalence of NSF among patients with different stages of chronic kidney disease who have been exposed to gadolinium-containing contrast agents. Thus, it is impossible to ascertain a threshold of renal dysfunction above which the use of gadolinium-containing contrast agents might be safe.

In 90 patients with stage 5 chronic kidney disease, we found that 30% of those who previously had undergone gadolinium-enhanced imaging studies developed cutaneous changes of NSF; the relative risk of developing these skin changes after exposure to a gadolinium-containing contrast agent was 10.7 (95% confidence interval 1.5–6.9).8

Thus, it is essential that guidelines for the use of these contrast agents be formulated and implemented. Caution must be observed when administering a gadolinium-containing contrast agent to a patient with any degree of renal dysfunction. These patients must be informed of the possible risk of developing NSF, and appropriate follow-up must be conducted to assess for potential changes of NSF.

Other possible risk factors

Not all patients with chronic kidney disease who are exposed to gadolinium-containing contrast agents develop NSF: factors other than the degree of renal dysfunction must be involved in the pathogenesis of this condition.

Exposure to medications commonly taken by patients with chronic kidney disease, such as erythropoietin10 and iron supplements,11 has been suggested as a contributing factor. However, these medications are so widely used that this exposure is unlikely to explain why some patients develop NSF after receiving gadolinium-containing contrast agents and others do not.

Interestingly, lanthanum carbonate (Fosrenol) was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2004 for use as a phosphate binder in patients with stage 5 chronic kidney disease. Since lanthanum and gadolinium both are rare earth metals of the lanthanide series, one might speculate that lanthanum deposition in tissue could produce similar changes or could potentiate those induced by gadolinium.

Future prospective case-control studies need to address risk factors for the development of NSF.

EFFECTIVE TREATMENT NEEDED

Because NSF imposes a markedly increased rate of death and devastating morbidity,8 efforts must be directed toward preventing its development and treating those who already are affected. So far, no treatment has been universally effective in reversing the fibrotic changes of NSF. Potentially effective therapeutic agents must be identified and studied in these patients.

Although performing hemodialysis promptly after the use of a gadolinium-containing contrast agent would appear to be a prudent clinical practice, there are no data to suggest that it is effective in preventing NSF. If free gadolinium disassociates from its chelate and deposits rapidly in tissue, it is unclear that hemodialysis could be performed soon enough to prevent this deposition. Furthermore, hemodialysis is not without associated potential risks and morbidity, especially in people with chronic kidney disease who are not already receiving hemodialysis. Thus, at present, avoiding the use of gadolinium-containing contrast agents in patients with chronic kidney disease appears to be the best preventive strategy.

A NAME CHANGE

Over the past decade, much has been learned about the clinical manifestations, course, and pathogenesis of NSF. However, the term “nephrogenic” in the name of this disease is misleading, in that this fibrosing disorder is not caused by the kidneys. Although some degree of renal dysfunction appears to be necessary for NSF to develop, the presence of gadolinium in tissue seems to drive fibrosis. Thus, it is time that “nephrogenic systemic fibrosis” be renamed more precisely as “gadolinium-associated systemic fibrosis” or “GASF.”

Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.
HEBREWS 11:1

Since the first case appeared in 1997,1 nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF) has been detected with increasing frequency in patients with chronic kidney disease. Recognition that this condition affects more than just the skin led to the change in its name from “nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy” to “nephrogenic systemic fibrosis.”

In this issue, Issa and colleagues2 review this devastating new disease and discuss its association with gadolinium exposure.

See related article

NSF RESEMBLES OTHER FIBROSING DISORDERS

The clinical presentation of NSF most closely resembles that of scleromyxedema or scleroderma.1 However, the face is spared in patients with NSF except for yellow plaques on the sclerae, a frequent finding. Monoclonal gammopathy (which may be associated with scleromyxedema) and Raynaud’s phenomenon (which often is associated with scleroderma) usually are absent in NSF.3

A set of histologic findings differentiates NSF from other fibrosing disorders. Skin biopsy reveals fibrosis and elastosis, often with mucin deposition. If NSF is suspected, immunohistochemical stains for CD34, CD45RO, and type I procollagen should be performed to look for dermal spindle cells (presumably “circulating fibrocytes”) coexpressing these markers. Histiocytic cells and dermal dendrocytes expressing CD68 and factor XIIIa have also been described in NSF skin lesions, but other inflammatory cells usually are absent.4 However, the histologic changes of NSF are difficult to distinguish from those of scleromyxedema.5

Thus, as with scleroderma, the diagnosis of NSF remains clinical. Skin biopsy, even of an affected area, occasionally may yield non-diagnostic findings. Histologic findings serve to confirm the diagnosis of NSF in the appropriate clinical setting.

RISK FACTORS FOR NSF: POSSIBLE ASCERTAINMENT BIAS

Renal dysfunction

Because cases of NSF have been searched for only in patients with chronic kidney disease, reported cases have been found only in this patient population. A major limitation of most published case series is that cases have been gathered from among those with histologic confirmation of NSF, and “controls” have been gathered from the remainder of the population receiving dialysis treatment without confirmation by physical examination of the absence of cutaneous changes of NSF.

Most cases have been found in those with stage 5 chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance < 15 mL/min or requiring dialysis). However, cases have been described in patients with stage 4 chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance 15–29 mL/min) and, occasionally, in those with lesser degrees of impaired renal function.

Despite the ascertainment bias in identifying cases, this greater prevalence of NSF with lesser renal function suggests a role for renal dysfunction in the pathogenesis of NSF.

 

 

Gadolinium exposure

To date, nearly all patients who have developed NSF have had known exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents. Gadolinium has been found in tissue of patients with NSF,6,7 yielding the postulate that gadolinium drives tissue fibrosis.

More patients with chronic kidney disease who developed NSF had been exposed to gadodiamide (Omniscan) than to other gadolinium-containing contrast agents, leading to the hypothesis that less-stable gadolinium-chelate complexes release greater amounts of free gadolinium, which then deposits in tissue and triggers fibrosis. However, it has not yet been determined that the gadolinium deposited in tissue is in the free form and not bound to chelate. Furthermore, this attractive hypothesis must be tempered by the recognition that NSF also has developed after exposure to gadopentetate dimeglumine (Magnevist), a more stable gadolinium-chelate complex than gadodiamide.8 The greater number of patients who have developed NSF after gadodiamide exposure may reflect the relative use of these contrast agents in radiology practice.

It is important to be aware that gadolinium-containing contrast agents are used in more than just magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and magnetic resonance angiography (MRA). Because gadolinium also blocks transmission of x-rays, radiologists occasionally have used gadolinium-containing contrast agents for angiography, venography, fistulography, and computed tomography in patients for whom use of iodinated contrast agents is contraindicated. Thus, a patient with chronic kidney disease may have received a gadolinium-containing contrast agent even if no magnetic resonance study had been performed.

Assessment of tissue gadolinium content may confirm prior exposure to a gadolinium-containing contrast agent if the patient does not recall having undergone an imaging study. In the one report that claims the development of NSF in two patients without prior gadolinium exposure, tissue was not assessed for gadolinium content.9

No study has yet been performed to assess the relative prevalence of NSF among patients with different stages of chronic kidney disease who have been exposed to gadolinium-containing contrast agents. Thus, it is impossible to ascertain a threshold of renal dysfunction above which the use of gadolinium-containing contrast agents might be safe.

In 90 patients with stage 5 chronic kidney disease, we found that 30% of those who previously had undergone gadolinium-enhanced imaging studies developed cutaneous changes of NSF; the relative risk of developing these skin changes after exposure to a gadolinium-containing contrast agent was 10.7 (95% confidence interval 1.5–6.9).8

Thus, it is essential that guidelines for the use of these contrast agents be formulated and implemented. Caution must be observed when administering a gadolinium-containing contrast agent to a patient with any degree of renal dysfunction. These patients must be informed of the possible risk of developing NSF, and appropriate follow-up must be conducted to assess for potential changes of NSF.

Other possible risk factors

Not all patients with chronic kidney disease who are exposed to gadolinium-containing contrast agents develop NSF: factors other than the degree of renal dysfunction must be involved in the pathogenesis of this condition.

Exposure to medications commonly taken by patients with chronic kidney disease, such as erythropoietin10 and iron supplements,11 has been suggested as a contributing factor. However, these medications are so widely used that this exposure is unlikely to explain why some patients develop NSF after receiving gadolinium-containing contrast agents and others do not.

Interestingly, lanthanum carbonate (Fosrenol) was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2004 for use as a phosphate binder in patients with stage 5 chronic kidney disease. Since lanthanum and gadolinium both are rare earth metals of the lanthanide series, one might speculate that lanthanum deposition in tissue could produce similar changes or could potentiate those induced by gadolinium.

Future prospective case-control studies need to address risk factors for the development of NSF.

EFFECTIVE TREATMENT NEEDED

Because NSF imposes a markedly increased rate of death and devastating morbidity,8 efforts must be directed toward preventing its development and treating those who already are affected. So far, no treatment has been universally effective in reversing the fibrotic changes of NSF. Potentially effective therapeutic agents must be identified and studied in these patients.

Although performing hemodialysis promptly after the use of a gadolinium-containing contrast agent would appear to be a prudent clinical practice, there are no data to suggest that it is effective in preventing NSF. If free gadolinium disassociates from its chelate and deposits rapidly in tissue, it is unclear that hemodialysis could be performed soon enough to prevent this deposition. Furthermore, hemodialysis is not without associated potential risks and morbidity, especially in people with chronic kidney disease who are not already receiving hemodialysis. Thus, at present, avoiding the use of gadolinium-containing contrast agents in patients with chronic kidney disease appears to be the best preventive strategy.

A NAME CHANGE

Over the past decade, much has been learned about the clinical manifestations, course, and pathogenesis of NSF. However, the term “nephrogenic” in the name of this disease is misleading, in that this fibrosing disorder is not caused by the kidneys. Although some degree of renal dysfunction appears to be necessary for NSF to develop, the presence of gadolinium in tissue seems to drive fibrosis. Thus, it is time that “nephrogenic systemic fibrosis” be renamed more precisely as “gadolinium-associated systemic fibrosis” or “GASF.”

References
  1. Cowper SE, Robin HS, Steinberg SM, Su LD, Gupta S, LeBoit PE. Scleromyxoedema-like cutaneous diseases in renal-dialysis patients. Lancet 2000; 356:10001001.
  2. Issa N, Poggio E, Fatica R, Patel R, Ruggieri PM, Heyka RJ. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and its association with gadolinium exposure during MRI. Cleve Clin J Med 2008; 75:95111.
  3. Moschella SL, Kay J, Mackool BT, Liu V. Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Weekly clinicopathological exercises. Case 35-2004. A 68-year-old man with end-stage renal disease and thickening of the skin. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:22192227.
  4. Cowper SE, Su LD, Bhawan J, Robin HS, LeBoit PE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. Am J Dermatopathol 2001; 23:383393.
  5. Kucher C, Xu X, Pasha T, Elenitsas R. Histopathologic comparison of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and scleromyxedema. J Cutan Pathol 2005; 32:484490.
  6. High WA, Ayers RA, Chandler J, Zito G, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is detectable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2126.
  7. Boyd AS, Zic JA, Abraham JL. Gadolinium deposition in nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2730.
  8. Todd DJ, Kagan A, Chibnik LB, Kay J. Cutaneous changes of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: predictor of early mortality and association with gadolinium exposure. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 56:34333441.
  9. Wahba IM, Simpson EL, White K. Gadolinium is not the only trigger for nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: insights from two cases and review of the recent literature. Am J Transplant 2007; 7:24252432.
  10. Swaminathan S, Ahmed I, McCarthy JT, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and high–dose erythropoietin therapy. Ann Intern Med 2006; 145:234235.
  11. Swaminathan S, Horn TD, Pellowski D, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, gadolinium, and iron mobilization. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:720722.
References
  1. Cowper SE, Robin HS, Steinberg SM, Su LD, Gupta S, LeBoit PE. Scleromyxoedema-like cutaneous diseases in renal-dialysis patients. Lancet 2000; 356:10001001.
  2. Issa N, Poggio E, Fatica R, Patel R, Ruggieri PM, Heyka RJ. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and its association with gadolinium exposure during MRI. Cleve Clin J Med 2008; 75:95111.
  3. Moschella SL, Kay J, Mackool BT, Liu V. Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Weekly clinicopathological exercises. Case 35-2004. A 68-year-old man with end-stage renal disease and thickening of the skin. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:22192227.
  4. Cowper SE, Su LD, Bhawan J, Robin HS, LeBoit PE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. Am J Dermatopathol 2001; 23:383393.
  5. Kucher C, Xu X, Pasha T, Elenitsas R. Histopathologic comparison of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and scleromyxedema. J Cutan Pathol 2005; 32:484490.
  6. High WA, Ayers RA, Chandler J, Zito G, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is detectable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2126.
  7. Boyd AS, Zic JA, Abraham JL. Gadolinium deposition in nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2730.
  8. Todd DJ, Kagan A, Chibnik LB, Kay J. Cutaneous changes of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: predictor of early mortality and association with gadolinium exposure. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 56:34333441.
  9. Wahba IM, Simpson EL, White K. Gadolinium is not the only trigger for nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: insights from two cases and review of the recent literature. Am J Transplant 2007; 7:24252432.
  10. Swaminathan S, Ahmed I, McCarthy JT, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and high–dose erythropoietin therapy. Ann Intern Med 2006; 145:234235.
  11. Swaminathan S, Horn TD, Pellowski D, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, gadolinium, and iron mobilization. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:720722.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(2)
Page Number
112-117
Page Number
112-117
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Gadolinium and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: The evidence of things not seen
Display Headline
Gadolinium and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: The evidence of things not seen
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and its association with gadolinium exposure during MRI

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 16:15
Display Headline
Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and its association with gadolinium exposure during MRI

The use of gadolinium as a contrast agent in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in patients with impaired kidney function has come under scrutiny because of recent reports of a potential association between its use and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF).

See related editorial

This entity was first identified in the United States in 1997. Cowper et al1 in 2000 described 15 hemodialysis patients who developed thickening and hardening of the skin with brawny hyperpigmentation, papules, and subcutaneous nodules on the extremities.

This “new disease” was initially called “nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy,” as it was exclusively seen in patients with renal impairment and was thought to affect only the skin and subcutaneous tissue. With growing evidence of the extent and pathogenicity of the fibrosis in visceral organs, the nomenclature was changed to NSF, to better reflect the systemic nature of the disease.

PRESENTATION: MILD TO DEVASTATING

NSF has thus far been reported only in patients with renal impairment, most of whom were dialysis-dependent. It does not seem to be more common in one sex or the other, in any age range, or in any ethnic group. It can range in severity from mild to a devastating scleroderma-like systemic fibrosing disorder.

Figure 1. Typical skin lesions of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (indurated erythematous plaques) affecting the lower extremities.
Cutaneous changes are the most predominant and impressive manifestations. NSF typically causes dermal hardening with tethering to deep dermal tissues, giving the skin the appearance of textured plaques, papules, or nodules with irregular edges and a brawny wooden texture to palpation (Figure 1). The lesions can be erythematous or brown-pigmented and can be painful and pruritic. NSF typically presents between the ankles and the thighs in a symmetric fashion and progresses proximally and distally to involve the entire lower extremities. Upper extremity involvement occurs frequently, but usually with lower extremity disease.2 The trunk is involved less commonly than the legs and arms, and usually late in extensive disease. The face is typically spared (Figure 2).

Figure 2. The pattern of involvement is usually symmetric. The lesions most often affect the lower extremities, followed by the upper and lower extremities and then the trunk and upper and lower extemities. The face is usually spared.
NSF can cause loss of motion and contractures in multiple joints, leading to almost total loss of function and devastating debility within a short time—days to a few weeks.2 These contractures are attributed to periarticular fibrosis of the overlying skin and subcutaneous tissue rather than to erosive joint disease. About 5% of patients develop a fulminant form of NSF3; these patients may become wheelchair-dependent.

The heart, lungs, skeletal muscle, and diaphragm can also be involved, sometimes leading to serious complications and death.4–6

The disease is usually progressive and unremitting. Mendoza et al,7 in a review of 12 cases of NSF, reported that the disease had a progressive course in 6 patients, of whom 3 died within 2 years and 3 were ultimately confined to a wheelchair. More severe findings and rapid progression of the skin disease are associated with a poor prognosis.

Todd et al8 prospectively examined 186 dialysis patients to look for possible NSF. Of those with skin changes consistent with NSF, 48% died within 2 years, compared with 20% of those without these skin changes. Cardiovascular causes accounted for 58% of the deaths in patients with cutaneous changes of NSF and for 48% of the deaths in patients without these changes. Most of the excess deaths occurred within 6 months after the skin examination, suggesting an increased risk for early death in patients with skin changes suggestive of NSF.

DIAGNOSIS OF NSF IS CLINICAL

At presentation, NSF is frequently misdiagnosed and treated as cellulitis or edema. However, now that subspecialists—especially dermatologists, rheumatologists, and nephrologists—are becoming more aware of it, the correct diagnosis is being made earlier.

NSF should be suspected in any patient with underlying renal dysfunction—especially if on dialysis and if he or she has received a gadolinium contrast agent during MRI—who develops scleroderma-like cutaneous lesions affecting the distal extremities. Because most health care providers are still unfamiliar with this emerging disease, patients with renal impairment and suspected NSF should be referred to a rheumatologist or dermatologist to confirm the diagnosis, which is mainly entertained on a clinical basis. There is no laboratory biomarker for NSF.

A deep incisional skin biopsy may aid in the diagnosis. Due to the regional distribution of the disease, sampling error may occur, and repeat biopsy is warranted if the initial biopsy is nondiagnostic but the clinical picture suggests NSF.

 

Figure 3. Biopsy specimen from the skin of a lower extremity of a patient with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF) (hematoxylin and eosin stain) shows increased spindled fibrocytes and collagen bundles typical of NSF (A) and CD34-positive immunohistochemical staining in fibroblast-like cells (B) characteristic of NSF.

Histopathologic examination typically shows lesions containing proliferation of dermal spindle cells, thick collagen bundles with surrounding clefts, and a variable amount of mucin and elastic fibers.2 A characteristic and almost pathognomonic staining profile is the immunohistochemical identification of CD34 reactivity in the fibroblast-like cells (Figure 3). Cells expressing CD34 are normally found in the umbilical cord, the bone marrow (as pluripotential hematopoietic stem cells), and in the vascular endothelium. How they come to be in the skin is still speculative, but their presence suggests that circulating fibrocytes migrate from the bone marrow and deposit in the skin and other organs.9,10

Pulmonary function testing can be done to rule out lung involvement and transthoracic two-dimensional echocardiography can be done to rule out possible cardiomyopathy if these conditions are suggested by examination at the time of diagnosis.7 Muscle biopsy is not necessary to determine the extent of systemic involvement, since the findings do not necessarily correlate with other systemic involvement.

 

 

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

Other disorders that can cause thickening and hardening of the skin of the extremities and trunk include systemic sclerosis or scleroderma, scleromyxedema, and eosinophilic fasciitis (Table 1). However, skin thickening, tethering, and hyperpigmentation in a patient with chronic kidney disease or end-stage renal disease after exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents suggests NSF.

An important diagnostic feature of NSF is that it spares the face, a finding derived from all reported and confirmed cases of NSF (Figure 2). In contrast, scleromyxedema, systemic scleroderma, and morphea often involve the face.

Scleromyxedema is often associated with monoclonal gammopathy (usually an immunoglobulin G lambda paraproteinemia) whereas NSF is not.

Scleroderma is supported by the findings of Raynaud’s phenomenon, antinuclear antibodies, and either anticentromere or anti-DNA topoisomerase I (Scl-70) antibodies, but the absence of these antibodies does not necessarily rule it out.

Eosinophilic fasciitis is diagnosed on the basis of histologic examination of a deep wedge skin biopsy specimen that includes fascia.

Other diagnoses that should be considered include amyloidosis and calciphylaxis.

ASSOCIATION WITH GADOLINIUM: WHAT IS THE EVIDENCE?

Case series

The association of gadolinium use with NSF has been described in several case reports and case series.

Grobner11 reported that administration of gadodiamide (Omniscan, a gadolinium compound) for MRI was associated with NSF in five patients on chronic hemodialysis who had end-stage renal disease. Their ages ranged from 43 to 74 years, and they had been on dialysis from 10 to 58 months. The time of onset of NSF ranged from 2 to 4 weeks after exposure to gadodiamide.

Marckmann et al12 reported that NSF developed in 13 (3.5%) of 370 patients with severe kidney disease who received gadodiamide. Five of the 13 patients had stage 5 (advanced) chronic kidney disease and were not yet on renal replacement therapy, 7 were on hemodialysis, and 1 was on peritoneal dialysis. The time of onset ranged from 2 to 75 days (median 25 days) after exposure.

Kuo et al13 similarly estimated the incidence of NSF at approximately 3% in patients with severe renal failure who receive intravenous gadolinium-based contrast material for MRI.

Broome et al14 reported that 12 patients developed NSF within 2 to 11 weeks after receiving gadodiamide. Eight of the 12 patients had end-stage renal disease and were on hemodialysis; the other 4 patients had acute kidney injury attributed to hepatorenal syndrome, and 3 of these 4 patients were on hemodialysis.

Khurana et al15 reported that 6 patients on hemodialysis developed NSF from 2 weeks to 2 months after receiving a dose of gadodiamide of between 0.11 and 0.36 mmol/kg. These doses are high, and the findings suggest an association between the gadolinium dose and NSF. The dose approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is only 0.1 mmol/kg, and the use of gadolinium is approved only in MRI. However, higher doses (0.3–0.4 mmol/kg) are widely used in practice for better imaging quality in magnetic resonance angiography (MRA).

Deo et al16 reported 3 cases of NSF in 87 patients with end-stage renal disease who underwent 123 radiologic studies with gadolinium. No patient with end-stage renal disease who was not exposed to gadolinium developed NSF, and the association between exposure to gadolinium and the subsequent development of NSF was statistically significant (P = .006). The authors concluded that each gadolinium study presented a 2.4% risk of NSF in end-stage renal disease patients.

This retrospective study is flawed by not having been cross-sectional or case-controlled, since the other 84 patients who received gadolinium were not examined at all to establish the absence of NSF.

Case-control studies

More evidence of association of NSF with gadolinium exposure comes from other reports.

Physicians in St. Louis, MO,17 identified 33 cases of NSF and performed a case-control study, matching each of 19 of the patients (for whom data were available and who met their entry criteria) with 3 controls. They found that exposure to gadolinium was independently associated with the development of NSF.

Sadowski et al18 reported that 13 patients with biopsy-confirmed NSF all had been exposed to gadodiamide and one had been exposed to gadobenate (MultiHANCE) in addition to gadodiamide. All 13 patients had renal insufficiency, with an estimated glomerular filtration rate (GFR) less than 60 mL/minute/1.73 m2. The investigators compared this group with a control group of patients with renal insufficiency who did not develop NSF. The NSF group had more proinflammatory events (P < .001) and more gadolinium-contrast-enhanced MRI examinations per patient (P = .002) than the control group.

Marckmann et al19 compared 19 patients who had histologically proven cases of NSF and 19 sex- and age-matched controls; all 38 patients had chronic kidney disease and had been exposed to gadolinium. Patients with NSF had received higher cumulative doses of gadodiamide and higher doses of erythropoietin and had higher serum concentrations of ionized calcium and phosphate than did their controls, as did patients with severe NSF compared with those with nonsevere NSF.

Comment. All the above reports are limited by their study design and suffer from recognition bias because not all of the patients with severe renal insufficiency who were exposed to gadolinium were examined for possible asymptomatic skin changes that might be characteristic of NSF. Therefore, it is impossible to be certain that all of the patients classified as not having NSF truly did not have it or did not subsequently develop it. Furthermore, the reports lacked standardized diagnostic criteria. Hence, the real prevalence and incidence of NSF are difficult to determine.

 

 

A cross-sectional study

As mentioned above, Todd et al8 examined 186 dialysis patients for cutaneous changes of NSF (using a scoring system based on hyper-pigmentation, hardening, and tethering of skin on the extremities). Patients who had been exposed to gadolinium had a higher risk of developing these skin changes than did nonexposed patients (odds ratio 14.7, 95% confidence interval 1.9–117.0). More importantly, the investigators found cutaneous changes of NSF in 25 (13%) of the 186 patients, 4 of whom had prior skin biopsies available for review, each revealing the histologic changes of NSF. This study suggests that NSF may be more prevalent than previously thought.

Is kidney dysfunction always present?

All the reported patients with NSF had underlying renal impairment. The renal dysfunction ranged from acute kidney injury to advanced chronic kidney disease (estimated GFR < 30 mL/minute/1.73 m2) and end-stage renal disease on renal replacement therapy, ie, hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis. The incidence of NSF does not seem to be related to the cause of the underlying kidney disease.

What other diseases or comorbidities can be associated with NSF?

It is still unclear why not every patient with advanced renal failure develops NSF after exposure to gadolinium.

A variety of complex diseases and conditions have been reported to be associated with NSF, with no clear-cut evidence of causality or trigger. These include hypercoagulability states, thrombotic events, surgical procedures (especially those with reconstructive vascular components), calciphylaxis, kidney transplantation, hepatic disease (hepatorenal syndrome, liver transplantation, and hepatitis B and C), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, hypothyroidism, elevated serum ionized calcium or serum phosphate, hyperparathyroidism, and metabolic acidosis. A possible explanation is that most of these conditions are associated with an increased use of MRI or MRA testing (eg, in the workup for kidney or liver transplantation).

Many drugs have also been reported to be associated with NSF, including high-dose erythropoietin,20 sevelamer (Renagel),21 and, conversely, lack of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor therapy,22 but none of these findings has been reproduced to date.

GADOLINIUM CHARACTERISTICS AND PHARMACOKINETICS

Gadolinium is a rare-earth lanthanide metallic element (atomic number 64) that is used in MRI and MRA because of its paramagnetic properties that enhance the quality of imaging. Its ionic form (Gd3+) is highly toxic if injected intravenously, so it is typically bound to a “chelate” to decrease its toxicity.23 The chelate stabilizes Gd3+ and thereby prevents its dissociation in vivo. These Gd-chelates can be classified (Table 2) according to their charge (ionic vs nonionic) and their structure (linear vs cyclic).

Most of the reported cases of NSF have been in patients who received gadodiamide, a nonionic, linear agent. Why gadodiamide has the highest rates of association with NSF is still unclear; perhaps it is simply the most widely used agent. Also, linear Gd compounds may be less stable and more likely to dissociate in vivo. The updated FDA Public Health Advisory in May 2007 warned against the use of all gadolinium-containing contrast agents for MRI, not just gadodiamide.

After intravenous injection, Gd-chelate equilibrates rapidly (within 2 hours) in the extracellular space. Very little of it enters into cells or binds to proteins. It is eliminated unchanged in the glomerular filtrate with no tubular secretion. In a study by Joffe et al,24 the elimination half-life of gadodiamide in patients with severely reduced renal function was considerably longer than in healthy volunteers (34.3 hours ± 22.9 vs 1.3 hours ± 0.25).

Since gadolinium compounds are not protein-bound and have a limited volume of distribution, they are typically removed by hemodialysis. Joffe et al found that an average of 65% of the gadodiamide was removed in a single hemodialysis session. However, they did not describe the specific features of the hemodialysis session, and it took four hemodialysis treatments to remove 99% of a single dose of gadolinium.24 A dialysis membrane with high permeability (large pores) seems to increase the clearance of the Gd-chelate during hemodialysis.25

Peritoneal dialysis may not remove gadolinium as effectively: Joffe et al24 reported that after 22 days of continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis, only 69% of the total amount of gadodiamide had been excreted, suggesting a very low peritoneal clearance.

SPECULATIVE PATHOGENESIS

Although a causal relationship between gadolinium use in patients with renal dysfunction and NSF has not been definitively established, the data derived from case reports assuredly raise this suspicion. Furthermore, on biopsy, gadolinium can be found in the skin of patients with NSF, adding evidence of causality.26–28

The mechanism by which Gd3+ might trigger NSF is still not understood. A plausible speculation is that if renal function is reduced, the half-life of the Gd-chelate molecule is significantly increased, as is the chance of Gd3+ dissociating from its chelate, leading to increased tissue exposure. Vascular trauma and endothelial dysfunction may allow free Gd3+ to enter tissues more easily, where macrophages phagocytose the metal, produce local profibrotic cytokines, and send out signals that recruit circulating fibrocytes to the tissues. Once in tissues, circulating fibrocytes induce a fibrosing process that is indistinguishable from normal scar formation.29

 

 

TREATMENTS LACK DATA

There is no consistently successful treatment for NSF.

In isolated reports, successful kidney transplantation slowed the skin fibrosis, but these findings need to be confirmed.30,31 Data from case reports should be interpreted very cautiously, as they are by nature sporadic and anecdotal. Moreover most of the reports of NSF were published on Web sites or as editorials and did not undergo exhaustive peer review. Because the evidence is weak, kidney transplantation should not be recommended as a treatment for NSF.

Oral steroids, plasmapheresis, extracorporeal photopheresis, thalidomide, topical ultraviolet-A therapy, and other treatments have yielded very conflicting results, with only anecdotal improvement of symptoms. In a recent case report,32 the use of intravenous sodium thiosulfate in addition to aggressive physical therapy provided some benefit by reducing the pain and improving the skin lesions.

Because of the lack of strong evidence of efficacy, we cannot advocate the use of any of these treatments until larger clinical trial results are available. Aggressive physical therapy along with appropriate pain control may have benefits and should be offered to all patients suffering from NSF.

Avoid gadolinium exposure in patients with renal insufficiency

The FDA33 recently asked manufacturers to include a new boxed warning on the product labeling of all gadolinium-based contrast agents (Magnevist, MultiHance, Omniscan, Opti-MARK, ProHance), due to risk of NSF in patients with acute or chronic severe renal insufficiency (GFR < 30 mL/minute/1.73 m2) and in patients with acute renal insufficiency of any severity due to hepatorenal syndrome or in the perioperative liver transplantation period.

For the time being, gadolinium should be contraindicated in patients with acute kidney injury and chronic kidney disease stages 4 and 5 and in those who are on renal replacement therapy (either hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis). If an MRI study with gadolinium-based contrast is absolutely required in a patient with end-stage renal disease or advanced chronic kidney disease, an agent other than gadodiamide should be used in the lowest possible dose.

Will hemodialysis prevent NSF?

In a patient who is already on hemodialysis, it seems prudent to perform hemodialysis soon after gadolinium exposure and again the day after exposure to increase gadolinium elimination. However, to date, there are no data to support the theory that doing this will prevent NSF.

Because peritoneal dialysis has been reported to clear gadolinium poorly, use of gadolinium is contraindicated. If gadolinium is absolutely needed, either more-aggressive peritoneal dialysis (keeping the abdomen “wet”) or temporary hemodialysis may be considered.

For patients with advanced chronic kidney disease who are not yet on renal replacement therapy, the use of gadolinium is contraindicated, and hemodialysis should not be empirically recommended after gadolinium exposure because we have no evidence to support its utility and because hemodialysis may cause harm.

Nephrology consultation should be considered before any gadolinium use in a patient with impaired renal function, whether acute or chronic.

References
  1. Cowper SE, Robin HS, Steinberg SM, Su LD, Gupta S, LeBoit PE. Scleromyxoedema-like cutaneous diseases in renal-dialysis patients. Lancet 2000; 356:10001001.
  2. Galan A, Cowper SE, Bucala R. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy). Curr Opin Rheumatol 2006; 18:614617.
  3. Cowper SE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: the first 6 years. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2003; 15:785790.
  4. Ting WW, Stone MS, Madison KC, Kurtz K. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy with systemic involvement. Arch Dermatol 2003; 139:903906.
  5. Kucher C, Steere J, Elenitsas R, Siegel DL, Xu X. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy/nephrogenic systemic fibrosis with diaphragmatic involvement in a patient with respiratory failure. J Am Acad Dermatol 2006; 54:S31S34.
  6. Jimenez SA, Artlett CM, Sandorfi N, et al. Dialysis-associated systemic fibrosis (nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy): study of inflammatory cells and transforming growth factor beta1 expression in affected skin. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:26602666.
  7. Mendoza FA, Artlett CM, Sandorfi N, Latinis K, Piera-Velazquez S, Jimenez SA. Description of 12 cases of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and review of the literature. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2006; 35:238249.
  8. Todd DJ, Kagan A, Chibnik LB, Kay J. Cutaneous changes of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: predictor of early mortality and association with gadolinium exposure. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 56:34333441.
  9. Cowper SE, Bucala R, Leboit PE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy/nephrogenic systemic fibrosis—setting the record straight. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2006; 35:208210.
  10. Quan TE, Cowper S, Wu SP, Bockenstedt LK, Bucala R. Circulating fibrocytes: collagen-secreting cells of the peripheral blood. Int J Biochem Cell Biol 2004; 36:598606.
  11. Grobner T. Gadolinium—a specific trigger for the development of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis? Nephrol Dial Transplant 2006; 21:11041108.
  12. Marckmann P, Skov L, Rossen K, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: suspected causative role of gadodiamide used for contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging. J Am Soc Nephrol 2006; 17:23592362.
  13. Kuo PH, Kanal E, Abu-Alfa AK, Cowper SE. Gadolinium-based MR contrast agents and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. Radiology 2007; 242:647649.
  14. Broome DR, Girguis MS, Baron PW, Cottrell AC, Kjellin I, Kirk GA. Gadodiamide-associated nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: why radiologists should be concerned. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2007; 188:586592.
  15. Khurana A, Runge VM, Narayanan M, Greene JF, Nickel AE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a review of 6 cases temporally related to gadodiamide injection (Omniscan). Invest Radiol 2007; 42:139145.
  16. Deo A, Fogel M, Cowper SE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a population study examining the relationship of disease development to gadolinium exposure. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:264267.
  17. US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy associated with exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents—St. Louis, Missouri, 2002–2006. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2007; 56:137141.
  18. Sadowski EA, Bennett LK, Chan MR, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: risk factors and incidence estimation. Radiology 2007; 243:148157.
  19. Marckmann P, Skov L, Rossen K, Heaf JG, Thomsen HS. Case-control study of gadodiamide-related nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. Nephrol Dial Transplant 2007 May 4; e-pub ahead of print.
  20. Swaminathan S, Ahmed I, McCarthy JT, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and high-dose erythropoietin therapy. Ann Intern Med 2006; 145:234235.
  21. Jain SM, Wesson S, Hassanein A, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy in pediatric patients. Pediatr Nephrol 2004; 19:467470.
  22. Fazeli A, Lio PA, Liu V. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: are ACE inhibitors the missing link? (Letter). Arch Dermatol 2004; 140:1401.
  23. Bellin MF. MR contrast agents, the old and the new. Eur J Radiol 2006; 60:314323.
  24. Joffe P, Thomsen HS, Meusel M. Pharmacokinetics of gadodiamide injection in patients with severe renal insufficiency and patients undergoing hemodialysis or continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. Acad Radiol 1998; 5:491502.
  25. Ueda J, Furukawa T, Higashino K, et al. Permeability of iodinated and MR contrast media through two types of hemodialysis membrane. Eur J Radiol 1999; 31:7680.
  26. Boyd AS, Zic JA, Abraham JL. Gadolinium deposition in nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2730.
  27. High WA, Ayers RA, Chandler J, Zito G, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is detectable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2126.
  28. High WA, Ayers RA, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is quantifiable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:710712.
  29. Perazella MA. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, kidney disease, and gadolinium: is there a link? Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:200202.
  30. Cowper SE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: The nosological and conceptual evolution of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. Am J Kidney Dis 2005; 46:763765.
  31. Jan F, Segal JM, Dyer J, LeBoit P, Siegfried E, Frieden IJ. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: two pediatric cases. J Pediatr 2003; 143:678681.
  32. Yerram P, Saab G, Karuparthi PR, Hayden MR, Khanna R. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a mysterious disease in patients with renal failure—role of gadolinium-based contrast media in causation and the beneficial effect of intravenous sodium thiosulfate. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:258263.
  33. US Food and Drug Administration. Accessed 01/03/08. http://www.fda.gov/cder/drug/InfoSheets/HCP/gcca_200705.htm.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Naim Issa, MD
Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Emilio D. Poggio, MD
Director of Renal Function Laboratory, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Richard A. Fatica, MD
Nephrology Fellowship Program Director, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Rajiv Patel, MD
Department of Dermatopathology, Cleveland Clinic

Paul M. Ruggieri, MD
Head, Section of Magnetic Resonance, Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Cleveland Clinic

Robert J. Heyka, MD
Director of Chronic Hemodialysis, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Robert J. Heyka, MD, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, A51, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected].

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
95-97, 103, 106, 110-111
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Naim Issa, MD
Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Emilio D. Poggio, MD
Director of Renal Function Laboratory, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Richard A. Fatica, MD
Nephrology Fellowship Program Director, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Rajiv Patel, MD
Department of Dermatopathology, Cleveland Clinic

Paul M. Ruggieri, MD
Head, Section of Magnetic Resonance, Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Cleveland Clinic

Robert J. Heyka, MD
Director of Chronic Hemodialysis, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Robert J. Heyka, MD, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, A51, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected].

Author and Disclosure Information

Naim Issa, MD
Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Emilio D. Poggio, MD
Director of Renal Function Laboratory, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Richard A. Fatica, MD
Nephrology Fellowship Program Director, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Rajiv Patel, MD
Department of Dermatopathology, Cleveland Clinic

Paul M. Ruggieri, MD
Head, Section of Magnetic Resonance, Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Cleveland Clinic

Robert J. Heyka, MD
Director of Chronic Hemodialysis, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Robert J. Heyka, MD, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, A51, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected].

Article PDF
Article PDF

The use of gadolinium as a contrast agent in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in patients with impaired kidney function has come under scrutiny because of recent reports of a potential association between its use and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF).

See related editorial

This entity was first identified in the United States in 1997. Cowper et al1 in 2000 described 15 hemodialysis patients who developed thickening and hardening of the skin with brawny hyperpigmentation, papules, and subcutaneous nodules on the extremities.

This “new disease” was initially called “nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy,” as it was exclusively seen in patients with renal impairment and was thought to affect only the skin and subcutaneous tissue. With growing evidence of the extent and pathogenicity of the fibrosis in visceral organs, the nomenclature was changed to NSF, to better reflect the systemic nature of the disease.

PRESENTATION: MILD TO DEVASTATING

NSF has thus far been reported only in patients with renal impairment, most of whom were dialysis-dependent. It does not seem to be more common in one sex or the other, in any age range, or in any ethnic group. It can range in severity from mild to a devastating scleroderma-like systemic fibrosing disorder.

Figure 1. Typical skin lesions of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (indurated erythematous plaques) affecting the lower extremities.
Cutaneous changes are the most predominant and impressive manifestations. NSF typically causes dermal hardening with tethering to deep dermal tissues, giving the skin the appearance of textured plaques, papules, or nodules with irregular edges and a brawny wooden texture to palpation (Figure 1). The lesions can be erythematous or brown-pigmented and can be painful and pruritic. NSF typically presents between the ankles and the thighs in a symmetric fashion and progresses proximally and distally to involve the entire lower extremities. Upper extremity involvement occurs frequently, but usually with lower extremity disease.2 The trunk is involved less commonly than the legs and arms, and usually late in extensive disease. The face is typically spared (Figure 2).

Figure 2. The pattern of involvement is usually symmetric. The lesions most often affect the lower extremities, followed by the upper and lower extremities and then the trunk and upper and lower extemities. The face is usually spared.
NSF can cause loss of motion and contractures in multiple joints, leading to almost total loss of function and devastating debility within a short time—days to a few weeks.2 These contractures are attributed to periarticular fibrosis of the overlying skin and subcutaneous tissue rather than to erosive joint disease. About 5% of patients develop a fulminant form of NSF3; these patients may become wheelchair-dependent.

The heart, lungs, skeletal muscle, and diaphragm can also be involved, sometimes leading to serious complications and death.4–6

The disease is usually progressive and unremitting. Mendoza et al,7 in a review of 12 cases of NSF, reported that the disease had a progressive course in 6 patients, of whom 3 died within 2 years and 3 were ultimately confined to a wheelchair. More severe findings and rapid progression of the skin disease are associated with a poor prognosis.

Todd et al8 prospectively examined 186 dialysis patients to look for possible NSF. Of those with skin changes consistent with NSF, 48% died within 2 years, compared with 20% of those without these skin changes. Cardiovascular causes accounted for 58% of the deaths in patients with cutaneous changes of NSF and for 48% of the deaths in patients without these changes. Most of the excess deaths occurred within 6 months after the skin examination, suggesting an increased risk for early death in patients with skin changes suggestive of NSF.

DIAGNOSIS OF NSF IS CLINICAL

At presentation, NSF is frequently misdiagnosed and treated as cellulitis or edema. However, now that subspecialists—especially dermatologists, rheumatologists, and nephrologists—are becoming more aware of it, the correct diagnosis is being made earlier.

NSF should be suspected in any patient with underlying renal dysfunction—especially if on dialysis and if he or she has received a gadolinium contrast agent during MRI—who develops scleroderma-like cutaneous lesions affecting the distal extremities. Because most health care providers are still unfamiliar with this emerging disease, patients with renal impairment and suspected NSF should be referred to a rheumatologist or dermatologist to confirm the diagnosis, which is mainly entertained on a clinical basis. There is no laboratory biomarker for NSF.

A deep incisional skin biopsy may aid in the diagnosis. Due to the regional distribution of the disease, sampling error may occur, and repeat biopsy is warranted if the initial biopsy is nondiagnostic but the clinical picture suggests NSF.

 

Figure 3. Biopsy specimen from the skin of a lower extremity of a patient with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF) (hematoxylin and eosin stain) shows increased spindled fibrocytes and collagen bundles typical of NSF (A) and CD34-positive immunohistochemical staining in fibroblast-like cells (B) characteristic of NSF.

Histopathologic examination typically shows lesions containing proliferation of dermal spindle cells, thick collagen bundles with surrounding clefts, and a variable amount of mucin and elastic fibers.2 A characteristic and almost pathognomonic staining profile is the immunohistochemical identification of CD34 reactivity in the fibroblast-like cells (Figure 3). Cells expressing CD34 are normally found in the umbilical cord, the bone marrow (as pluripotential hematopoietic stem cells), and in the vascular endothelium. How they come to be in the skin is still speculative, but their presence suggests that circulating fibrocytes migrate from the bone marrow and deposit in the skin and other organs.9,10

Pulmonary function testing can be done to rule out lung involvement and transthoracic two-dimensional echocardiography can be done to rule out possible cardiomyopathy if these conditions are suggested by examination at the time of diagnosis.7 Muscle biopsy is not necessary to determine the extent of systemic involvement, since the findings do not necessarily correlate with other systemic involvement.

 

 

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

Other disorders that can cause thickening and hardening of the skin of the extremities and trunk include systemic sclerosis or scleroderma, scleromyxedema, and eosinophilic fasciitis (Table 1). However, skin thickening, tethering, and hyperpigmentation in a patient with chronic kidney disease or end-stage renal disease after exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents suggests NSF.

An important diagnostic feature of NSF is that it spares the face, a finding derived from all reported and confirmed cases of NSF (Figure 2). In contrast, scleromyxedema, systemic scleroderma, and morphea often involve the face.

Scleromyxedema is often associated with monoclonal gammopathy (usually an immunoglobulin G lambda paraproteinemia) whereas NSF is not.

Scleroderma is supported by the findings of Raynaud’s phenomenon, antinuclear antibodies, and either anticentromere or anti-DNA topoisomerase I (Scl-70) antibodies, but the absence of these antibodies does not necessarily rule it out.

Eosinophilic fasciitis is diagnosed on the basis of histologic examination of a deep wedge skin biopsy specimen that includes fascia.

Other diagnoses that should be considered include amyloidosis and calciphylaxis.

ASSOCIATION WITH GADOLINIUM: WHAT IS THE EVIDENCE?

Case series

The association of gadolinium use with NSF has been described in several case reports and case series.

Grobner11 reported that administration of gadodiamide (Omniscan, a gadolinium compound) for MRI was associated with NSF in five patients on chronic hemodialysis who had end-stage renal disease. Their ages ranged from 43 to 74 years, and they had been on dialysis from 10 to 58 months. The time of onset of NSF ranged from 2 to 4 weeks after exposure to gadodiamide.

Marckmann et al12 reported that NSF developed in 13 (3.5%) of 370 patients with severe kidney disease who received gadodiamide. Five of the 13 patients had stage 5 (advanced) chronic kidney disease and were not yet on renal replacement therapy, 7 were on hemodialysis, and 1 was on peritoneal dialysis. The time of onset ranged from 2 to 75 days (median 25 days) after exposure.

Kuo et al13 similarly estimated the incidence of NSF at approximately 3% in patients with severe renal failure who receive intravenous gadolinium-based contrast material for MRI.

Broome et al14 reported that 12 patients developed NSF within 2 to 11 weeks after receiving gadodiamide. Eight of the 12 patients had end-stage renal disease and were on hemodialysis; the other 4 patients had acute kidney injury attributed to hepatorenal syndrome, and 3 of these 4 patients were on hemodialysis.

Khurana et al15 reported that 6 patients on hemodialysis developed NSF from 2 weeks to 2 months after receiving a dose of gadodiamide of between 0.11 and 0.36 mmol/kg. These doses are high, and the findings suggest an association between the gadolinium dose and NSF. The dose approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is only 0.1 mmol/kg, and the use of gadolinium is approved only in MRI. However, higher doses (0.3–0.4 mmol/kg) are widely used in practice for better imaging quality in magnetic resonance angiography (MRA).

Deo et al16 reported 3 cases of NSF in 87 patients with end-stage renal disease who underwent 123 radiologic studies with gadolinium. No patient with end-stage renal disease who was not exposed to gadolinium developed NSF, and the association between exposure to gadolinium and the subsequent development of NSF was statistically significant (P = .006). The authors concluded that each gadolinium study presented a 2.4% risk of NSF in end-stage renal disease patients.

This retrospective study is flawed by not having been cross-sectional or case-controlled, since the other 84 patients who received gadolinium were not examined at all to establish the absence of NSF.

Case-control studies

More evidence of association of NSF with gadolinium exposure comes from other reports.

Physicians in St. Louis, MO,17 identified 33 cases of NSF and performed a case-control study, matching each of 19 of the patients (for whom data were available and who met their entry criteria) with 3 controls. They found that exposure to gadolinium was independently associated with the development of NSF.

Sadowski et al18 reported that 13 patients with biopsy-confirmed NSF all had been exposed to gadodiamide and one had been exposed to gadobenate (MultiHANCE) in addition to gadodiamide. All 13 patients had renal insufficiency, with an estimated glomerular filtration rate (GFR) less than 60 mL/minute/1.73 m2. The investigators compared this group with a control group of patients with renal insufficiency who did not develop NSF. The NSF group had more proinflammatory events (P < .001) and more gadolinium-contrast-enhanced MRI examinations per patient (P = .002) than the control group.

Marckmann et al19 compared 19 patients who had histologically proven cases of NSF and 19 sex- and age-matched controls; all 38 patients had chronic kidney disease and had been exposed to gadolinium. Patients with NSF had received higher cumulative doses of gadodiamide and higher doses of erythropoietin and had higher serum concentrations of ionized calcium and phosphate than did their controls, as did patients with severe NSF compared with those with nonsevere NSF.

Comment. All the above reports are limited by their study design and suffer from recognition bias because not all of the patients with severe renal insufficiency who were exposed to gadolinium were examined for possible asymptomatic skin changes that might be characteristic of NSF. Therefore, it is impossible to be certain that all of the patients classified as not having NSF truly did not have it or did not subsequently develop it. Furthermore, the reports lacked standardized diagnostic criteria. Hence, the real prevalence and incidence of NSF are difficult to determine.

 

 

A cross-sectional study

As mentioned above, Todd et al8 examined 186 dialysis patients for cutaneous changes of NSF (using a scoring system based on hyper-pigmentation, hardening, and tethering of skin on the extremities). Patients who had been exposed to gadolinium had a higher risk of developing these skin changes than did nonexposed patients (odds ratio 14.7, 95% confidence interval 1.9–117.0). More importantly, the investigators found cutaneous changes of NSF in 25 (13%) of the 186 patients, 4 of whom had prior skin biopsies available for review, each revealing the histologic changes of NSF. This study suggests that NSF may be more prevalent than previously thought.

Is kidney dysfunction always present?

All the reported patients with NSF had underlying renal impairment. The renal dysfunction ranged from acute kidney injury to advanced chronic kidney disease (estimated GFR < 30 mL/minute/1.73 m2) and end-stage renal disease on renal replacement therapy, ie, hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis. The incidence of NSF does not seem to be related to the cause of the underlying kidney disease.

What other diseases or comorbidities can be associated with NSF?

It is still unclear why not every patient with advanced renal failure develops NSF after exposure to gadolinium.

A variety of complex diseases and conditions have been reported to be associated with NSF, with no clear-cut evidence of causality or trigger. These include hypercoagulability states, thrombotic events, surgical procedures (especially those with reconstructive vascular components), calciphylaxis, kidney transplantation, hepatic disease (hepatorenal syndrome, liver transplantation, and hepatitis B and C), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, hypothyroidism, elevated serum ionized calcium or serum phosphate, hyperparathyroidism, and metabolic acidosis. A possible explanation is that most of these conditions are associated with an increased use of MRI or MRA testing (eg, in the workup for kidney or liver transplantation).

Many drugs have also been reported to be associated with NSF, including high-dose erythropoietin,20 sevelamer (Renagel),21 and, conversely, lack of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor therapy,22 but none of these findings has been reproduced to date.

GADOLINIUM CHARACTERISTICS AND PHARMACOKINETICS

Gadolinium is a rare-earth lanthanide metallic element (atomic number 64) that is used in MRI and MRA because of its paramagnetic properties that enhance the quality of imaging. Its ionic form (Gd3+) is highly toxic if injected intravenously, so it is typically bound to a “chelate” to decrease its toxicity.23 The chelate stabilizes Gd3+ and thereby prevents its dissociation in vivo. These Gd-chelates can be classified (Table 2) according to their charge (ionic vs nonionic) and their structure (linear vs cyclic).

Most of the reported cases of NSF have been in patients who received gadodiamide, a nonionic, linear agent. Why gadodiamide has the highest rates of association with NSF is still unclear; perhaps it is simply the most widely used agent. Also, linear Gd compounds may be less stable and more likely to dissociate in vivo. The updated FDA Public Health Advisory in May 2007 warned against the use of all gadolinium-containing contrast agents for MRI, not just gadodiamide.

After intravenous injection, Gd-chelate equilibrates rapidly (within 2 hours) in the extracellular space. Very little of it enters into cells or binds to proteins. It is eliminated unchanged in the glomerular filtrate with no tubular secretion. In a study by Joffe et al,24 the elimination half-life of gadodiamide in patients with severely reduced renal function was considerably longer than in healthy volunteers (34.3 hours ± 22.9 vs 1.3 hours ± 0.25).

Since gadolinium compounds are not protein-bound and have a limited volume of distribution, they are typically removed by hemodialysis. Joffe et al found that an average of 65% of the gadodiamide was removed in a single hemodialysis session. However, they did not describe the specific features of the hemodialysis session, and it took four hemodialysis treatments to remove 99% of a single dose of gadolinium.24 A dialysis membrane with high permeability (large pores) seems to increase the clearance of the Gd-chelate during hemodialysis.25

Peritoneal dialysis may not remove gadolinium as effectively: Joffe et al24 reported that after 22 days of continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis, only 69% of the total amount of gadodiamide had been excreted, suggesting a very low peritoneal clearance.

SPECULATIVE PATHOGENESIS

Although a causal relationship between gadolinium use in patients with renal dysfunction and NSF has not been definitively established, the data derived from case reports assuredly raise this suspicion. Furthermore, on biopsy, gadolinium can be found in the skin of patients with NSF, adding evidence of causality.26–28

The mechanism by which Gd3+ might trigger NSF is still not understood. A plausible speculation is that if renal function is reduced, the half-life of the Gd-chelate molecule is significantly increased, as is the chance of Gd3+ dissociating from its chelate, leading to increased tissue exposure. Vascular trauma and endothelial dysfunction may allow free Gd3+ to enter tissues more easily, where macrophages phagocytose the metal, produce local profibrotic cytokines, and send out signals that recruit circulating fibrocytes to the tissues. Once in tissues, circulating fibrocytes induce a fibrosing process that is indistinguishable from normal scar formation.29

 

 

TREATMENTS LACK DATA

There is no consistently successful treatment for NSF.

In isolated reports, successful kidney transplantation slowed the skin fibrosis, but these findings need to be confirmed.30,31 Data from case reports should be interpreted very cautiously, as they are by nature sporadic and anecdotal. Moreover most of the reports of NSF were published on Web sites or as editorials and did not undergo exhaustive peer review. Because the evidence is weak, kidney transplantation should not be recommended as a treatment for NSF.

Oral steroids, plasmapheresis, extracorporeal photopheresis, thalidomide, topical ultraviolet-A therapy, and other treatments have yielded very conflicting results, with only anecdotal improvement of symptoms. In a recent case report,32 the use of intravenous sodium thiosulfate in addition to aggressive physical therapy provided some benefit by reducing the pain and improving the skin lesions.

Because of the lack of strong evidence of efficacy, we cannot advocate the use of any of these treatments until larger clinical trial results are available. Aggressive physical therapy along with appropriate pain control may have benefits and should be offered to all patients suffering from NSF.

Avoid gadolinium exposure in patients with renal insufficiency

The FDA33 recently asked manufacturers to include a new boxed warning on the product labeling of all gadolinium-based contrast agents (Magnevist, MultiHance, Omniscan, Opti-MARK, ProHance), due to risk of NSF in patients with acute or chronic severe renal insufficiency (GFR < 30 mL/minute/1.73 m2) and in patients with acute renal insufficiency of any severity due to hepatorenal syndrome or in the perioperative liver transplantation period.

For the time being, gadolinium should be contraindicated in patients with acute kidney injury and chronic kidney disease stages 4 and 5 and in those who are on renal replacement therapy (either hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis). If an MRI study with gadolinium-based contrast is absolutely required in a patient with end-stage renal disease or advanced chronic kidney disease, an agent other than gadodiamide should be used in the lowest possible dose.

Will hemodialysis prevent NSF?

In a patient who is already on hemodialysis, it seems prudent to perform hemodialysis soon after gadolinium exposure and again the day after exposure to increase gadolinium elimination. However, to date, there are no data to support the theory that doing this will prevent NSF.

Because peritoneal dialysis has been reported to clear gadolinium poorly, use of gadolinium is contraindicated. If gadolinium is absolutely needed, either more-aggressive peritoneal dialysis (keeping the abdomen “wet”) or temporary hemodialysis may be considered.

For patients with advanced chronic kidney disease who are not yet on renal replacement therapy, the use of gadolinium is contraindicated, and hemodialysis should not be empirically recommended after gadolinium exposure because we have no evidence to support its utility and because hemodialysis may cause harm.

Nephrology consultation should be considered before any gadolinium use in a patient with impaired renal function, whether acute or chronic.

The use of gadolinium as a contrast agent in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in patients with impaired kidney function has come under scrutiny because of recent reports of a potential association between its use and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF).

See related editorial

This entity was first identified in the United States in 1997. Cowper et al1 in 2000 described 15 hemodialysis patients who developed thickening and hardening of the skin with brawny hyperpigmentation, papules, and subcutaneous nodules on the extremities.

This “new disease” was initially called “nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy,” as it was exclusively seen in patients with renal impairment and was thought to affect only the skin and subcutaneous tissue. With growing evidence of the extent and pathogenicity of the fibrosis in visceral organs, the nomenclature was changed to NSF, to better reflect the systemic nature of the disease.

PRESENTATION: MILD TO DEVASTATING

NSF has thus far been reported only in patients with renal impairment, most of whom were dialysis-dependent. It does not seem to be more common in one sex or the other, in any age range, or in any ethnic group. It can range in severity from mild to a devastating scleroderma-like systemic fibrosing disorder.

Figure 1. Typical skin lesions of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (indurated erythematous plaques) affecting the lower extremities.
Cutaneous changes are the most predominant and impressive manifestations. NSF typically causes dermal hardening with tethering to deep dermal tissues, giving the skin the appearance of textured plaques, papules, or nodules with irregular edges and a brawny wooden texture to palpation (Figure 1). The lesions can be erythematous or brown-pigmented and can be painful and pruritic. NSF typically presents between the ankles and the thighs in a symmetric fashion and progresses proximally and distally to involve the entire lower extremities. Upper extremity involvement occurs frequently, but usually with lower extremity disease.2 The trunk is involved less commonly than the legs and arms, and usually late in extensive disease. The face is typically spared (Figure 2).

Figure 2. The pattern of involvement is usually symmetric. The lesions most often affect the lower extremities, followed by the upper and lower extremities and then the trunk and upper and lower extemities. The face is usually spared.
NSF can cause loss of motion and contractures in multiple joints, leading to almost total loss of function and devastating debility within a short time—days to a few weeks.2 These contractures are attributed to periarticular fibrosis of the overlying skin and subcutaneous tissue rather than to erosive joint disease. About 5% of patients develop a fulminant form of NSF3; these patients may become wheelchair-dependent.

The heart, lungs, skeletal muscle, and diaphragm can also be involved, sometimes leading to serious complications and death.4–6

The disease is usually progressive and unremitting. Mendoza et al,7 in a review of 12 cases of NSF, reported that the disease had a progressive course in 6 patients, of whom 3 died within 2 years and 3 were ultimately confined to a wheelchair. More severe findings and rapid progression of the skin disease are associated with a poor prognosis.

Todd et al8 prospectively examined 186 dialysis patients to look for possible NSF. Of those with skin changes consistent with NSF, 48% died within 2 years, compared with 20% of those without these skin changes. Cardiovascular causes accounted for 58% of the deaths in patients with cutaneous changes of NSF and for 48% of the deaths in patients without these changes. Most of the excess deaths occurred within 6 months after the skin examination, suggesting an increased risk for early death in patients with skin changes suggestive of NSF.

DIAGNOSIS OF NSF IS CLINICAL

At presentation, NSF is frequently misdiagnosed and treated as cellulitis or edema. However, now that subspecialists—especially dermatologists, rheumatologists, and nephrologists—are becoming more aware of it, the correct diagnosis is being made earlier.

NSF should be suspected in any patient with underlying renal dysfunction—especially if on dialysis and if he or she has received a gadolinium contrast agent during MRI—who develops scleroderma-like cutaneous lesions affecting the distal extremities. Because most health care providers are still unfamiliar with this emerging disease, patients with renal impairment and suspected NSF should be referred to a rheumatologist or dermatologist to confirm the diagnosis, which is mainly entertained on a clinical basis. There is no laboratory biomarker for NSF.

A deep incisional skin biopsy may aid in the diagnosis. Due to the regional distribution of the disease, sampling error may occur, and repeat biopsy is warranted if the initial biopsy is nondiagnostic but the clinical picture suggests NSF.

 

Figure 3. Biopsy specimen from the skin of a lower extremity of a patient with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF) (hematoxylin and eosin stain) shows increased spindled fibrocytes and collagen bundles typical of NSF (A) and CD34-positive immunohistochemical staining in fibroblast-like cells (B) characteristic of NSF.

Histopathologic examination typically shows lesions containing proliferation of dermal spindle cells, thick collagen bundles with surrounding clefts, and a variable amount of mucin and elastic fibers.2 A characteristic and almost pathognomonic staining profile is the immunohistochemical identification of CD34 reactivity in the fibroblast-like cells (Figure 3). Cells expressing CD34 are normally found in the umbilical cord, the bone marrow (as pluripotential hematopoietic stem cells), and in the vascular endothelium. How they come to be in the skin is still speculative, but their presence suggests that circulating fibrocytes migrate from the bone marrow and deposit in the skin and other organs.9,10

Pulmonary function testing can be done to rule out lung involvement and transthoracic two-dimensional echocardiography can be done to rule out possible cardiomyopathy if these conditions are suggested by examination at the time of diagnosis.7 Muscle biopsy is not necessary to determine the extent of systemic involvement, since the findings do not necessarily correlate with other systemic involvement.

 

 

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

Other disorders that can cause thickening and hardening of the skin of the extremities and trunk include systemic sclerosis or scleroderma, scleromyxedema, and eosinophilic fasciitis (Table 1). However, skin thickening, tethering, and hyperpigmentation in a patient with chronic kidney disease or end-stage renal disease after exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents suggests NSF.

An important diagnostic feature of NSF is that it spares the face, a finding derived from all reported and confirmed cases of NSF (Figure 2). In contrast, scleromyxedema, systemic scleroderma, and morphea often involve the face.

Scleromyxedema is often associated with monoclonal gammopathy (usually an immunoglobulin G lambda paraproteinemia) whereas NSF is not.

Scleroderma is supported by the findings of Raynaud’s phenomenon, antinuclear antibodies, and either anticentromere or anti-DNA topoisomerase I (Scl-70) antibodies, but the absence of these antibodies does not necessarily rule it out.

Eosinophilic fasciitis is diagnosed on the basis of histologic examination of a deep wedge skin biopsy specimen that includes fascia.

Other diagnoses that should be considered include amyloidosis and calciphylaxis.

ASSOCIATION WITH GADOLINIUM: WHAT IS THE EVIDENCE?

Case series

The association of gadolinium use with NSF has been described in several case reports and case series.

Grobner11 reported that administration of gadodiamide (Omniscan, a gadolinium compound) for MRI was associated with NSF in five patients on chronic hemodialysis who had end-stage renal disease. Their ages ranged from 43 to 74 years, and they had been on dialysis from 10 to 58 months. The time of onset of NSF ranged from 2 to 4 weeks after exposure to gadodiamide.

Marckmann et al12 reported that NSF developed in 13 (3.5%) of 370 patients with severe kidney disease who received gadodiamide. Five of the 13 patients had stage 5 (advanced) chronic kidney disease and were not yet on renal replacement therapy, 7 were on hemodialysis, and 1 was on peritoneal dialysis. The time of onset ranged from 2 to 75 days (median 25 days) after exposure.

Kuo et al13 similarly estimated the incidence of NSF at approximately 3% in patients with severe renal failure who receive intravenous gadolinium-based contrast material for MRI.

Broome et al14 reported that 12 patients developed NSF within 2 to 11 weeks after receiving gadodiamide. Eight of the 12 patients had end-stage renal disease and were on hemodialysis; the other 4 patients had acute kidney injury attributed to hepatorenal syndrome, and 3 of these 4 patients were on hemodialysis.

Khurana et al15 reported that 6 patients on hemodialysis developed NSF from 2 weeks to 2 months after receiving a dose of gadodiamide of between 0.11 and 0.36 mmol/kg. These doses are high, and the findings suggest an association between the gadolinium dose and NSF. The dose approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is only 0.1 mmol/kg, and the use of gadolinium is approved only in MRI. However, higher doses (0.3–0.4 mmol/kg) are widely used in practice for better imaging quality in magnetic resonance angiography (MRA).

Deo et al16 reported 3 cases of NSF in 87 patients with end-stage renal disease who underwent 123 radiologic studies with gadolinium. No patient with end-stage renal disease who was not exposed to gadolinium developed NSF, and the association between exposure to gadolinium and the subsequent development of NSF was statistically significant (P = .006). The authors concluded that each gadolinium study presented a 2.4% risk of NSF in end-stage renal disease patients.

This retrospective study is flawed by not having been cross-sectional or case-controlled, since the other 84 patients who received gadolinium were not examined at all to establish the absence of NSF.

Case-control studies

More evidence of association of NSF with gadolinium exposure comes from other reports.

Physicians in St. Louis, MO,17 identified 33 cases of NSF and performed a case-control study, matching each of 19 of the patients (for whom data were available and who met their entry criteria) with 3 controls. They found that exposure to gadolinium was independently associated with the development of NSF.

Sadowski et al18 reported that 13 patients with biopsy-confirmed NSF all had been exposed to gadodiamide and one had been exposed to gadobenate (MultiHANCE) in addition to gadodiamide. All 13 patients had renal insufficiency, with an estimated glomerular filtration rate (GFR) less than 60 mL/minute/1.73 m2. The investigators compared this group with a control group of patients with renal insufficiency who did not develop NSF. The NSF group had more proinflammatory events (P < .001) and more gadolinium-contrast-enhanced MRI examinations per patient (P = .002) than the control group.

Marckmann et al19 compared 19 patients who had histologically proven cases of NSF and 19 sex- and age-matched controls; all 38 patients had chronic kidney disease and had been exposed to gadolinium. Patients with NSF had received higher cumulative doses of gadodiamide and higher doses of erythropoietin and had higher serum concentrations of ionized calcium and phosphate than did their controls, as did patients with severe NSF compared with those with nonsevere NSF.

Comment. All the above reports are limited by their study design and suffer from recognition bias because not all of the patients with severe renal insufficiency who were exposed to gadolinium were examined for possible asymptomatic skin changes that might be characteristic of NSF. Therefore, it is impossible to be certain that all of the patients classified as not having NSF truly did not have it or did not subsequently develop it. Furthermore, the reports lacked standardized diagnostic criteria. Hence, the real prevalence and incidence of NSF are difficult to determine.

 

 

A cross-sectional study

As mentioned above, Todd et al8 examined 186 dialysis patients for cutaneous changes of NSF (using a scoring system based on hyper-pigmentation, hardening, and tethering of skin on the extremities). Patients who had been exposed to gadolinium had a higher risk of developing these skin changes than did nonexposed patients (odds ratio 14.7, 95% confidence interval 1.9–117.0). More importantly, the investigators found cutaneous changes of NSF in 25 (13%) of the 186 patients, 4 of whom had prior skin biopsies available for review, each revealing the histologic changes of NSF. This study suggests that NSF may be more prevalent than previously thought.

Is kidney dysfunction always present?

All the reported patients with NSF had underlying renal impairment. The renal dysfunction ranged from acute kidney injury to advanced chronic kidney disease (estimated GFR < 30 mL/minute/1.73 m2) and end-stage renal disease on renal replacement therapy, ie, hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis. The incidence of NSF does not seem to be related to the cause of the underlying kidney disease.

What other diseases or comorbidities can be associated with NSF?

It is still unclear why not every patient with advanced renal failure develops NSF after exposure to gadolinium.

A variety of complex diseases and conditions have been reported to be associated with NSF, with no clear-cut evidence of causality or trigger. These include hypercoagulability states, thrombotic events, surgical procedures (especially those with reconstructive vascular components), calciphylaxis, kidney transplantation, hepatic disease (hepatorenal syndrome, liver transplantation, and hepatitis B and C), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, hypothyroidism, elevated serum ionized calcium or serum phosphate, hyperparathyroidism, and metabolic acidosis. A possible explanation is that most of these conditions are associated with an increased use of MRI or MRA testing (eg, in the workup for kidney or liver transplantation).

Many drugs have also been reported to be associated with NSF, including high-dose erythropoietin,20 sevelamer (Renagel),21 and, conversely, lack of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor therapy,22 but none of these findings has been reproduced to date.

GADOLINIUM CHARACTERISTICS AND PHARMACOKINETICS

Gadolinium is a rare-earth lanthanide metallic element (atomic number 64) that is used in MRI and MRA because of its paramagnetic properties that enhance the quality of imaging. Its ionic form (Gd3+) is highly toxic if injected intravenously, so it is typically bound to a “chelate” to decrease its toxicity.23 The chelate stabilizes Gd3+ and thereby prevents its dissociation in vivo. These Gd-chelates can be classified (Table 2) according to their charge (ionic vs nonionic) and their structure (linear vs cyclic).

Most of the reported cases of NSF have been in patients who received gadodiamide, a nonionic, linear agent. Why gadodiamide has the highest rates of association with NSF is still unclear; perhaps it is simply the most widely used agent. Also, linear Gd compounds may be less stable and more likely to dissociate in vivo. The updated FDA Public Health Advisory in May 2007 warned against the use of all gadolinium-containing contrast agents for MRI, not just gadodiamide.

After intravenous injection, Gd-chelate equilibrates rapidly (within 2 hours) in the extracellular space. Very little of it enters into cells or binds to proteins. It is eliminated unchanged in the glomerular filtrate with no tubular secretion. In a study by Joffe et al,24 the elimination half-life of gadodiamide in patients with severely reduced renal function was considerably longer than in healthy volunteers (34.3 hours ± 22.9 vs 1.3 hours ± 0.25).

Since gadolinium compounds are not protein-bound and have a limited volume of distribution, they are typically removed by hemodialysis. Joffe et al found that an average of 65% of the gadodiamide was removed in a single hemodialysis session. However, they did not describe the specific features of the hemodialysis session, and it took four hemodialysis treatments to remove 99% of a single dose of gadolinium.24 A dialysis membrane with high permeability (large pores) seems to increase the clearance of the Gd-chelate during hemodialysis.25

Peritoneal dialysis may not remove gadolinium as effectively: Joffe et al24 reported that after 22 days of continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis, only 69% of the total amount of gadodiamide had been excreted, suggesting a very low peritoneal clearance.

SPECULATIVE PATHOGENESIS

Although a causal relationship between gadolinium use in patients with renal dysfunction and NSF has not been definitively established, the data derived from case reports assuredly raise this suspicion. Furthermore, on biopsy, gadolinium can be found in the skin of patients with NSF, adding evidence of causality.26–28

The mechanism by which Gd3+ might trigger NSF is still not understood. A plausible speculation is that if renal function is reduced, the half-life of the Gd-chelate molecule is significantly increased, as is the chance of Gd3+ dissociating from its chelate, leading to increased tissue exposure. Vascular trauma and endothelial dysfunction may allow free Gd3+ to enter tissues more easily, where macrophages phagocytose the metal, produce local profibrotic cytokines, and send out signals that recruit circulating fibrocytes to the tissues. Once in tissues, circulating fibrocytes induce a fibrosing process that is indistinguishable from normal scar formation.29

 

 

TREATMENTS LACK DATA

There is no consistently successful treatment for NSF.

In isolated reports, successful kidney transplantation slowed the skin fibrosis, but these findings need to be confirmed.30,31 Data from case reports should be interpreted very cautiously, as they are by nature sporadic and anecdotal. Moreover most of the reports of NSF were published on Web sites or as editorials and did not undergo exhaustive peer review. Because the evidence is weak, kidney transplantation should not be recommended as a treatment for NSF.

Oral steroids, plasmapheresis, extracorporeal photopheresis, thalidomide, topical ultraviolet-A therapy, and other treatments have yielded very conflicting results, with only anecdotal improvement of symptoms. In a recent case report,32 the use of intravenous sodium thiosulfate in addition to aggressive physical therapy provided some benefit by reducing the pain and improving the skin lesions.

Because of the lack of strong evidence of efficacy, we cannot advocate the use of any of these treatments until larger clinical trial results are available. Aggressive physical therapy along with appropriate pain control may have benefits and should be offered to all patients suffering from NSF.

Avoid gadolinium exposure in patients with renal insufficiency

The FDA33 recently asked manufacturers to include a new boxed warning on the product labeling of all gadolinium-based contrast agents (Magnevist, MultiHance, Omniscan, Opti-MARK, ProHance), due to risk of NSF in patients with acute or chronic severe renal insufficiency (GFR < 30 mL/minute/1.73 m2) and in patients with acute renal insufficiency of any severity due to hepatorenal syndrome or in the perioperative liver transplantation period.

For the time being, gadolinium should be contraindicated in patients with acute kidney injury and chronic kidney disease stages 4 and 5 and in those who are on renal replacement therapy (either hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis). If an MRI study with gadolinium-based contrast is absolutely required in a patient with end-stage renal disease or advanced chronic kidney disease, an agent other than gadodiamide should be used in the lowest possible dose.

Will hemodialysis prevent NSF?

In a patient who is already on hemodialysis, it seems prudent to perform hemodialysis soon after gadolinium exposure and again the day after exposure to increase gadolinium elimination. However, to date, there are no data to support the theory that doing this will prevent NSF.

Because peritoneal dialysis has been reported to clear gadolinium poorly, use of gadolinium is contraindicated. If gadolinium is absolutely needed, either more-aggressive peritoneal dialysis (keeping the abdomen “wet”) or temporary hemodialysis may be considered.

For patients with advanced chronic kidney disease who are not yet on renal replacement therapy, the use of gadolinium is contraindicated, and hemodialysis should not be empirically recommended after gadolinium exposure because we have no evidence to support its utility and because hemodialysis may cause harm.

Nephrology consultation should be considered before any gadolinium use in a patient with impaired renal function, whether acute or chronic.

References
  1. Cowper SE, Robin HS, Steinberg SM, Su LD, Gupta S, LeBoit PE. Scleromyxoedema-like cutaneous diseases in renal-dialysis patients. Lancet 2000; 356:10001001.
  2. Galan A, Cowper SE, Bucala R. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy). Curr Opin Rheumatol 2006; 18:614617.
  3. Cowper SE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: the first 6 years. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2003; 15:785790.
  4. Ting WW, Stone MS, Madison KC, Kurtz K. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy with systemic involvement. Arch Dermatol 2003; 139:903906.
  5. Kucher C, Steere J, Elenitsas R, Siegel DL, Xu X. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy/nephrogenic systemic fibrosis with diaphragmatic involvement in a patient with respiratory failure. J Am Acad Dermatol 2006; 54:S31S34.
  6. Jimenez SA, Artlett CM, Sandorfi N, et al. Dialysis-associated systemic fibrosis (nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy): study of inflammatory cells and transforming growth factor beta1 expression in affected skin. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:26602666.
  7. Mendoza FA, Artlett CM, Sandorfi N, Latinis K, Piera-Velazquez S, Jimenez SA. Description of 12 cases of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and review of the literature. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2006; 35:238249.
  8. Todd DJ, Kagan A, Chibnik LB, Kay J. Cutaneous changes of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: predictor of early mortality and association with gadolinium exposure. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 56:34333441.
  9. Cowper SE, Bucala R, Leboit PE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy/nephrogenic systemic fibrosis—setting the record straight. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2006; 35:208210.
  10. Quan TE, Cowper S, Wu SP, Bockenstedt LK, Bucala R. Circulating fibrocytes: collagen-secreting cells of the peripheral blood. Int J Biochem Cell Biol 2004; 36:598606.
  11. Grobner T. Gadolinium—a specific trigger for the development of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis? Nephrol Dial Transplant 2006; 21:11041108.
  12. Marckmann P, Skov L, Rossen K, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: suspected causative role of gadodiamide used for contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging. J Am Soc Nephrol 2006; 17:23592362.
  13. Kuo PH, Kanal E, Abu-Alfa AK, Cowper SE. Gadolinium-based MR contrast agents and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. Radiology 2007; 242:647649.
  14. Broome DR, Girguis MS, Baron PW, Cottrell AC, Kjellin I, Kirk GA. Gadodiamide-associated nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: why radiologists should be concerned. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2007; 188:586592.
  15. Khurana A, Runge VM, Narayanan M, Greene JF, Nickel AE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a review of 6 cases temporally related to gadodiamide injection (Omniscan). Invest Radiol 2007; 42:139145.
  16. Deo A, Fogel M, Cowper SE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a population study examining the relationship of disease development to gadolinium exposure. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:264267.
  17. US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy associated with exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents—St. Louis, Missouri, 2002–2006. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2007; 56:137141.
  18. Sadowski EA, Bennett LK, Chan MR, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: risk factors and incidence estimation. Radiology 2007; 243:148157.
  19. Marckmann P, Skov L, Rossen K, Heaf JG, Thomsen HS. Case-control study of gadodiamide-related nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. Nephrol Dial Transplant 2007 May 4; e-pub ahead of print.
  20. Swaminathan S, Ahmed I, McCarthy JT, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and high-dose erythropoietin therapy. Ann Intern Med 2006; 145:234235.
  21. Jain SM, Wesson S, Hassanein A, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy in pediatric patients. Pediatr Nephrol 2004; 19:467470.
  22. Fazeli A, Lio PA, Liu V. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: are ACE inhibitors the missing link? (Letter). Arch Dermatol 2004; 140:1401.
  23. Bellin MF. MR contrast agents, the old and the new. Eur J Radiol 2006; 60:314323.
  24. Joffe P, Thomsen HS, Meusel M. Pharmacokinetics of gadodiamide injection in patients with severe renal insufficiency and patients undergoing hemodialysis or continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. Acad Radiol 1998; 5:491502.
  25. Ueda J, Furukawa T, Higashino K, et al. Permeability of iodinated and MR contrast media through two types of hemodialysis membrane. Eur J Radiol 1999; 31:7680.
  26. Boyd AS, Zic JA, Abraham JL. Gadolinium deposition in nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2730.
  27. High WA, Ayers RA, Chandler J, Zito G, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is detectable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2126.
  28. High WA, Ayers RA, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is quantifiable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:710712.
  29. Perazella MA. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, kidney disease, and gadolinium: is there a link? Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:200202.
  30. Cowper SE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: The nosological and conceptual evolution of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. Am J Kidney Dis 2005; 46:763765.
  31. Jan F, Segal JM, Dyer J, LeBoit P, Siegfried E, Frieden IJ. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: two pediatric cases. J Pediatr 2003; 143:678681.
  32. Yerram P, Saab G, Karuparthi PR, Hayden MR, Khanna R. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a mysterious disease in patients with renal failure—role of gadolinium-based contrast media in causation and the beneficial effect of intravenous sodium thiosulfate. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:258263.
  33. US Food and Drug Administration. Accessed 01/03/08. http://www.fda.gov/cder/drug/InfoSheets/HCP/gcca_200705.htm.
References
  1. Cowper SE, Robin HS, Steinberg SM, Su LD, Gupta S, LeBoit PE. Scleromyxoedema-like cutaneous diseases in renal-dialysis patients. Lancet 2000; 356:10001001.
  2. Galan A, Cowper SE, Bucala R. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy). Curr Opin Rheumatol 2006; 18:614617.
  3. Cowper SE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: the first 6 years. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2003; 15:785790.
  4. Ting WW, Stone MS, Madison KC, Kurtz K. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy with systemic involvement. Arch Dermatol 2003; 139:903906.
  5. Kucher C, Steere J, Elenitsas R, Siegel DL, Xu X. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy/nephrogenic systemic fibrosis with diaphragmatic involvement in a patient with respiratory failure. J Am Acad Dermatol 2006; 54:S31S34.
  6. Jimenez SA, Artlett CM, Sandorfi N, et al. Dialysis-associated systemic fibrosis (nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy): study of inflammatory cells and transforming growth factor beta1 expression in affected skin. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:26602666.
  7. Mendoza FA, Artlett CM, Sandorfi N, Latinis K, Piera-Velazquez S, Jimenez SA. Description of 12 cases of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and review of the literature. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2006; 35:238249.
  8. Todd DJ, Kagan A, Chibnik LB, Kay J. Cutaneous changes of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: predictor of early mortality and association with gadolinium exposure. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 56:34333441.
  9. Cowper SE, Bucala R, Leboit PE. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy/nephrogenic systemic fibrosis—setting the record straight. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2006; 35:208210.
  10. Quan TE, Cowper S, Wu SP, Bockenstedt LK, Bucala R. Circulating fibrocytes: collagen-secreting cells of the peripheral blood. Int J Biochem Cell Biol 2004; 36:598606.
  11. Grobner T. Gadolinium—a specific trigger for the development of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis? Nephrol Dial Transplant 2006; 21:11041108.
  12. Marckmann P, Skov L, Rossen K, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: suspected causative role of gadodiamide used for contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging. J Am Soc Nephrol 2006; 17:23592362.
  13. Kuo PH, Kanal E, Abu-Alfa AK, Cowper SE. Gadolinium-based MR contrast agents and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. Radiology 2007; 242:647649.
  14. Broome DR, Girguis MS, Baron PW, Cottrell AC, Kjellin I, Kirk GA. Gadodiamide-associated nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: why radiologists should be concerned. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2007; 188:586592.
  15. Khurana A, Runge VM, Narayanan M, Greene JF, Nickel AE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a review of 6 cases temporally related to gadodiamide injection (Omniscan). Invest Radiol 2007; 42:139145.
  16. Deo A, Fogel M, Cowper SE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a population study examining the relationship of disease development to gadolinium exposure. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:264267.
  17. US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy associated with exposure to gadolinium-containing contrast agents—St. Louis, Missouri, 2002–2006. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2007; 56:137141.
  18. Sadowski EA, Bennett LK, Chan MR, et al. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: risk factors and incidence estimation. Radiology 2007; 243:148157.
  19. Marckmann P, Skov L, Rossen K, Heaf JG, Thomsen HS. Case-control study of gadodiamide-related nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. Nephrol Dial Transplant 2007 May 4; e-pub ahead of print.
  20. Swaminathan S, Ahmed I, McCarthy JT, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy and high-dose erythropoietin therapy. Ann Intern Med 2006; 145:234235.
  21. Jain SM, Wesson S, Hassanein A, et al. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy in pediatric patients. Pediatr Nephrol 2004; 19:467470.
  22. Fazeli A, Lio PA, Liu V. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: are ACE inhibitors the missing link? (Letter). Arch Dermatol 2004; 140:1401.
  23. Bellin MF. MR contrast agents, the old and the new. Eur J Radiol 2006; 60:314323.
  24. Joffe P, Thomsen HS, Meusel M. Pharmacokinetics of gadodiamide injection in patients with severe renal insufficiency and patients undergoing hemodialysis or continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. Acad Radiol 1998; 5:491502.
  25. Ueda J, Furukawa T, Higashino K, et al. Permeability of iodinated and MR contrast media through two types of hemodialysis membrane. Eur J Radiol 1999; 31:7680.
  26. Boyd AS, Zic JA, Abraham JL. Gadolinium deposition in nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2730.
  27. High WA, Ayers RA, Chandler J, Zito G, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is detectable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:2126.
  28. High WA, Ayers RA, Cowper SE. Gadolinium is quantifiable within the tissue of patients with nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, J Am Acad Dermatol 2007; 56:710712.
  29. Perazella MA. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, kidney disease, and gadolinium: is there a link? Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:200202.
  30. Cowper SE. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: The nosological and conceptual evolution of nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy. Am J Kidney Dis 2005; 46:763765.
  31. Jan F, Segal JM, Dyer J, LeBoit P, Siegfried E, Frieden IJ. Nephrogenic fibrosing dermopathy: two pediatric cases. J Pediatr 2003; 143:678681.
  32. Yerram P, Saab G, Karuparthi PR, Hayden MR, Khanna R. Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis: a mysterious disease in patients with renal failure—role of gadolinium-based contrast media in causation and the beneficial effect of intravenous sodium thiosulfate. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 2:258263.
  33. US Food and Drug Administration. Accessed 01/03/08. http://www.fda.gov/cder/drug/InfoSheets/HCP/gcca_200705.htm.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(2)
Page Number
95-97, 103, 106, 110-111
Page Number
95-97, 103, 106, 110-111
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and its association with gadolinium exposure during MRI
Display Headline
Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and its association with gadolinium exposure during MRI
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • NSF seems to arise in roughly 3% of patients with renal insufficiency who receive gadolinium, although the data are somewhat sketchy and the true incidence might be higher if the NSF is specifically looked for.
  • Manufacturers of all available gadolinium contrast agents now must include a boxed warning about the risk of NSF in patients with acute or chronic severe renal insufficiency (glomerular filtration rate < 30 mL/minute/1.73 m2) and in patients with acute renal insufficiency of any severity due to hepatorenal syndrome or in the perioperative liver transplantation period.
  • As yet, we have no effective treatment for NSF. If the patient is already on hemodialysis, it may be reasonable to perform hemodialysis immediately after exposure to gadolinium and again the next day.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

A New Year's toast

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 07:41
Display Headline
A New Year's toast

With so many important clinical trials being published each year, it is easy to focus on the study methodology and conclusions, overlooking the years of careful clinical observation that preceded the trial development.

In this issue, Dr. Herbert Wiedemann, Chairman of the Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine at Cleveland Clinic, discusses the results of the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT), of which he was cochair, and the impact that these results should have on the management of patients with acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).

The results are reasonably clear. Patients with ARDS should be treated with a strategy of low tidal volume ventilation (as previously shown) and also with fluid restriction and diuretics as needed in an attempt to reach the targeted low filling pressures (a central venous pressure < 4 mm Hg). But even with this aggressive fluid management approach, there was no consistent benefit from the early use of pulmonary artery catheters for pressure monitoring.

So my former attendings in the intensive care unit were right after all! I still remember them during my residency explaining how, with careful physical examination and vigilance, I could avoid the need for pulmonary catheters even as I attempted to avoid lung-stretching by “running the patient dry” and using lower ventilatory volumes. And they taught this on the basis of their knowledge of physiology and their clinical observations—the clinical trials had not yet been performed.

Multicenter networks of clinicians conducting trials such as FACTT represent major accomplishments of the medical system. These multicenter trials have the potential to generate useful information about complicated and sometimes uncommon diseases, and to change the way we practice medicine. But to me, the real accomplishments are made by the clinician in the trenches who, with eyes wide open,processes observational experiences and generates the questions that ultimately get tested in experimental trials.

The networks can accomplish patient recruitment, the “number crunchers” can generate the P values and perform their regression analyses, but it is the clinician with the bedside skills who often generates the meaningful questions.

So as we begin another year, certain to be filled with new and important research successes, I offer a toast to those clinicians who, despite the pressures of time, continue to hone their observational prowess, synthesize the published literature, develop the hypotheses that studies like FACTT address, and pass them on to their students—who may fondly remember them 25 years later.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
6
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

With so many important clinical trials being published each year, it is easy to focus on the study methodology and conclusions, overlooking the years of careful clinical observation that preceded the trial development.

In this issue, Dr. Herbert Wiedemann, Chairman of the Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine at Cleveland Clinic, discusses the results of the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT), of which he was cochair, and the impact that these results should have on the management of patients with acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).

The results are reasonably clear. Patients with ARDS should be treated with a strategy of low tidal volume ventilation (as previously shown) and also with fluid restriction and diuretics as needed in an attempt to reach the targeted low filling pressures (a central venous pressure < 4 mm Hg). But even with this aggressive fluid management approach, there was no consistent benefit from the early use of pulmonary artery catheters for pressure monitoring.

So my former attendings in the intensive care unit were right after all! I still remember them during my residency explaining how, with careful physical examination and vigilance, I could avoid the need for pulmonary catheters even as I attempted to avoid lung-stretching by “running the patient dry” and using lower ventilatory volumes. And they taught this on the basis of their knowledge of physiology and their clinical observations—the clinical trials had not yet been performed.

Multicenter networks of clinicians conducting trials such as FACTT represent major accomplishments of the medical system. These multicenter trials have the potential to generate useful information about complicated and sometimes uncommon diseases, and to change the way we practice medicine. But to me, the real accomplishments are made by the clinician in the trenches who, with eyes wide open,processes observational experiences and generates the questions that ultimately get tested in experimental trials.

The networks can accomplish patient recruitment, the “number crunchers” can generate the P values and perform their regression analyses, but it is the clinician with the bedside skills who often generates the meaningful questions.

So as we begin another year, certain to be filled with new and important research successes, I offer a toast to those clinicians who, despite the pressures of time, continue to hone their observational prowess, synthesize the published literature, develop the hypotheses that studies like FACTT address, and pass them on to their students—who may fondly remember them 25 years later.

With so many important clinical trials being published each year, it is easy to focus on the study methodology and conclusions, overlooking the years of careful clinical observation that preceded the trial development.

In this issue, Dr. Herbert Wiedemann, Chairman of the Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine at Cleveland Clinic, discusses the results of the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT), of which he was cochair, and the impact that these results should have on the management of patients with acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).

The results are reasonably clear. Patients with ARDS should be treated with a strategy of low tidal volume ventilation (as previously shown) and also with fluid restriction and diuretics as needed in an attempt to reach the targeted low filling pressures (a central venous pressure < 4 mm Hg). But even with this aggressive fluid management approach, there was no consistent benefit from the early use of pulmonary artery catheters for pressure monitoring.

So my former attendings in the intensive care unit were right after all! I still remember them during my residency explaining how, with careful physical examination and vigilance, I could avoid the need for pulmonary catheters even as I attempted to avoid lung-stretching by “running the patient dry” and using lower ventilatory volumes. And they taught this on the basis of their knowledge of physiology and their clinical observations—the clinical trials had not yet been performed.

Multicenter networks of clinicians conducting trials such as FACTT represent major accomplishments of the medical system. These multicenter trials have the potential to generate useful information about complicated and sometimes uncommon diseases, and to change the way we practice medicine. But to me, the real accomplishments are made by the clinician in the trenches who, with eyes wide open,processes observational experiences and generates the questions that ultimately get tested in experimental trials.

The networks can accomplish patient recruitment, the “number crunchers” can generate the P values and perform their regression analyses, but it is the clinician with the bedside skills who often generates the meaningful questions.

So as we begin another year, certain to be filled with new and important research successes, I offer a toast to those clinicians who, despite the pressures of time, continue to hone their observational prowess, synthesize the published literature, develop the hypotheses that studies like FACTT address, and pass them on to their students—who may fondly remember them 25 years later.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Page Number
6
Page Number
6
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A New Year's toast
Display Headline
A New Year's toast
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Managing diabetes in the elderly: Go easy, individualize

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 16:05
Display Headline
Managing diabetes in the elderly: Go easy, individualize

Guidelines for treating diabetes mellitus are mostly based on clinical studies in middle-aged people, and recommendations tend to be the same for everyone, whether young and strong or elderly and frail. But diabetes management should be individualized, especially in the elderly, taking into account each patient’s medical history, functional ability, home care situation, and life expectancy. Aggressive glycemic control is less important than avoiding hypoglycemia and achieving a good quality of life.

This article reviews the general principles for recognizing and managing diabetes in elderly patients, focusing on the management of blood sugar per se. In a future issue of this journal, we will discuss some of the many complications of diabetes in the elderly.

DIABETES DIFFERS IN ELDERLY PATIENTS

“The elderly” is a heterogeneous group with widely varying physiologic profiles, functional capabilities, and life expectancy (on average, about 88 years for men and 90 years for women in the United States). Although the elderly are sometimes classified as “young-old” (age 65–80) and “old-old” (80+), this distinction is too simplistic for clinical decision-making.

Diabetes mellitus in the elderly also is heterogeneous. One distinction is the age at which the disease developed.

Aging is associated with declining beta-cell function and lower blood insulin levels independent of insulin resistance, and with insulin resistance itself. The risk of developing type 2 diabetes mellitus increases with obesity, lack of physical activity, and loss of muscle mass, all of which often develop with aging.1

Middle-aged patients with diabetes have increased fasting hepatic glucose production, increased insulin resistance, and an abnormal insulin response to a glucose load. On the other hand, patients who develop diabetes at an older age tend to have normal hepatic glucose production. Older patients who are lean secrete markedly less insulin in response to a glucose load but have relatively less insulin resistance.2 Patients who develop type 2 diabetes in old age are more likely to have near-normal fasting blood glucose levels but significant postprandial hyperglycemia.3,4 Elderly patients who developed diabetes during middle age have metabolic abnormalities more typical of middle-aged patients with type 2 diabetes.

DIABETES IS COMMON, AND INCREASING IN PREVALENCE

By age 75, 40% of people in the United States have either glucose intolerance or diabetes mellitus.5 Metabolic syndrome, which is the constellation of insulin resistance (type 2 diabetes mellitus), hyperlipidemia, hypertension, and obesity, is more prevalent in people age 65 to 74 years than in younger and older people.3

The National Diabetes Surveillance System of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimated that the prevalence of diabetes mellitus in people 65 to 74 years old in 2005 was 18.5%, about 12 times the prevalence among those younger than 45years.6 The prevalence has been gradually increasing and has nearly doubled over the past 25 years, with certain groups—native Americans, Hispanics, and African-Americans—at particularly high risk of developing the disease.

Although the prevalence of diabetes in people older than 75 years is lower than among people in the 65-to-74-year range, the elderly segment of our population is increasing, and the impact of diabetes and its associated burden of death and disease from vascular complications is enormous.

SYMPTOMS ARE OFTEN NONSPECIFIC

Unfortunately, diabetes is underdiagnosed and frequently undertreated, resulting in even more disease and death.7–9

Diabetes is often missed in the elderly because its presenting symptoms may be nonspecific, eg, failure to thrive, low energy, falls, dizziness, confusion, nocturia (with or without incontinence), and urinary tract infection.The classic symptoms of frequent urination (often leading to worsening incontinence), thirst, and increased hunger usually occur only when plasma glucose levels are above 200 mg/dL. Weight loss, blurred vision, and dehydration may also be present with high blood glucose levels. With lesser degrees of hyperglycemia, patients may have no symptoms or present with weight loss or signs and symptoms of chronic infection, especially of the genitourinary tract, skin, or mouth.

Hyperglycemia in elderly patients is also associated with reduced cognitive function (which may improve with blood glucose control).10

The American Diabetes Association recommends screening by measuring the fasting plasma glucose level every 3 years beginning at 45 years.11 However, some experts believe that this method is inadequate for the elderly12; some suggest that screening should be done more often in those with risk factors for diabetes, including obesity, inactivity, hypertension, and dyslipidemia, all of which are common in the elderly. Targeted screening in patients with hypertension may be the most cost-effective strategy.13

Screening with hemoglobin A1c levels is not recommended because of lack of standardization among laboratories.14

 

 

INDIVIDUALIZED MANAGEMENT IS BEST

Despite disease differences, the general goals for diabetes care are the same for all ages:

  • To control hyperglycemia and its symptoms
  • To prevent, evaluate, and treat macrovascular and microvascular complications
  • To teach patients to manage themselves
  • To maintain or improve the patient’s general health status.

Unfortunately, most specific recommendations are based on studies in younger people. Guidelines should ideally reflect the complexities of a particular clinical situation, but most recommendations are applied to the young and old alike, as well as to the relatively healthy and the frail and ill.15–17 Consideration should be given to a patient’s health beliefs, severity of vascular complications and other medical problems, economic situation, life expectancy ,functional status, and availability of support services. In addition, some patients prefer aggressive treatment, while others would rather compromise some aspects of care in order to maintain a certain quality of life, to save money, or to avoid having caregivers provide treatment.

Age-related changes in pharmacokinetics as well as polypharmacy increase the risk of drug interactions and adverse effects, especially drug-induced hypoglycemia. In addition, age-associated changes in cognitive, visual, and physical function, dentition, and taste perception can reduce a patient’s ability to carry out treatment. Frequent hospitalizations also disrupt outpatient regimens.

Comorbidities make treatment more challenging, but some conditions—such as hypertension, renal insufficiency and eye disorders—make doctors more likely to control hyperglycemia more aggressively, fearing that the loss of a little more function in an impaired organ may lead to failure.

The benefits of tight glycemic control should be weighed against the risks and the realities of an individual situation. Priority should be given to achieving the best quality of life possible.17 Recent guidelines from the California Health Foundation and the American Geriatrics Association focused on the major health threats to older patients and prioritizing care for each person.15 The guidelines recommend screening for geriatric syndromes that are more prevalent inpatients with diabetes or are strongly affected by the disease or its treatment. Diabetes care should be examined in the setting of common geriatric problems: depression, polypharmacy, cognitive impairment, urinary incontinence, falls, and pain.

Heart risk trumps glycemic control

The expert panel15 concluded that rates of disease and death can be reduced more by targeting cardiovascular risk factors than by intensively managing hyperglycemia. One rationale is that it takes 8 years for aggressive glycemic control to reduce the risk of diabetic retinopathy or renal disease but only 2 years of treating hypertension and dyslipidemia to reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease.15,17–21 A recent Japanese study found normal mortality rates in elderly patients under long-term, intensive multifactorial diabetes control.22 High-functioning, motivated patients could benefit from therapy aimed at achieving most or all of the recommended goals, but frail patients may suffer from applying all therapies and may benefit from only some of them.

If appropriate goals cannot be met, it may help to refer patients to a geriatric specialist to evaluate possible barriers to adherence such as depression or poor cognition, physical functioning, or support.

MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

Weight loss and exercise help prevent diabetes

The Diabetes Prevention Program23 randomized 3,234 people (mean age 51 years) with impaired glucose tolerance to receive either metformin (Fortamet, Glucophage) 850 mg twice daily or placebo or to undertake lifestyle modifications with goals of at least a 7% weight loss and at least 150 minutes of physical activity per week. Compared with the placebo group, the lifestyle modification group had a 58% lower incidence of diabetes while those in the metformin group had only a 31% lower incidence. Among those older than 60 years, the advantage of lifestyle modification over metformin was even greater.

 

 

Control blood glucose, avoid hypoglycemia

The American Diabetes Association11 recommends the following goals, albeit with certain caveats about the need for individualization (Table 1):

  • Hemoglobin A1c levels < 7.0%
  • Preprandial blood glucose levels 90–130 mg/dL
  • Bedtime blood glucose levels 110–150 mg/dL.

Guidelines from the Department of Veterans Affairs24 and the American Geriatrics Society15 are slightly different, and are based on randomized trials in younger patients, primarily the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT)25 and the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study(UKPDS).21,26 A recent position statement from the American College of Physicians, based on a review of all the major guidelines, recommends the following: “Statement 1: To prevent microvascular complication of diabetes, the goal for glycemic control should be as low as is feasible without undue risk for adverse events or an unacceptable burden on patients. Treatment goals should be based on a discussion of the benefits and harms of specific levels of glycemic control with the patient. A hemoglobin A1c level less than 7% based on individualized assessment is a reasonable goal for many but not all patients. Statement 2: The goal for hemoglobin A1c should be based on individualized assessment of risk for complication from diabetes, comorbidity, life expectancy, and patient preferences.”27

Although few data exist for elderly patients, these guidelines are the most current approach to treating diabetes in the elderly. Less stringent goals are appropriate for patients who have limited life expectancy, hypoglycemia unawareness (lack of autonomic warning symptoms of low blood sugar), seizures, dementia, psychiatric illness, or alcoholism. It is important to keep in mind the following as one strives for lower A1c levels: Although the relative risk reduction accomplished by lowering hemoglobin A1c is linear, the absolute risk reduction is log-linear—more benefit is gained by lowering hemoglobin A1c from 9% to 8% than from 8% to 7%.28

Hypoglycemia is a major limiting factor in glycemic control. Many risk factors for hypoglycemia are common in the elderly (Table 2). Hypoglycemia was a chief adverse event in both the DCCT and the UKPDS, with a twofold to threefold higher rate in patients who were intensively treated.29 Even mild hypoglycemia in the elderly can result in an injurious fall, which can lead to long-term functional decline. The rate of severe or fatal hypoglycemia—the major risk of tight glycemic treatment—increases exponentially with age.30–33

As people age, the mechanisms that regulate blood sugar are impaired: the glucagon response is diminished, which increases dependence on the epinephrine response to prevent hypoglycemia.34 Medications such as beta-blockers, which can suppress the symptoms of hypoglycemia, may further impair the response. Consequently, older patients may be less aware of hypoglycemia, and the symptoms may be less intense. Renal insufficiency may also exacerbate the problem by reducing clearance of oral agents. In addition, confused patients may take extra doses of medications.

Patients with type 2 diabetes treated with insulin, sulfonylureas, or meglitinides should be evaluated for symptoms of hypoglycemia. Older patients may have more neuroglycopenic symptoms (eg, dizziness, weakness, confusion, nightmares, violent behavior) than adrenergic symptoms (eg, sweating, palpitations, tremors), although both types should be asked about during an evaluation.2,32,33 Hypoglycemia may also present as transient hemiparesis, coma, or falls.35

We carefully evaluate the glycemic regimen and care environment of any elderly patient who presents with a blood glucose level below 100 mg/dL. The regimen should be altered for less strict control if the patient is cognitively impaired, is at risk of falling, or has an unstable care situation (eg, has irregular meals or needs assistance with daily activities and does not have a regular caregiver). Patients at significant risk of hypoglycemia should be encouraged to check their blood glucose level with a fingerstick before driving.

Tight control in the hospital is controversial

Glycemic control in the hospital has traditionally been designed primarily to maintain “safe” blood glucose levels, ie, to prevent hyperglycemia-induced dehydration and catabolism while avoiding hypoglycemia. Recent studies have suggested that tighter glycemic control may reduce the rates of complications and death perioperatively and in patients with myocardial infarction or who are seriously ill in the intensive care unit, although the evidence is mixed.36–38 Specific targets are controversial, and although studies have included some elderly patients, results cannot be generalized to this group.

 

 

DIABETES CARE TAKES A TEAM

Geriatric patients have complex problems. In the face of multiple comorbidities, difficult social situations, and polypharmacy, the physician can best address the drug therapy and lifestyle changes that diabetes management requires by working with a certified diabetes educator, dietitian, social worker, and pharmacist.

Nonpharmacologic therapy

The first step in therapy for glycemic control is diet and exercise, although such measures are often limited in the elderly.

Diet. Carbohydrate control can maintain euglycemia in some patients with type 2 diabetes. But for the elderly, especially those living in long-term health care facilities, malnutrition may be of more concern than obesity, making dietary restrictions harmful. Patients in danger of malnutrition should be given unrestricted menus with consistent amounts of carbohydrate at meals and snacks. Medications should be adjusted to control blood glucose levels if necessary.39

For patients living in the community, dietary therapy should be individualized by a dietitian. Medicare covers up to 10 hours of diabetes education with a certified diabetes educator or registered dietitian within a 12-month period if at least one of the following criteria are met: the patient is newly diagnosed with diabetes, the hemoglobin A1c level is higher than 8.5%, medication has been recently started, or the risk of complications is high.

Supplementation of vitamins and minerals is prudent. Supplemental magnesium, zinc, and vitamins C and E may improve glycemic control.40–44

Exercise reduces insulin resistance, weight, and blood pressure; increases muscle mass; and improves lipid levels. Both aerobic and nonaerobic activity are beneficial.45–47 The best time to exercise is 1 to 2 hours after a meal, when glucose levels tend to be highest. Either hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia may occur up to 24 hours following exercise, and medications may need to be adjusted.

Oral medications

Drug therapy usually starts with a single medication, typically a sulfonylurea. The different classes of drugs have different mechanisms of action, so a second oral agent offers additional glycemic control (Table 3).48–50 Agents also differ in their plasma half-lives (Table 4). A recent systematic review found that compared with newer, more expensive agents (thiazolidinediones, alpha glucosidase inhibitors, and meglitinides), older agents (second-generation sulfonylureas and metformin) have similar or superior effects on glycemic control, lipids, and other intermediate end points.51

Regardless of the agent chosen initially or added later, for elderly patients we typically start with about half the recommended dosage.

Insulin

Insulin therapy is necessary if oral combination therapy proves insufficient. Insulin is generally required for patients with moderate or severe hyperglycemia, especially for those with renal or hepatic insufficiency.52,53 Before prescribing insulin therapy to elderly patients, we need to consider their visual acuity, manual dexterity and sensation, cognitive function, family support, and financial situation.However, several studies showed that quality of life improves in the year after starting insulin for patients whose blood sugar was previously poorly controlled with oral agents.54,55

An evening dose of neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH) insulin is a good way to start. More complex regimens may be necessary, depending on glycemic goals.

A number of premixed preparations of various types of insulin with different durations of action are available. They may improve accuracy, acceptability, and ease of insulin administration, although glycemic control and the risk of hypoglycemia may not change or in fact may be worse.56 Some patients may not achieve adequate glucose control with fixed-dose regimens.57,58

Frequent, small, titrated doses of short-acting agents control hyperglycemia better, particularly postprandial hyperglycemia,resulting in less hypoglycemia. However, these regimens may be too complex for many elderly patients; a patient’s support system must be evaluated before recommending this type of therapy.

Most insulins are available in vials and in pens, the latter of which are quick and easy to use, provide precise doses, and can be managed by many elderly patients. Pens require the user to attach a needle, set the dose by a dial, and depress the plunger to inject the dose. Some are prefilled and disposable, others have refillable cartridges. Studies in patients older than 60 years have shown the pen systems to be more acceptable, safer, and more effective than conventional syringes.

If conventional syringes are used, low-dose syringes (30-unit or 50-unit), which have more visible unit markings, should be prescribed whenever possible rather than the 100-unit sizes. Magnifying devices that attach to a syringe are also available.

Studies have also shown that continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion is safe for selected elderly patients.

Incretin mimetics: Possibly well-suited

Incretins, such as glucagon-like peptide-1, are hormones released from the gastrointestinal tract in response to eating. They stimulate insulin secretion by non-glucose-related pathways.

Exenatide (Byetta), a 39-amino-acid peptide incretin mimetic, is a synthetic version of exendin-4, an incretin isolated from the saliva of the Gila monster. Recently approved for treating type 2 diabetes, it is given subcutaneously.59,60 Oral dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors (sitagliptin and vildagliptin) decrease the degradation of endogenous incretin and thus prolong its action.61 Because a decline in glucose-mediated beta-cell insulin secretion is a major contributor to the development of diabetes in the elderly, the drug may be especially helpful for this population.However, further clinical research and experience is needed before specific recommendations for elderly patients can be made.

 

 

SELF-MANAGEMENT IS IMPORTANT

Patient education is critical

Patient education is a cornerstone of diabetes self-management,62–66 and is especially important for patients who are cognitively impaired or who have limited language proficiency.Patient education is covered under Medicare Part B. Ample resources are available in print and electronic formats. Community resources can also be important.

Home glucose monitoring is simpler now

A patient’s insulin regimen should ideally be tailored according to home blood glucose level monitoring before and after meals and at bedtime. Medicare reimburses for once daily testing for patients who are not taking insulin and for three-times-daily testing for those taking insulin.

Elderly patients can be taught to reliably monitor their own blood glucose levels without diminishing their quality of life. Monitoring is now easier with new glucometers and test strips that use small amounts of blood. Testing can now also be performed on blood taken from the forearm, upper arm, thigh, or calf with the FreeStyle (TheraSense), One Touch Ultra (LifeScan) and Soft Tac (MediSense) meters. The Soft Tac meter lances skin and automatically transfers blood to the test strip, making use even easier. Talking glucometers are available for blind patients.

Coordination counts

A variety of models of chronic care delivery have been proposed. Regardless of which model is chosen, the complexities of management call for a multidisciplinary team approach, and coordination of care in order to ensure appropriate information flow becomes critical.

Editor’s note: In next month’s issue of this journal, Drs. Hornick and Aron will discuss the management of diabetic complications in the elderly, including coronary artery disease, neuropathy, and kidney disease.

References
  1. Edelstein SL, Knowler WC, Bain RP, et al. Predictors of progression from impaired glucose tolerance to NIDDM: an analysis of six prospective studies. Diabetes 1997; 46:701–710.
  2. Meneilly GS, Tessier D. Diabetes in elderly adults. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2001; 56:M5–M13.
  3. Rodriguez A, Muller DC, Engelhardt M, Andres R. Contribution of impaired glucose tolerance in subjects with the metabolic syndrome: Baltimore Longitudinal Study of Aging. Metabolism Clin Exper 2005; 54:542–547.
  4. Crandall J, Barzilai N. Treatment of diabetes mellitus in older people: oral therapy options. J Am Geriatr Soc 2003; 51:272–274.
  5. Harris MI, Flegal KM, Cowie CC, et al. Prevalence of diabetes, impaired fasting glucose, and impaired glucose tolerance in U.S. adults. The Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988–1994. Diabetes Care 1998; 21:518–524.
  6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. Diabetes Public Health Resource. National Diabetes Surveillance System. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/prev/national/figbyage.htm.
  7. Franse LV, Di Bari M, Shorr RI, et al; Health, Aging, and Body Composition Study Group. Type 2 diabetes in older well-functioning people: who is underdiagnosed? Data from the Health, Aging, and Body Composition study. Diabetes Care 2001; 24:2065–2070. Erratum in: Diabetes Care 2002; 25:413.
  8. Shorr RI, Franse LV, Resnick HE, Di Bari M, Johnson KC, Pahor M. Glycemic control of older adults with type 2 diabetes: findings from the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988–1994. J Am Geriatr Soc 2000; 48:264–267.
  9. Smith NL, Savage PJ, Heckbert SR, et al. Glucose, blood pressure, and lipid control in older people with and without diabetes mellitus: the Cardiovascular Health Study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2002; 50:416–423.
  10. Meneilly GS, Cheung E, Tessier D, Yakura C, Tuokko H. The effect of improved glycemic control on cognitive functions in the elderly patient with diabetes. J Gerontol 1993; 48:M117–M121.
  11. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes.Diabetes Care 2005; 28:S4–S36.
  12. Motta M, Bennati E, Ferlito L, Malaguarnera M. Diabetes mellitus in the elderly: diagnostic features. Arch Gerontol Geriatr 2006; 42:101–106.
  13. Hoerger TJ, Harris R, Hicks KA, Donahue K, Sorensen S, Engelgau M. Screening for type 2 diabetes mellitus: a cost effective analysis. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:689–699.
  14. Harris RP, Lux LJ, Bunton AJ, et al. Screening for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Systematic Evidence Review Number 19. February 4, 2003.US Department of Health and Human Services, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Rockville, MD. www.ahrq.gov/downloads/pub/prevent/pdfser/diabser.pdf.
  15. Brown AF, Mangione CM, Saliba D, Sarkisian CA; California Healthcare Foundation/American Geriatrics Society Panel on Improving Care for Elders with Diabetes. Guidelines for improving the care of the older person with diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatr Soc 2003; 51:S265–S280.
  16. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guideline for the Management of Diabetes Mellitus in the Primary Care Setting 2003. www.oqp.med.va.gov/cpg/dm/DM3_cpg/content/introduction.htm.
  17. Durso SC. Using clinical guidelines designed for older adults with diabetes mellitus and complex health status. JAMA 2006; 295:1935–1940.
  18. Curb JD, Pressel SL, Cutler JA, et al. Effect of diuretic-based antihypertensive treatment on cardiovascular disease risk in older patients with isolated systolic hypertension. Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program Cooperative Research Group. JAMA 1996; 276:1886–1892. Erratum in: JAMA 1997; 277:1356.
  19. Goddijn PP, Bilo HJ, Feskens EJ, Groeniert KH, van der Zee KI, Meyboom-de Jong B. Longitudinal study on glycaemic control and quality of life in patients with Type 2 diabetes mellitus referred for intensified control. Diabet Med 1999; 16:23–30.
  20. Pyorala K, Pedersen TR, Kjekshus J, Faergeman O, Olsson AG, Thorgeirsson G. Cholesterol lowering with simvastatin improves prognosis of diabetic patients with coronary heart disease. A subgroup analysis of the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Diabetes Care 1997; 20:614–620. Erratum in: Diabetes Care 1997; 20:1048.
  21. UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853. Erratum in: Lancet 1999; 354:602.
  22. Katakura M, Naka M, Kondo T, et al, and the Nagano Elderly Diabetes Study Group. Normal mortality in the elderly with diabetes under strict glycemic and blood pressure control: outcome of 6-year prospective study. Diabetes Res Clin Practice 2007; 78:108–114.
  23. Knowler WC, Barrett-Connor E, Fowler SE, et al; Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:393–403.
  24. Pogach LM, Brietzke SA, Cowan CL Jr, Conlin P, Walder DJ, Sawin CT; VA/DoD Diabetes Guideline Development Group. Development of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines for diabetes: the Department of Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense guidelines initiative. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:B82–B89.
  25. The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research Group. The effect of intensive treatment of diabetes on the development and progression of long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:977–986.
  26. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. Tight blood pressure control and risk of macrovascular and microvascular complications in type 2 diabetes: UKPDS 38. BMJ 1998; 317:703–713. Erratum in: BMJ 1999; 318:29.
  27. Qaseem A, Vijan S, Snow V, Cross JT, Weiss KB, Owens DK for the Clinical Efficacy Assessment Subcommittee of the American College of Physicians. Glycemic control and type 2 diabetes mellitus: the optimal hemoglobin A1c targets. A guidance statement from the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:417–422.
  28. Pogach L, Engelgau M, Aron D. Measuring progress toward achieving hemoglobin A1c goals in diabetes care: pass/fail or partial credit. JAMA 2007; 297:520–523.
  29. Egger M, Davey Smith G, Stettler C, Diem P. Risk of adverse effects of intensified treatment in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: ameta-analysis. Diabet Med 1997; 14:919–928.
  30. Burge MR, Schmitz-Fiorentino K, Fischette C, Qualls CR, Schade DS. A prospective trial of risk factors for sulfonylurea-induced hypoglycemia in type 2 diabetes mellitus. JAMA 1998; 279:137–143.
  31. Ben-Ami H, Nagachandran P, Mendelson A, Edoute Y. Drug-induced hypoglycemic coma in 102 diabetic patients. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:281–284.
  32. Shorr RI, Ray WA, Daugherty JR, Griffin MR. Individual sulfonylureas and serious hypoglycemia in older people. J Am Geriatr Soc 1996; 44:751–755.
  33. Shorr RI, Ray WA, Daugherty JR, Griffin MR. Incidence and risk factors for serious hypoglycemia in older persons using insulin or sulfonylureas. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157:1681–1685.
  34. Burge MR, Kamin JR, Timm CT, Qualls CR, Schade DS. Low-dose epinephrine supports plasma glucose in fasted elderly patients with type 2 diabetes. Metabolism 2000; 49:195–202.
  35. Alagiakrishnan K, Lechelt K, McCracken P, Torrible S, Sclater A.Atypical presentation of silent nocturnal hypoglycemia in an olderperson. J Am Geriatr Soc 2001; 49:1577–1578.
  36. Malmberg K, Norhammar A, Wedel H, Ryden L. Glycometabolic state at admission: important risk marker of mortality in conventionally treated patients with diabetes mellitus and acute myocardial infarction: long-term results from the Diabetes and Insulin-Glucose Infusion in Acute Myocardial Infarction (DIGAMI) study. Circulation 1999; 99:2626–2632.
  37. van den Berghe G, Wouters P, Weekers F, et al. Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:1359–1367.
  38. Metchick LN, Petit WA Jr, Inzucchi SE. Inpatient management of diabetes mellitus. Am J Med 2002; 113:317–323.
  39. Coulston AM, Mandelbaum D, Reaven GM. Dietary management of nursing home residents with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Am J Clin Nutr 1990; 51:67–71.
  40. Song MK, Rosenthal MJ, Naliboff BD, Phanumas L, Kang KW. Effects of bovine prostate powder on zinc, glucose and insulin metabolism in old patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Metabolism 1998; 47:39–43.
  41. Paolisso G, D’Amore A, Galzerano D, et al. Daily vitamin E supplements improve metabolic control but not insulin secretion in elderly type II diabetic patients. Diabetes Care 1993; 16:1433–1437.
  42. Paolisso G, Scheen A, Cozzolino D, et al. Changes in glucose turnover parameters and improvement of glucose oxidation after 4-week magnesium administration in elderly noninsulin-dependent (type II) diabetic patients. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1994; 78:1510–1514.
  43. Paolisso G, Passariello N, Pizza G, et al. Dietary magnesium supplements improve B-cell response to glucose and arginine in elderly non-insulin dependent diabetic subjects. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1989; 121:16–20.
  44. Paolisso G, D’Amore A, Balbi V, et al. Plasma vitamin C affects glucose homeostasis in healthy subjects and in non-insulin-dependent diabetics. Am J Physiol 1994; 266:E261–E268. Erratum in: Am J Physiol 1994; 267:section E following table of contents.
  45. Agurs-Collins TD, Kumanyika SK, Ten Have TR, Adams-Campbell LL. A randomized controlled trail of weight reduction and exercise for diabetes management in older African-American subjects. Diabetes Care 1997; 200:1503–1511.
  46. Skarfors ET, Wegener TA, Lithell H, Selinus I. Physical training as treatment for type 2 (non-insulin-dependent) diabetes in elderly men. A feasibility study over 2 years. Diabetologia 1987; 30:930–933.
  47. Raz I, Hauser E, Bursztyn M. Moderate exercise improves glucose metabolism in uncontrolled elderly patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Isr J Med Sci 1994; 30:766–770.
  48. Brodows RG. Benefits and risks with glyburide and glipizide in elderly NIDDM patients. Diabetes Care 1992; 15:75–80.
  49. Landgraf R. Meglitinide analogues in the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Drugs Aging 2000; 17:411–425.
  50. Ron Y, Wainstein J, Leibovitz A, et al. The effect of acarbose on the colonic transit time of elderly long-term care patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2002; 57:M111–M114.
  51. Bolen S, Feldman L, Vassy J, et al. Systematic review: comparative effectiveness and safety of oral medications for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:386–399.
  52. Rosenstock J. Management of type 2 diabetes mellitus in the elderly: special considerations. Drugs Aging 2001; 18:31–44.
  53. Gerstein HC, Haynes RB, eds. Evidence-Based Diabetes Management. Hamilton, Ont.; London: B.C. Dekker; 2001.
  54. Tovi J, Engfeldt P. Well being and symptoms in elderly type 2 diabetes patients with poor metabolic control: effect of insulin treatment. Practical Diabetes Int 1998; 15:73–77.
  55. Reza M, Taylor CD, Towse K, Ward JD, Hendra TJ. Insulin improves well-being for selected elderly type 2 diabetic subjects. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2002; 55:201–207.
  56. Janka HU, Plewe G, Busch K. Combination of oral antidiabetic agents with basal insulin versus premixed insulin alone in randomized elderly patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatrics Soc 2007; 55:182–188.
  57. Coscelli C, Calabrese G, Fedele D, et al. Use of premixed insulin among the elderly. Reduction of errors in patient preparation of mixtures. Diabetes Care 1992; 15:1628–1630.
  58. Rolla AR, Rakel RE. Practical approaches to insulin therapy for type 2 diabetes mellitus with premixed insulin analogues. Clin Ther 2005; 27:1113–1125.
  59. DeFronzo RA, Ratner RE, Han J, Kim DD, Fineman MS, Baron AD. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control and weight over 30 weeks in metformin-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1092–1100.
  60. Kendall DM, Riddle MC, Rosenstock J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes treated with metformin and a sulfonylurea. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1083–1091.
  61. Mathieu C, Bollaerts K. Antihyperglycaemic therapy in elderly patients with type 2 diabetes: potential role of incretin mimetics and DPP-4 inhibitors. Int J Clin Pract 2007; 61(suppl 154):29–37.
  62. Bernbaum M, Albert SG, McGinnis J, Brusca S, Mooradian AD. The reliability of self blood glucose monitoring in elderly diabetic patients. J Am Geriatr Soc 1994; 42:779–781.
  63. Gilden JL, Hendryx M, Casia C, Singh SP. The effectiveness of diabetes education programs for older patients and their spouses. J Am Geriatr Soc 1989; 37:1023–1030.
  64. Glasgow RE, Toobert DJ, Hampson SE, Brown JE, Lewinsohn PM, Donnelly J. Improving self-care among older patients with type II diabetes: the ‘Sixty Something…’ Study. Patient Educ Couns 1992; 19:61–74.
  65. Huang ES, Gorawara-Bhat R, Chin MH. Self-reported goals of older patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005; 53:306–311.
  66. Langa KM, Vijan S, Hayward RA, et al. Informal caregiving for diabetes and diabetic complications among elderly Americans. J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci 2002; 57:S177–S186.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Thomas Hornick, MD
Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of Geriatrics, Department of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine; and Director, Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cleveland, OH

David C. Aron, MD, MS
Professor of Medicine and Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Divisions of Clinical and Molecular Endocrinology and Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Deptartment of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine; Associate Chief of Staff/Education and Associate Director (Health Services Research), Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cleveland, OH; member of the Performance Measures Subcommittee of the Endocrine Society; and Chair of the Diabetes/Endocrine Field Advisory Committee for the Department of Veterans Affairs

Address: David C. Aron, MD, MS, Education Office 14 (W), Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 10701 East Boulevard, Cleveland, OH 44106; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
70-78
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Thomas Hornick, MD
Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of Geriatrics, Department of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine; and Director, Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cleveland, OH

David C. Aron, MD, MS
Professor of Medicine and Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Divisions of Clinical and Molecular Endocrinology and Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Deptartment of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine; Associate Chief of Staff/Education and Associate Director (Health Services Research), Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cleveland, OH; member of the Performance Measures Subcommittee of the Endocrine Society; and Chair of the Diabetes/Endocrine Field Advisory Committee for the Department of Veterans Affairs

Address: David C. Aron, MD, MS, Education Office 14 (W), Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 10701 East Boulevard, Cleveland, OH 44106; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Thomas Hornick, MD
Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of Geriatrics, Department of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine; and Director, Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cleveland, OH

David C. Aron, MD, MS
Professor of Medicine and Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Divisions of Clinical and Molecular Endocrinology and Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Deptartment of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine; Associate Chief of Staff/Education and Associate Director (Health Services Research), Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cleveland, OH; member of the Performance Measures Subcommittee of the Endocrine Society; and Chair of the Diabetes/Endocrine Field Advisory Committee for the Department of Veterans Affairs

Address: David C. Aron, MD, MS, Education Office 14 (W), Louis Stokes Cleveland Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 10701 East Boulevard, Cleveland, OH 44106; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Guidelines for treating diabetes mellitus are mostly based on clinical studies in middle-aged people, and recommendations tend to be the same for everyone, whether young and strong or elderly and frail. But diabetes management should be individualized, especially in the elderly, taking into account each patient’s medical history, functional ability, home care situation, and life expectancy. Aggressive glycemic control is less important than avoiding hypoglycemia and achieving a good quality of life.

This article reviews the general principles for recognizing and managing diabetes in elderly patients, focusing on the management of blood sugar per se. In a future issue of this journal, we will discuss some of the many complications of diabetes in the elderly.

DIABETES DIFFERS IN ELDERLY PATIENTS

“The elderly” is a heterogeneous group with widely varying physiologic profiles, functional capabilities, and life expectancy (on average, about 88 years for men and 90 years for women in the United States). Although the elderly are sometimes classified as “young-old” (age 65–80) and “old-old” (80+), this distinction is too simplistic for clinical decision-making.

Diabetes mellitus in the elderly also is heterogeneous. One distinction is the age at which the disease developed.

Aging is associated with declining beta-cell function and lower blood insulin levels independent of insulin resistance, and with insulin resistance itself. The risk of developing type 2 diabetes mellitus increases with obesity, lack of physical activity, and loss of muscle mass, all of which often develop with aging.1

Middle-aged patients with diabetes have increased fasting hepatic glucose production, increased insulin resistance, and an abnormal insulin response to a glucose load. On the other hand, patients who develop diabetes at an older age tend to have normal hepatic glucose production. Older patients who are lean secrete markedly less insulin in response to a glucose load but have relatively less insulin resistance.2 Patients who develop type 2 diabetes in old age are more likely to have near-normal fasting blood glucose levels but significant postprandial hyperglycemia.3,4 Elderly patients who developed diabetes during middle age have metabolic abnormalities more typical of middle-aged patients with type 2 diabetes.

DIABETES IS COMMON, AND INCREASING IN PREVALENCE

By age 75, 40% of people in the United States have either glucose intolerance or diabetes mellitus.5 Metabolic syndrome, which is the constellation of insulin resistance (type 2 diabetes mellitus), hyperlipidemia, hypertension, and obesity, is more prevalent in people age 65 to 74 years than in younger and older people.3

The National Diabetes Surveillance System of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimated that the prevalence of diabetes mellitus in people 65 to 74 years old in 2005 was 18.5%, about 12 times the prevalence among those younger than 45years.6 The prevalence has been gradually increasing and has nearly doubled over the past 25 years, with certain groups—native Americans, Hispanics, and African-Americans—at particularly high risk of developing the disease.

Although the prevalence of diabetes in people older than 75 years is lower than among people in the 65-to-74-year range, the elderly segment of our population is increasing, and the impact of diabetes and its associated burden of death and disease from vascular complications is enormous.

SYMPTOMS ARE OFTEN NONSPECIFIC

Unfortunately, diabetes is underdiagnosed and frequently undertreated, resulting in even more disease and death.7–9

Diabetes is often missed in the elderly because its presenting symptoms may be nonspecific, eg, failure to thrive, low energy, falls, dizziness, confusion, nocturia (with or without incontinence), and urinary tract infection.The classic symptoms of frequent urination (often leading to worsening incontinence), thirst, and increased hunger usually occur only when plasma glucose levels are above 200 mg/dL. Weight loss, blurred vision, and dehydration may also be present with high blood glucose levels. With lesser degrees of hyperglycemia, patients may have no symptoms or present with weight loss or signs and symptoms of chronic infection, especially of the genitourinary tract, skin, or mouth.

Hyperglycemia in elderly patients is also associated with reduced cognitive function (which may improve with blood glucose control).10

The American Diabetes Association recommends screening by measuring the fasting plasma glucose level every 3 years beginning at 45 years.11 However, some experts believe that this method is inadequate for the elderly12; some suggest that screening should be done more often in those with risk factors for diabetes, including obesity, inactivity, hypertension, and dyslipidemia, all of which are common in the elderly. Targeted screening in patients with hypertension may be the most cost-effective strategy.13

Screening with hemoglobin A1c levels is not recommended because of lack of standardization among laboratories.14

 

 

INDIVIDUALIZED MANAGEMENT IS BEST

Despite disease differences, the general goals for diabetes care are the same for all ages:

  • To control hyperglycemia and its symptoms
  • To prevent, evaluate, and treat macrovascular and microvascular complications
  • To teach patients to manage themselves
  • To maintain or improve the patient’s general health status.

Unfortunately, most specific recommendations are based on studies in younger people. Guidelines should ideally reflect the complexities of a particular clinical situation, but most recommendations are applied to the young and old alike, as well as to the relatively healthy and the frail and ill.15–17 Consideration should be given to a patient’s health beliefs, severity of vascular complications and other medical problems, economic situation, life expectancy ,functional status, and availability of support services. In addition, some patients prefer aggressive treatment, while others would rather compromise some aspects of care in order to maintain a certain quality of life, to save money, or to avoid having caregivers provide treatment.

Age-related changes in pharmacokinetics as well as polypharmacy increase the risk of drug interactions and adverse effects, especially drug-induced hypoglycemia. In addition, age-associated changes in cognitive, visual, and physical function, dentition, and taste perception can reduce a patient’s ability to carry out treatment. Frequent hospitalizations also disrupt outpatient regimens.

Comorbidities make treatment more challenging, but some conditions—such as hypertension, renal insufficiency and eye disorders—make doctors more likely to control hyperglycemia more aggressively, fearing that the loss of a little more function in an impaired organ may lead to failure.

The benefits of tight glycemic control should be weighed against the risks and the realities of an individual situation. Priority should be given to achieving the best quality of life possible.17 Recent guidelines from the California Health Foundation and the American Geriatrics Association focused on the major health threats to older patients and prioritizing care for each person.15 The guidelines recommend screening for geriatric syndromes that are more prevalent inpatients with diabetes or are strongly affected by the disease or its treatment. Diabetes care should be examined in the setting of common geriatric problems: depression, polypharmacy, cognitive impairment, urinary incontinence, falls, and pain.

Heart risk trumps glycemic control

The expert panel15 concluded that rates of disease and death can be reduced more by targeting cardiovascular risk factors than by intensively managing hyperglycemia. One rationale is that it takes 8 years for aggressive glycemic control to reduce the risk of diabetic retinopathy or renal disease but only 2 years of treating hypertension and dyslipidemia to reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease.15,17–21 A recent Japanese study found normal mortality rates in elderly patients under long-term, intensive multifactorial diabetes control.22 High-functioning, motivated patients could benefit from therapy aimed at achieving most or all of the recommended goals, but frail patients may suffer from applying all therapies and may benefit from only some of them.

If appropriate goals cannot be met, it may help to refer patients to a geriatric specialist to evaluate possible barriers to adherence such as depression or poor cognition, physical functioning, or support.

MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

Weight loss and exercise help prevent diabetes

The Diabetes Prevention Program23 randomized 3,234 people (mean age 51 years) with impaired glucose tolerance to receive either metformin (Fortamet, Glucophage) 850 mg twice daily or placebo or to undertake lifestyle modifications with goals of at least a 7% weight loss and at least 150 minutes of physical activity per week. Compared with the placebo group, the lifestyle modification group had a 58% lower incidence of diabetes while those in the metformin group had only a 31% lower incidence. Among those older than 60 years, the advantage of lifestyle modification over metformin was even greater.

 

 

Control blood glucose, avoid hypoglycemia

The American Diabetes Association11 recommends the following goals, albeit with certain caveats about the need for individualization (Table 1):

  • Hemoglobin A1c levels < 7.0%
  • Preprandial blood glucose levels 90–130 mg/dL
  • Bedtime blood glucose levels 110–150 mg/dL.

Guidelines from the Department of Veterans Affairs24 and the American Geriatrics Society15 are slightly different, and are based on randomized trials in younger patients, primarily the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT)25 and the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study(UKPDS).21,26 A recent position statement from the American College of Physicians, based on a review of all the major guidelines, recommends the following: “Statement 1: To prevent microvascular complication of diabetes, the goal for glycemic control should be as low as is feasible without undue risk for adverse events or an unacceptable burden on patients. Treatment goals should be based on a discussion of the benefits and harms of specific levels of glycemic control with the patient. A hemoglobin A1c level less than 7% based on individualized assessment is a reasonable goal for many but not all patients. Statement 2: The goal for hemoglobin A1c should be based on individualized assessment of risk for complication from diabetes, comorbidity, life expectancy, and patient preferences.”27

Although few data exist for elderly patients, these guidelines are the most current approach to treating diabetes in the elderly. Less stringent goals are appropriate for patients who have limited life expectancy, hypoglycemia unawareness (lack of autonomic warning symptoms of low blood sugar), seizures, dementia, psychiatric illness, or alcoholism. It is important to keep in mind the following as one strives for lower A1c levels: Although the relative risk reduction accomplished by lowering hemoglobin A1c is linear, the absolute risk reduction is log-linear—more benefit is gained by lowering hemoglobin A1c from 9% to 8% than from 8% to 7%.28

Hypoglycemia is a major limiting factor in glycemic control. Many risk factors for hypoglycemia are common in the elderly (Table 2). Hypoglycemia was a chief adverse event in both the DCCT and the UKPDS, with a twofold to threefold higher rate in patients who were intensively treated.29 Even mild hypoglycemia in the elderly can result in an injurious fall, which can lead to long-term functional decline. The rate of severe or fatal hypoglycemia—the major risk of tight glycemic treatment—increases exponentially with age.30–33

As people age, the mechanisms that regulate blood sugar are impaired: the glucagon response is diminished, which increases dependence on the epinephrine response to prevent hypoglycemia.34 Medications such as beta-blockers, which can suppress the symptoms of hypoglycemia, may further impair the response. Consequently, older patients may be less aware of hypoglycemia, and the symptoms may be less intense. Renal insufficiency may also exacerbate the problem by reducing clearance of oral agents. In addition, confused patients may take extra doses of medications.

Patients with type 2 diabetes treated with insulin, sulfonylureas, or meglitinides should be evaluated for symptoms of hypoglycemia. Older patients may have more neuroglycopenic symptoms (eg, dizziness, weakness, confusion, nightmares, violent behavior) than adrenergic symptoms (eg, sweating, palpitations, tremors), although both types should be asked about during an evaluation.2,32,33 Hypoglycemia may also present as transient hemiparesis, coma, or falls.35

We carefully evaluate the glycemic regimen and care environment of any elderly patient who presents with a blood glucose level below 100 mg/dL. The regimen should be altered for less strict control if the patient is cognitively impaired, is at risk of falling, or has an unstable care situation (eg, has irregular meals or needs assistance with daily activities and does not have a regular caregiver). Patients at significant risk of hypoglycemia should be encouraged to check their blood glucose level with a fingerstick before driving.

Tight control in the hospital is controversial

Glycemic control in the hospital has traditionally been designed primarily to maintain “safe” blood glucose levels, ie, to prevent hyperglycemia-induced dehydration and catabolism while avoiding hypoglycemia. Recent studies have suggested that tighter glycemic control may reduce the rates of complications and death perioperatively and in patients with myocardial infarction or who are seriously ill in the intensive care unit, although the evidence is mixed.36–38 Specific targets are controversial, and although studies have included some elderly patients, results cannot be generalized to this group.

 

 

DIABETES CARE TAKES A TEAM

Geriatric patients have complex problems. In the face of multiple comorbidities, difficult social situations, and polypharmacy, the physician can best address the drug therapy and lifestyle changes that diabetes management requires by working with a certified diabetes educator, dietitian, social worker, and pharmacist.

Nonpharmacologic therapy

The first step in therapy for glycemic control is diet and exercise, although such measures are often limited in the elderly.

Diet. Carbohydrate control can maintain euglycemia in some patients with type 2 diabetes. But for the elderly, especially those living in long-term health care facilities, malnutrition may be of more concern than obesity, making dietary restrictions harmful. Patients in danger of malnutrition should be given unrestricted menus with consistent amounts of carbohydrate at meals and snacks. Medications should be adjusted to control blood glucose levels if necessary.39

For patients living in the community, dietary therapy should be individualized by a dietitian. Medicare covers up to 10 hours of diabetes education with a certified diabetes educator or registered dietitian within a 12-month period if at least one of the following criteria are met: the patient is newly diagnosed with diabetes, the hemoglobin A1c level is higher than 8.5%, medication has been recently started, or the risk of complications is high.

Supplementation of vitamins and minerals is prudent. Supplemental magnesium, zinc, and vitamins C and E may improve glycemic control.40–44

Exercise reduces insulin resistance, weight, and blood pressure; increases muscle mass; and improves lipid levels. Both aerobic and nonaerobic activity are beneficial.45–47 The best time to exercise is 1 to 2 hours after a meal, when glucose levels tend to be highest. Either hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia may occur up to 24 hours following exercise, and medications may need to be adjusted.

Oral medications

Drug therapy usually starts with a single medication, typically a sulfonylurea. The different classes of drugs have different mechanisms of action, so a second oral agent offers additional glycemic control (Table 3).48–50 Agents also differ in their plasma half-lives (Table 4). A recent systematic review found that compared with newer, more expensive agents (thiazolidinediones, alpha glucosidase inhibitors, and meglitinides), older agents (second-generation sulfonylureas and metformin) have similar or superior effects on glycemic control, lipids, and other intermediate end points.51

Regardless of the agent chosen initially or added later, for elderly patients we typically start with about half the recommended dosage.

Insulin

Insulin therapy is necessary if oral combination therapy proves insufficient. Insulin is generally required for patients with moderate or severe hyperglycemia, especially for those with renal or hepatic insufficiency.52,53 Before prescribing insulin therapy to elderly patients, we need to consider their visual acuity, manual dexterity and sensation, cognitive function, family support, and financial situation.However, several studies showed that quality of life improves in the year after starting insulin for patients whose blood sugar was previously poorly controlled with oral agents.54,55

An evening dose of neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH) insulin is a good way to start. More complex regimens may be necessary, depending on glycemic goals.

A number of premixed preparations of various types of insulin with different durations of action are available. They may improve accuracy, acceptability, and ease of insulin administration, although glycemic control and the risk of hypoglycemia may not change or in fact may be worse.56 Some patients may not achieve adequate glucose control with fixed-dose regimens.57,58

Frequent, small, titrated doses of short-acting agents control hyperglycemia better, particularly postprandial hyperglycemia,resulting in less hypoglycemia. However, these regimens may be too complex for many elderly patients; a patient’s support system must be evaluated before recommending this type of therapy.

Most insulins are available in vials and in pens, the latter of which are quick and easy to use, provide precise doses, and can be managed by many elderly patients. Pens require the user to attach a needle, set the dose by a dial, and depress the plunger to inject the dose. Some are prefilled and disposable, others have refillable cartridges. Studies in patients older than 60 years have shown the pen systems to be more acceptable, safer, and more effective than conventional syringes.

If conventional syringes are used, low-dose syringes (30-unit or 50-unit), which have more visible unit markings, should be prescribed whenever possible rather than the 100-unit sizes. Magnifying devices that attach to a syringe are also available.

Studies have also shown that continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion is safe for selected elderly patients.

Incretin mimetics: Possibly well-suited

Incretins, such as glucagon-like peptide-1, are hormones released from the gastrointestinal tract in response to eating. They stimulate insulin secretion by non-glucose-related pathways.

Exenatide (Byetta), a 39-amino-acid peptide incretin mimetic, is a synthetic version of exendin-4, an incretin isolated from the saliva of the Gila monster. Recently approved for treating type 2 diabetes, it is given subcutaneously.59,60 Oral dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors (sitagliptin and vildagliptin) decrease the degradation of endogenous incretin and thus prolong its action.61 Because a decline in glucose-mediated beta-cell insulin secretion is a major contributor to the development of diabetes in the elderly, the drug may be especially helpful for this population.However, further clinical research and experience is needed before specific recommendations for elderly patients can be made.

 

 

SELF-MANAGEMENT IS IMPORTANT

Patient education is critical

Patient education is a cornerstone of diabetes self-management,62–66 and is especially important for patients who are cognitively impaired or who have limited language proficiency.Patient education is covered under Medicare Part B. Ample resources are available in print and electronic formats. Community resources can also be important.

Home glucose monitoring is simpler now

A patient’s insulin regimen should ideally be tailored according to home blood glucose level monitoring before and after meals and at bedtime. Medicare reimburses for once daily testing for patients who are not taking insulin and for three-times-daily testing for those taking insulin.

Elderly patients can be taught to reliably monitor their own blood glucose levels without diminishing their quality of life. Monitoring is now easier with new glucometers and test strips that use small amounts of blood. Testing can now also be performed on blood taken from the forearm, upper arm, thigh, or calf with the FreeStyle (TheraSense), One Touch Ultra (LifeScan) and Soft Tac (MediSense) meters. The Soft Tac meter lances skin and automatically transfers blood to the test strip, making use even easier. Talking glucometers are available for blind patients.

Coordination counts

A variety of models of chronic care delivery have been proposed. Regardless of which model is chosen, the complexities of management call for a multidisciplinary team approach, and coordination of care in order to ensure appropriate information flow becomes critical.

Editor’s note: In next month’s issue of this journal, Drs. Hornick and Aron will discuss the management of diabetic complications in the elderly, including coronary artery disease, neuropathy, and kidney disease.

Guidelines for treating diabetes mellitus are mostly based on clinical studies in middle-aged people, and recommendations tend to be the same for everyone, whether young and strong or elderly and frail. But diabetes management should be individualized, especially in the elderly, taking into account each patient’s medical history, functional ability, home care situation, and life expectancy. Aggressive glycemic control is less important than avoiding hypoglycemia and achieving a good quality of life.

This article reviews the general principles for recognizing and managing diabetes in elderly patients, focusing on the management of blood sugar per se. In a future issue of this journal, we will discuss some of the many complications of diabetes in the elderly.

DIABETES DIFFERS IN ELDERLY PATIENTS

“The elderly” is a heterogeneous group with widely varying physiologic profiles, functional capabilities, and life expectancy (on average, about 88 years for men and 90 years for women in the United States). Although the elderly are sometimes classified as “young-old” (age 65–80) and “old-old” (80+), this distinction is too simplistic for clinical decision-making.

Diabetes mellitus in the elderly also is heterogeneous. One distinction is the age at which the disease developed.

Aging is associated with declining beta-cell function and lower blood insulin levels independent of insulin resistance, and with insulin resistance itself. The risk of developing type 2 diabetes mellitus increases with obesity, lack of physical activity, and loss of muscle mass, all of which often develop with aging.1

Middle-aged patients with diabetes have increased fasting hepatic glucose production, increased insulin resistance, and an abnormal insulin response to a glucose load. On the other hand, patients who develop diabetes at an older age tend to have normal hepatic glucose production. Older patients who are lean secrete markedly less insulin in response to a glucose load but have relatively less insulin resistance.2 Patients who develop type 2 diabetes in old age are more likely to have near-normal fasting blood glucose levels but significant postprandial hyperglycemia.3,4 Elderly patients who developed diabetes during middle age have metabolic abnormalities more typical of middle-aged patients with type 2 diabetes.

DIABETES IS COMMON, AND INCREASING IN PREVALENCE

By age 75, 40% of people in the United States have either glucose intolerance or diabetes mellitus.5 Metabolic syndrome, which is the constellation of insulin resistance (type 2 diabetes mellitus), hyperlipidemia, hypertension, and obesity, is more prevalent in people age 65 to 74 years than in younger and older people.3

The National Diabetes Surveillance System of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimated that the prevalence of diabetes mellitus in people 65 to 74 years old in 2005 was 18.5%, about 12 times the prevalence among those younger than 45years.6 The prevalence has been gradually increasing and has nearly doubled over the past 25 years, with certain groups—native Americans, Hispanics, and African-Americans—at particularly high risk of developing the disease.

Although the prevalence of diabetes in people older than 75 years is lower than among people in the 65-to-74-year range, the elderly segment of our population is increasing, and the impact of diabetes and its associated burden of death and disease from vascular complications is enormous.

SYMPTOMS ARE OFTEN NONSPECIFIC

Unfortunately, diabetes is underdiagnosed and frequently undertreated, resulting in even more disease and death.7–9

Diabetes is often missed in the elderly because its presenting symptoms may be nonspecific, eg, failure to thrive, low energy, falls, dizziness, confusion, nocturia (with or without incontinence), and urinary tract infection.The classic symptoms of frequent urination (often leading to worsening incontinence), thirst, and increased hunger usually occur only when plasma glucose levels are above 200 mg/dL. Weight loss, blurred vision, and dehydration may also be present with high blood glucose levels. With lesser degrees of hyperglycemia, patients may have no symptoms or present with weight loss or signs and symptoms of chronic infection, especially of the genitourinary tract, skin, or mouth.

Hyperglycemia in elderly patients is also associated with reduced cognitive function (which may improve with blood glucose control).10

The American Diabetes Association recommends screening by measuring the fasting plasma glucose level every 3 years beginning at 45 years.11 However, some experts believe that this method is inadequate for the elderly12; some suggest that screening should be done more often in those with risk factors for diabetes, including obesity, inactivity, hypertension, and dyslipidemia, all of which are common in the elderly. Targeted screening in patients with hypertension may be the most cost-effective strategy.13

Screening with hemoglobin A1c levels is not recommended because of lack of standardization among laboratories.14

 

 

INDIVIDUALIZED MANAGEMENT IS BEST

Despite disease differences, the general goals for diabetes care are the same for all ages:

  • To control hyperglycemia and its symptoms
  • To prevent, evaluate, and treat macrovascular and microvascular complications
  • To teach patients to manage themselves
  • To maintain or improve the patient’s general health status.

Unfortunately, most specific recommendations are based on studies in younger people. Guidelines should ideally reflect the complexities of a particular clinical situation, but most recommendations are applied to the young and old alike, as well as to the relatively healthy and the frail and ill.15–17 Consideration should be given to a patient’s health beliefs, severity of vascular complications and other medical problems, economic situation, life expectancy ,functional status, and availability of support services. In addition, some patients prefer aggressive treatment, while others would rather compromise some aspects of care in order to maintain a certain quality of life, to save money, or to avoid having caregivers provide treatment.

Age-related changes in pharmacokinetics as well as polypharmacy increase the risk of drug interactions and adverse effects, especially drug-induced hypoglycemia. In addition, age-associated changes in cognitive, visual, and physical function, dentition, and taste perception can reduce a patient’s ability to carry out treatment. Frequent hospitalizations also disrupt outpatient regimens.

Comorbidities make treatment more challenging, but some conditions—such as hypertension, renal insufficiency and eye disorders—make doctors more likely to control hyperglycemia more aggressively, fearing that the loss of a little more function in an impaired organ may lead to failure.

The benefits of tight glycemic control should be weighed against the risks and the realities of an individual situation. Priority should be given to achieving the best quality of life possible.17 Recent guidelines from the California Health Foundation and the American Geriatrics Association focused on the major health threats to older patients and prioritizing care for each person.15 The guidelines recommend screening for geriatric syndromes that are more prevalent inpatients with diabetes or are strongly affected by the disease or its treatment. Diabetes care should be examined in the setting of common geriatric problems: depression, polypharmacy, cognitive impairment, urinary incontinence, falls, and pain.

Heart risk trumps glycemic control

The expert panel15 concluded that rates of disease and death can be reduced more by targeting cardiovascular risk factors than by intensively managing hyperglycemia. One rationale is that it takes 8 years for aggressive glycemic control to reduce the risk of diabetic retinopathy or renal disease but only 2 years of treating hypertension and dyslipidemia to reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease.15,17–21 A recent Japanese study found normal mortality rates in elderly patients under long-term, intensive multifactorial diabetes control.22 High-functioning, motivated patients could benefit from therapy aimed at achieving most or all of the recommended goals, but frail patients may suffer from applying all therapies and may benefit from only some of them.

If appropriate goals cannot be met, it may help to refer patients to a geriatric specialist to evaluate possible barriers to adherence such as depression or poor cognition, physical functioning, or support.

MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

Weight loss and exercise help prevent diabetes

The Diabetes Prevention Program23 randomized 3,234 people (mean age 51 years) with impaired glucose tolerance to receive either metformin (Fortamet, Glucophage) 850 mg twice daily or placebo or to undertake lifestyle modifications with goals of at least a 7% weight loss and at least 150 minutes of physical activity per week. Compared with the placebo group, the lifestyle modification group had a 58% lower incidence of diabetes while those in the metformin group had only a 31% lower incidence. Among those older than 60 years, the advantage of lifestyle modification over metformin was even greater.

 

 

Control blood glucose, avoid hypoglycemia

The American Diabetes Association11 recommends the following goals, albeit with certain caveats about the need for individualization (Table 1):

  • Hemoglobin A1c levels < 7.0%
  • Preprandial blood glucose levels 90–130 mg/dL
  • Bedtime blood glucose levels 110–150 mg/dL.

Guidelines from the Department of Veterans Affairs24 and the American Geriatrics Society15 are slightly different, and are based on randomized trials in younger patients, primarily the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT)25 and the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study(UKPDS).21,26 A recent position statement from the American College of Physicians, based on a review of all the major guidelines, recommends the following: “Statement 1: To prevent microvascular complication of diabetes, the goal for glycemic control should be as low as is feasible without undue risk for adverse events or an unacceptable burden on patients. Treatment goals should be based on a discussion of the benefits and harms of specific levels of glycemic control with the patient. A hemoglobin A1c level less than 7% based on individualized assessment is a reasonable goal for many but not all patients. Statement 2: The goal for hemoglobin A1c should be based on individualized assessment of risk for complication from diabetes, comorbidity, life expectancy, and patient preferences.”27

Although few data exist for elderly patients, these guidelines are the most current approach to treating diabetes in the elderly. Less stringent goals are appropriate for patients who have limited life expectancy, hypoglycemia unawareness (lack of autonomic warning symptoms of low blood sugar), seizures, dementia, psychiatric illness, or alcoholism. It is important to keep in mind the following as one strives for lower A1c levels: Although the relative risk reduction accomplished by lowering hemoglobin A1c is linear, the absolute risk reduction is log-linear—more benefit is gained by lowering hemoglobin A1c from 9% to 8% than from 8% to 7%.28

Hypoglycemia is a major limiting factor in glycemic control. Many risk factors for hypoglycemia are common in the elderly (Table 2). Hypoglycemia was a chief adverse event in both the DCCT and the UKPDS, with a twofold to threefold higher rate in patients who were intensively treated.29 Even mild hypoglycemia in the elderly can result in an injurious fall, which can lead to long-term functional decline. The rate of severe or fatal hypoglycemia—the major risk of tight glycemic treatment—increases exponentially with age.30–33

As people age, the mechanisms that regulate blood sugar are impaired: the glucagon response is diminished, which increases dependence on the epinephrine response to prevent hypoglycemia.34 Medications such as beta-blockers, which can suppress the symptoms of hypoglycemia, may further impair the response. Consequently, older patients may be less aware of hypoglycemia, and the symptoms may be less intense. Renal insufficiency may also exacerbate the problem by reducing clearance of oral agents. In addition, confused patients may take extra doses of medications.

Patients with type 2 diabetes treated with insulin, sulfonylureas, or meglitinides should be evaluated for symptoms of hypoglycemia. Older patients may have more neuroglycopenic symptoms (eg, dizziness, weakness, confusion, nightmares, violent behavior) than adrenergic symptoms (eg, sweating, palpitations, tremors), although both types should be asked about during an evaluation.2,32,33 Hypoglycemia may also present as transient hemiparesis, coma, or falls.35

We carefully evaluate the glycemic regimen and care environment of any elderly patient who presents with a blood glucose level below 100 mg/dL. The regimen should be altered for less strict control if the patient is cognitively impaired, is at risk of falling, or has an unstable care situation (eg, has irregular meals or needs assistance with daily activities and does not have a regular caregiver). Patients at significant risk of hypoglycemia should be encouraged to check their blood glucose level with a fingerstick before driving.

Tight control in the hospital is controversial

Glycemic control in the hospital has traditionally been designed primarily to maintain “safe” blood glucose levels, ie, to prevent hyperglycemia-induced dehydration and catabolism while avoiding hypoglycemia. Recent studies have suggested that tighter glycemic control may reduce the rates of complications and death perioperatively and in patients with myocardial infarction or who are seriously ill in the intensive care unit, although the evidence is mixed.36–38 Specific targets are controversial, and although studies have included some elderly patients, results cannot be generalized to this group.

 

 

DIABETES CARE TAKES A TEAM

Geriatric patients have complex problems. In the face of multiple comorbidities, difficult social situations, and polypharmacy, the physician can best address the drug therapy and lifestyle changes that diabetes management requires by working with a certified diabetes educator, dietitian, social worker, and pharmacist.

Nonpharmacologic therapy

The first step in therapy for glycemic control is diet and exercise, although such measures are often limited in the elderly.

Diet. Carbohydrate control can maintain euglycemia in some patients with type 2 diabetes. But for the elderly, especially those living in long-term health care facilities, malnutrition may be of more concern than obesity, making dietary restrictions harmful. Patients in danger of malnutrition should be given unrestricted menus with consistent amounts of carbohydrate at meals and snacks. Medications should be adjusted to control blood glucose levels if necessary.39

For patients living in the community, dietary therapy should be individualized by a dietitian. Medicare covers up to 10 hours of diabetes education with a certified diabetes educator or registered dietitian within a 12-month period if at least one of the following criteria are met: the patient is newly diagnosed with diabetes, the hemoglobin A1c level is higher than 8.5%, medication has been recently started, or the risk of complications is high.

Supplementation of vitamins and minerals is prudent. Supplemental magnesium, zinc, and vitamins C and E may improve glycemic control.40–44

Exercise reduces insulin resistance, weight, and blood pressure; increases muscle mass; and improves lipid levels. Both aerobic and nonaerobic activity are beneficial.45–47 The best time to exercise is 1 to 2 hours after a meal, when glucose levels tend to be highest. Either hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia may occur up to 24 hours following exercise, and medications may need to be adjusted.

Oral medications

Drug therapy usually starts with a single medication, typically a sulfonylurea. The different classes of drugs have different mechanisms of action, so a second oral agent offers additional glycemic control (Table 3).48–50 Agents also differ in their plasma half-lives (Table 4). A recent systematic review found that compared with newer, more expensive agents (thiazolidinediones, alpha glucosidase inhibitors, and meglitinides), older agents (second-generation sulfonylureas and metformin) have similar or superior effects on glycemic control, lipids, and other intermediate end points.51

Regardless of the agent chosen initially or added later, for elderly patients we typically start with about half the recommended dosage.

Insulin

Insulin therapy is necessary if oral combination therapy proves insufficient. Insulin is generally required for patients with moderate or severe hyperglycemia, especially for those with renal or hepatic insufficiency.52,53 Before prescribing insulin therapy to elderly patients, we need to consider their visual acuity, manual dexterity and sensation, cognitive function, family support, and financial situation.However, several studies showed that quality of life improves in the year after starting insulin for patients whose blood sugar was previously poorly controlled with oral agents.54,55

An evening dose of neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH) insulin is a good way to start. More complex regimens may be necessary, depending on glycemic goals.

A number of premixed preparations of various types of insulin with different durations of action are available. They may improve accuracy, acceptability, and ease of insulin administration, although glycemic control and the risk of hypoglycemia may not change or in fact may be worse.56 Some patients may not achieve adequate glucose control with fixed-dose regimens.57,58

Frequent, small, titrated doses of short-acting agents control hyperglycemia better, particularly postprandial hyperglycemia,resulting in less hypoglycemia. However, these regimens may be too complex for many elderly patients; a patient’s support system must be evaluated before recommending this type of therapy.

Most insulins are available in vials and in pens, the latter of which are quick and easy to use, provide precise doses, and can be managed by many elderly patients. Pens require the user to attach a needle, set the dose by a dial, and depress the plunger to inject the dose. Some are prefilled and disposable, others have refillable cartridges. Studies in patients older than 60 years have shown the pen systems to be more acceptable, safer, and more effective than conventional syringes.

If conventional syringes are used, low-dose syringes (30-unit or 50-unit), which have more visible unit markings, should be prescribed whenever possible rather than the 100-unit sizes. Magnifying devices that attach to a syringe are also available.

Studies have also shown that continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion is safe for selected elderly patients.

Incretin mimetics: Possibly well-suited

Incretins, such as glucagon-like peptide-1, are hormones released from the gastrointestinal tract in response to eating. They stimulate insulin secretion by non-glucose-related pathways.

Exenatide (Byetta), a 39-amino-acid peptide incretin mimetic, is a synthetic version of exendin-4, an incretin isolated from the saliva of the Gila monster. Recently approved for treating type 2 diabetes, it is given subcutaneously.59,60 Oral dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors (sitagliptin and vildagliptin) decrease the degradation of endogenous incretin and thus prolong its action.61 Because a decline in glucose-mediated beta-cell insulin secretion is a major contributor to the development of diabetes in the elderly, the drug may be especially helpful for this population.However, further clinical research and experience is needed before specific recommendations for elderly patients can be made.

 

 

SELF-MANAGEMENT IS IMPORTANT

Patient education is critical

Patient education is a cornerstone of diabetes self-management,62–66 and is especially important for patients who are cognitively impaired or who have limited language proficiency.Patient education is covered under Medicare Part B. Ample resources are available in print and electronic formats. Community resources can also be important.

Home glucose monitoring is simpler now

A patient’s insulin regimen should ideally be tailored according to home blood glucose level monitoring before and after meals and at bedtime. Medicare reimburses for once daily testing for patients who are not taking insulin and for three-times-daily testing for those taking insulin.

Elderly patients can be taught to reliably monitor their own blood glucose levels without diminishing their quality of life. Monitoring is now easier with new glucometers and test strips that use small amounts of blood. Testing can now also be performed on blood taken from the forearm, upper arm, thigh, or calf with the FreeStyle (TheraSense), One Touch Ultra (LifeScan) and Soft Tac (MediSense) meters. The Soft Tac meter lances skin and automatically transfers blood to the test strip, making use even easier. Talking glucometers are available for blind patients.

Coordination counts

A variety of models of chronic care delivery have been proposed. Regardless of which model is chosen, the complexities of management call for a multidisciplinary team approach, and coordination of care in order to ensure appropriate information flow becomes critical.

Editor’s note: In next month’s issue of this journal, Drs. Hornick and Aron will discuss the management of diabetic complications in the elderly, including coronary artery disease, neuropathy, and kidney disease.

References
  1. Edelstein SL, Knowler WC, Bain RP, et al. Predictors of progression from impaired glucose tolerance to NIDDM: an analysis of six prospective studies. Diabetes 1997; 46:701–710.
  2. Meneilly GS, Tessier D. Diabetes in elderly adults. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2001; 56:M5–M13.
  3. Rodriguez A, Muller DC, Engelhardt M, Andres R. Contribution of impaired glucose tolerance in subjects with the metabolic syndrome: Baltimore Longitudinal Study of Aging. Metabolism Clin Exper 2005; 54:542–547.
  4. Crandall J, Barzilai N. Treatment of diabetes mellitus in older people: oral therapy options. J Am Geriatr Soc 2003; 51:272–274.
  5. Harris MI, Flegal KM, Cowie CC, et al. Prevalence of diabetes, impaired fasting glucose, and impaired glucose tolerance in U.S. adults. The Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988–1994. Diabetes Care 1998; 21:518–524.
  6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. Diabetes Public Health Resource. National Diabetes Surveillance System. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/prev/national/figbyage.htm.
  7. Franse LV, Di Bari M, Shorr RI, et al; Health, Aging, and Body Composition Study Group. Type 2 diabetes in older well-functioning people: who is underdiagnosed? Data from the Health, Aging, and Body Composition study. Diabetes Care 2001; 24:2065–2070. Erratum in: Diabetes Care 2002; 25:413.
  8. Shorr RI, Franse LV, Resnick HE, Di Bari M, Johnson KC, Pahor M. Glycemic control of older adults with type 2 diabetes: findings from the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988–1994. J Am Geriatr Soc 2000; 48:264–267.
  9. Smith NL, Savage PJ, Heckbert SR, et al. Glucose, blood pressure, and lipid control in older people with and without diabetes mellitus: the Cardiovascular Health Study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2002; 50:416–423.
  10. Meneilly GS, Cheung E, Tessier D, Yakura C, Tuokko H. The effect of improved glycemic control on cognitive functions in the elderly patient with diabetes. J Gerontol 1993; 48:M117–M121.
  11. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes.Diabetes Care 2005; 28:S4–S36.
  12. Motta M, Bennati E, Ferlito L, Malaguarnera M. Diabetes mellitus in the elderly: diagnostic features. Arch Gerontol Geriatr 2006; 42:101–106.
  13. Hoerger TJ, Harris R, Hicks KA, Donahue K, Sorensen S, Engelgau M. Screening for type 2 diabetes mellitus: a cost effective analysis. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:689–699.
  14. Harris RP, Lux LJ, Bunton AJ, et al. Screening for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Systematic Evidence Review Number 19. February 4, 2003.US Department of Health and Human Services, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Rockville, MD. www.ahrq.gov/downloads/pub/prevent/pdfser/diabser.pdf.
  15. Brown AF, Mangione CM, Saliba D, Sarkisian CA; California Healthcare Foundation/American Geriatrics Society Panel on Improving Care for Elders with Diabetes. Guidelines for improving the care of the older person with diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatr Soc 2003; 51:S265–S280.
  16. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guideline for the Management of Diabetes Mellitus in the Primary Care Setting 2003. www.oqp.med.va.gov/cpg/dm/DM3_cpg/content/introduction.htm.
  17. Durso SC. Using clinical guidelines designed for older adults with diabetes mellitus and complex health status. JAMA 2006; 295:1935–1940.
  18. Curb JD, Pressel SL, Cutler JA, et al. Effect of diuretic-based antihypertensive treatment on cardiovascular disease risk in older patients with isolated systolic hypertension. Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program Cooperative Research Group. JAMA 1996; 276:1886–1892. Erratum in: JAMA 1997; 277:1356.
  19. Goddijn PP, Bilo HJ, Feskens EJ, Groeniert KH, van der Zee KI, Meyboom-de Jong B. Longitudinal study on glycaemic control and quality of life in patients with Type 2 diabetes mellitus referred for intensified control. Diabet Med 1999; 16:23–30.
  20. Pyorala K, Pedersen TR, Kjekshus J, Faergeman O, Olsson AG, Thorgeirsson G. Cholesterol lowering with simvastatin improves prognosis of diabetic patients with coronary heart disease. A subgroup analysis of the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Diabetes Care 1997; 20:614–620. Erratum in: Diabetes Care 1997; 20:1048.
  21. UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853. Erratum in: Lancet 1999; 354:602.
  22. Katakura M, Naka M, Kondo T, et al, and the Nagano Elderly Diabetes Study Group. Normal mortality in the elderly with diabetes under strict glycemic and blood pressure control: outcome of 6-year prospective study. Diabetes Res Clin Practice 2007; 78:108–114.
  23. Knowler WC, Barrett-Connor E, Fowler SE, et al; Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:393–403.
  24. Pogach LM, Brietzke SA, Cowan CL Jr, Conlin P, Walder DJ, Sawin CT; VA/DoD Diabetes Guideline Development Group. Development of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines for diabetes: the Department of Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense guidelines initiative. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:B82–B89.
  25. The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research Group. The effect of intensive treatment of diabetes on the development and progression of long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:977–986.
  26. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. Tight blood pressure control and risk of macrovascular and microvascular complications in type 2 diabetes: UKPDS 38. BMJ 1998; 317:703–713. Erratum in: BMJ 1999; 318:29.
  27. Qaseem A, Vijan S, Snow V, Cross JT, Weiss KB, Owens DK for the Clinical Efficacy Assessment Subcommittee of the American College of Physicians. Glycemic control and type 2 diabetes mellitus: the optimal hemoglobin A1c targets. A guidance statement from the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:417–422.
  28. Pogach L, Engelgau M, Aron D. Measuring progress toward achieving hemoglobin A1c goals in diabetes care: pass/fail or partial credit. JAMA 2007; 297:520–523.
  29. Egger M, Davey Smith G, Stettler C, Diem P. Risk of adverse effects of intensified treatment in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: ameta-analysis. Diabet Med 1997; 14:919–928.
  30. Burge MR, Schmitz-Fiorentino K, Fischette C, Qualls CR, Schade DS. A prospective trial of risk factors for sulfonylurea-induced hypoglycemia in type 2 diabetes mellitus. JAMA 1998; 279:137–143.
  31. Ben-Ami H, Nagachandran P, Mendelson A, Edoute Y. Drug-induced hypoglycemic coma in 102 diabetic patients. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:281–284.
  32. Shorr RI, Ray WA, Daugherty JR, Griffin MR. Individual sulfonylureas and serious hypoglycemia in older people. J Am Geriatr Soc 1996; 44:751–755.
  33. Shorr RI, Ray WA, Daugherty JR, Griffin MR. Incidence and risk factors for serious hypoglycemia in older persons using insulin or sulfonylureas. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157:1681–1685.
  34. Burge MR, Kamin JR, Timm CT, Qualls CR, Schade DS. Low-dose epinephrine supports plasma glucose in fasted elderly patients with type 2 diabetes. Metabolism 2000; 49:195–202.
  35. Alagiakrishnan K, Lechelt K, McCracken P, Torrible S, Sclater A.Atypical presentation of silent nocturnal hypoglycemia in an olderperson. J Am Geriatr Soc 2001; 49:1577–1578.
  36. Malmberg K, Norhammar A, Wedel H, Ryden L. Glycometabolic state at admission: important risk marker of mortality in conventionally treated patients with diabetes mellitus and acute myocardial infarction: long-term results from the Diabetes and Insulin-Glucose Infusion in Acute Myocardial Infarction (DIGAMI) study. Circulation 1999; 99:2626–2632.
  37. van den Berghe G, Wouters P, Weekers F, et al. Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:1359–1367.
  38. Metchick LN, Petit WA Jr, Inzucchi SE. Inpatient management of diabetes mellitus. Am J Med 2002; 113:317–323.
  39. Coulston AM, Mandelbaum D, Reaven GM. Dietary management of nursing home residents with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Am J Clin Nutr 1990; 51:67–71.
  40. Song MK, Rosenthal MJ, Naliboff BD, Phanumas L, Kang KW. Effects of bovine prostate powder on zinc, glucose and insulin metabolism in old patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Metabolism 1998; 47:39–43.
  41. Paolisso G, D’Amore A, Galzerano D, et al. Daily vitamin E supplements improve metabolic control but not insulin secretion in elderly type II diabetic patients. Diabetes Care 1993; 16:1433–1437.
  42. Paolisso G, Scheen A, Cozzolino D, et al. Changes in glucose turnover parameters and improvement of glucose oxidation after 4-week magnesium administration in elderly noninsulin-dependent (type II) diabetic patients. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1994; 78:1510–1514.
  43. Paolisso G, Passariello N, Pizza G, et al. Dietary magnesium supplements improve B-cell response to glucose and arginine in elderly non-insulin dependent diabetic subjects. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1989; 121:16–20.
  44. Paolisso G, D’Amore A, Balbi V, et al. Plasma vitamin C affects glucose homeostasis in healthy subjects and in non-insulin-dependent diabetics. Am J Physiol 1994; 266:E261–E268. Erratum in: Am J Physiol 1994; 267:section E following table of contents.
  45. Agurs-Collins TD, Kumanyika SK, Ten Have TR, Adams-Campbell LL. A randomized controlled trail of weight reduction and exercise for diabetes management in older African-American subjects. Diabetes Care 1997; 200:1503–1511.
  46. Skarfors ET, Wegener TA, Lithell H, Selinus I. Physical training as treatment for type 2 (non-insulin-dependent) diabetes in elderly men. A feasibility study over 2 years. Diabetologia 1987; 30:930–933.
  47. Raz I, Hauser E, Bursztyn M. Moderate exercise improves glucose metabolism in uncontrolled elderly patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Isr J Med Sci 1994; 30:766–770.
  48. Brodows RG. Benefits and risks with glyburide and glipizide in elderly NIDDM patients. Diabetes Care 1992; 15:75–80.
  49. Landgraf R. Meglitinide analogues in the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Drugs Aging 2000; 17:411–425.
  50. Ron Y, Wainstein J, Leibovitz A, et al. The effect of acarbose on the colonic transit time of elderly long-term care patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2002; 57:M111–M114.
  51. Bolen S, Feldman L, Vassy J, et al. Systematic review: comparative effectiveness and safety of oral medications for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:386–399.
  52. Rosenstock J. Management of type 2 diabetes mellitus in the elderly: special considerations. Drugs Aging 2001; 18:31–44.
  53. Gerstein HC, Haynes RB, eds. Evidence-Based Diabetes Management. Hamilton, Ont.; London: B.C. Dekker; 2001.
  54. Tovi J, Engfeldt P. Well being and symptoms in elderly type 2 diabetes patients with poor metabolic control: effect of insulin treatment. Practical Diabetes Int 1998; 15:73–77.
  55. Reza M, Taylor CD, Towse K, Ward JD, Hendra TJ. Insulin improves well-being for selected elderly type 2 diabetic subjects. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2002; 55:201–207.
  56. Janka HU, Plewe G, Busch K. Combination of oral antidiabetic agents with basal insulin versus premixed insulin alone in randomized elderly patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatrics Soc 2007; 55:182–188.
  57. Coscelli C, Calabrese G, Fedele D, et al. Use of premixed insulin among the elderly. Reduction of errors in patient preparation of mixtures. Diabetes Care 1992; 15:1628–1630.
  58. Rolla AR, Rakel RE. Practical approaches to insulin therapy for type 2 diabetes mellitus with premixed insulin analogues. Clin Ther 2005; 27:1113–1125.
  59. DeFronzo RA, Ratner RE, Han J, Kim DD, Fineman MS, Baron AD. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control and weight over 30 weeks in metformin-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1092–1100.
  60. Kendall DM, Riddle MC, Rosenstock J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes treated with metformin and a sulfonylurea. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1083–1091.
  61. Mathieu C, Bollaerts K. Antihyperglycaemic therapy in elderly patients with type 2 diabetes: potential role of incretin mimetics and DPP-4 inhibitors. Int J Clin Pract 2007; 61(suppl 154):29–37.
  62. Bernbaum M, Albert SG, McGinnis J, Brusca S, Mooradian AD. The reliability of self blood glucose monitoring in elderly diabetic patients. J Am Geriatr Soc 1994; 42:779–781.
  63. Gilden JL, Hendryx M, Casia C, Singh SP. The effectiveness of diabetes education programs for older patients and their spouses. J Am Geriatr Soc 1989; 37:1023–1030.
  64. Glasgow RE, Toobert DJ, Hampson SE, Brown JE, Lewinsohn PM, Donnelly J. Improving self-care among older patients with type II diabetes: the ‘Sixty Something…’ Study. Patient Educ Couns 1992; 19:61–74.
  65. Huang ES, Gorawara-Bhat R, Chin MH. Self-reported goals of older patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005; 53:306–311.
  66. Langa KM, Vijan S, Hayward RA, et al. Informal caregiving for diabetes and diabetic complications among elderly Americans. J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci 2002; 57:S177–S186.
References
  1. Edelstein SL, Knowler WC, Bain RP, et al. Predictors of progression from impaired glucose tolerance to NIDDM: an analysis of six prospective studies. Diabetes 1997; 46:701–710.
  2. Meneilly GS, Tessier D. Diabetes in elderly adults. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2001; 56:M5–M13.
  3. Rodriguez A, Muller DC, Engelhardt M, Andres R. Contribution of impaired glucose tolerance in subjects with the metabolic syndrome: Baltimore Longitudinal Study of Aging. Metabolism Clin Exper 2005; 54:542–547.
  4. Crandall J, Barzilai N. Treatment of diabetes mellitus in older people: oral therapy options. J Am Geriatr Soc 2003; 51:272–274.
  5. Harris MI, Flegal KM, Cowie CC, et al. Prevalence of diabetes, impaired fasting glucose, and impaired glucose tolerance in U.S. adults. The Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988–1994. Diabetes Care 1998; 21:518–524.
  6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. Diabetes Public Health Resource. National Diabetes Surveillance System. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/prev/national/figbyage.htm.
  7. Franse LV, Di Bari M, Shorr RI, et al; Health, Aging, and Body Composition Study Group. Type 2 diabetes in older well-functioning people: who is underdiagnosed? Data from the Health, Aging, and Body Composition study. Diabetes Care 2001; 24:2065–2070. Erratum in: Diabetes Care 2002; 25:413.
  8. Shorr RI, Franse LV, Resnick HE, Di Bari M, Johnson KC, Pahor M. Glycemic control of older adults with type 2 diabetes: findings from the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988–1994. J Am Geriatr Soc 2000; 48:264–267.
  9. Smith NL, Savage PJ, Heckbert SR, et al. Glucose, blood pressure, and lipid control in older people with and without diabetes mellitus: the Cardiovascular Health Study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2002; 50:416–423.
  10. Meneilly GS, Cheung E, Tessier D, Yakura C, Tuokko H. The effect of improved glycemic control on cognitive functions in the elderly patient with diabetes. J Gerontol 1993; 48:M117–M121.
  11. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes.Diabetes Care 2005; 28:S4–S36.
  12. Motta M, Bennati E, Ferlito L, Malaguarnera M. Diabetes mellitus in the elderly: diagnostic features. Arch Gerontol Geriatr 2006; 42:101–106.
  13. Hoerger TJ, Harris R, Hicks KA, Donahue K, Sorensen S, Engelgau M. Screening for type 2 diabetes mellitus: a cost effective analysis. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:689–699.
  14. Harris RP, Lux LJ, Bunton AJ, et al. Screening for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Systematic Evidence Review Number 19. February 4, 2003.US Department of Health and Human Services, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Rockville, MD. www.ahrq.gov/downloads/pub/prevent/pdfser/diabser.pdf.
  15. Brown AF, Mangione CM, Saliba D, Sarkisian CA; California Healthcare Foundation/American Geriatrics Society Panel on Improving Care for Elders with Diabetes. Guidelines for improving the care of the older person with diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatr Soc 2003; 51:S265–S280.
  16. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guideline for the Management of Diabetes Mellitus in the Primary Care Setting 2003. www.oqp.med.va.gov/cpg/dm/DM3_cpg/content/introduction.htm.
  17. Durso SC. Using clinical guidelines designed for older adults with diabetes mellitus and complex health status. JAMA 2006; 295:1935–1940.
  18. Curb JD, Pressel SL, Cutler JA, et al. Effect of diuretic-based antihypertensive treatment on cardiovascular disease risk in older patients with isolated systolic hypertension. Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program Cooperative Research Group. JAMA 1996; 276:1886–1892. Erratum in: JAMA 1997; 277:1356.
  19. Goddijn PP, Bilo HJ, Feskens EJ, Groeniert KH, van der Zee KI, Meyboom-de Jong B. Longitudinal study on glycaemic control and quality of life in patients with Type 2 diabetes mellitus referred for intensified control. Diabet Med 1999; 16:23–30.
  20. Pyorala K, Pedersen TR, Kjekshus J, Faergeman O, Olsson AG, Thorgeirsson G. Cholesterol lowering with simvastatin improves prognosis of diabetic patients with coronary heart disease. A subgroup analysis of the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Diabetes Care 1997; 20:614–620. Erratum in: Diabetes Care 1997; 20:1048.
  21. UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853. Erratum in: Lancet 1999; 354:602.
  22. Katakura M, Naka M, Kondo T, et al, and the Nagano Elderly Diabetes Study Group. Normal mortality in the elderly with diabetes under strict glycemic and blood pressure control: outcome of 6-year prospective study. Diabetes Res Clin Practice 2007; 78:108–114.
  23. Knowler WC, Barrett-Connor E, Fowler SE, et al; Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:393–403.
  24. Pogach LM, Brietzke SA, Cowan CL Jr, Conlin P, Walder DJ, Sawin CT; VA/DoD Diabetes Guideline Development Group. Development of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines for diabetes: the Department of Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense guidelines initiative. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:B82–B89.
  25. The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research Group. The effect of intensive treatment of diabetes on the development and progression of long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:977–986.
  26. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. Tight blood pressure control and risk of macrovascular and microvascular complications in type 2 diabetes: UKPDS 38. BMJ 1998; 317:703–713. Erratum in: BMJ 1999; 318:29.
  27. Qaseem A, Vijan S, Snow V, Cross JT, Weiss KB, Owens DK for the Clinical Efficacy Assessment Subcommittee of the American College of Physicians. Glycemic control and type 2 diabetes mellitus: the optimal hemoglobin A1c targets. A guidance statement from the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:417–422.
  28. Pogach L, Engelgau M, Aron D. Measuring progress toward achieving hemoglobin A1c goals in diabetes care: pass/fail or partial credit. JAMA 2007; 297:520–523.
  29. Egger M, Davey Smith G, Stettler C, Diem P. Risk of adverse effects of intensified treatment in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: ameta-analysis. Diabet Med 1997; 14:919–928.
  30. Burge MR, Schmitz-Fiorentino K, Fischette C, Qualls CR, Schade DS. A prospective trial of risk factors for sulfonylurea-induced hypoglycemia in type 2 diabetes mellitus. JAMA 1998; 279:137–143.
  31. Ben-Ami H, Nagachandran P, Mendelson A, Edoute Y. Drug-induced hypoglycemic coma in 102 diabetic patients. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:281–284.
  32. Shorr RI, Ray WA, Daugherty JR, Griffin MR. Individual sulfonylureas and serious hypoglycemia in older people. J Am Geriatr Soc 1996; 44:751–755.
  33. Shorr RI, Ray WA, Daugherty JR, Griffin MR. Incidence and risk factors for serious hypoglycemia in older persons using insulin or sulfonylureas. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157:1681–1685.
  34. Burge MR, Kamin JR, Timm CT, Qualls CR, Schade DS. Low-dose epinephrine supports plasma glucose in fasted elderly patients with type 2 diabetes. Metabolism 2000; 49:195–202.
  35. Alagiakrishnan K, Lechelt K, McCracken P, Torrible S, Sclater A.Atypical presentation of silent nocturnal hypoglycemia in an olderperson. J Am Geriatr Soc 2001; 49:1577–1578.
  36. Malmberg K, Norhammar A, Wedel H, Ryden L. Glycometabolic state at admission: important risk marker of mortality in conventionally treated patients with diabetes mellitus and acute myocardial infarction: long-term results from the Diabetes and Insulin-Glucose Infusion in Acute Myocardial Infarction (DIGAMI) study. Circulation 1999; 99:2626–2632.
  37. van den Berghe G, Wouters P, Weekers F, et al. Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:1359–1367.
  38. Metchick LN, Petit WA Jr, Inzucchi SE. Inpatient management of diabetes mellitus. Am J Med 2002; 113:317–323.
  39. Coulston AM, Mandelbaum D, Reaven GM. Dietary management of nursing home residents with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Am J Clin Nutr 1990; 51:67–71.
  40. Song MK, Rosenthal MJ, Naliboff BD, Phanumas L, Kang KW. Effects of bovine prostate powder on zinc, glucose and insulin metabolism in old patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Metabolism 1998; 47:39–43.
  41. Paolisso G, D’Amore A, Galzerano D, et al. Daily vitamin E supplements improve metabolic control but not insulin secretion in elderly type II diabetic patients. Diabetes Care 1993; 16:1433–1437.
  42. Paolisso G, Scheen A, Cozzolino D, et al. Changes in glucose turnover parameters and improvement of glucose oxidation after 4-week magnesium administration in elderly noninsulin-dependent (type II) diabetic patients. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1994; 78:1510–1514.
  43. Paolisso G, Passariello N, Pizza G, et al. Dietary magnesium supplements improve B-cell response to glucose and arginine in elderly non-insulin dependent diabetic subjects. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1989; 121:16–20.
  44. Paolisso G, D’Amore A, Balbi V, et al. Plasma vitamin C affects glucose homeostasis in healthy subjects and in non-insulin-dependent diabetics. Am J Physiol 1994; 266:E261–E268. Erratum in: Am J Physiol 1994; 267:section E following table of contents.
  45. Agurs-Collins TD, Kumanyika SK, Ten Have TR, Adams-Campbell LL. A randomized controlled trail of weight reduction and exercise for diabetes management in older African-American subjects. Diabetes Care 1997; 200:1503–1511.
  46. Skarfors ET, Wegener TA, Lithell H, Selinus I. Physical training as treatment for type 2 (non-insulin-dependent) diabetes in elderly men. A feasibility study over 2 years. Diabetologia 1987; 30:930–933.
  47. Raz I, Hauser E, Bursztyn M. Moderate exercise improves glucose metabolism in uncontrolled elderly patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Isr J Med Sci 1994; 30:766–770.
  48. Brodows RG. Benefits and risks with glyburide and glipizide in elderly NIDDM patients. Diabetes Care 1992; 15:75–80.
  49. Landgraf R. Meglitinide analogues in the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Drugs Aging 2000; 17:411–425.
  50. Ron Y, Wainstein J, Leibovitz A, et al. The effect of acarbose on the colonic transit time of elderly long-term care patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2002; 57:M111–M114.
  51. Bolen S, Feldman L, Vassy J, et al. Systematic review: comparative effectiveness and safety of oral medications for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:386–399.
  52. Rosenstock J. Management of type 2 diabetes mellitus in the elderly: special considerations. Drugs Aging 2001; 18:31–44.
  53. Gerstein HC, Haynes RB, eds. Evidence-Based Diabetes Management. Hamilton, Ont.; London: B.C. Dekker; 2001.
  54. Tovi J, Engfeldt P. Well being and symptoms in elderly type 2 diabetes patients with poor metabolic control: effect of insulin treatment. Practical Diabetes Int 1998; 15:73–77.
  55. Reza M, Taylor CD, Towse K, Ward JD, Hendra TJ. Insulin improves well-being for selected elderly type 2 diabetic subjects. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2002; 55:201–207.
  56. Janka HU, Plewe G, Busch K. Combination of oral antidiabetic agents with basal insulin versus premixed insulin alone in randomized elderly patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatrics Soc 2007; 55:182–188.
  57. Coscelli C, Calabrese G, Fedele D, et al. Use of premixed insulin among the elderly. Reduction of errors in patient preparation of mixtures. Diabetes Care 1992; 15:1628–1630.
  58. Rolla AR, Rakel RE. Practical approaches to insulin therapy for type 2 diabetes mellitus with premixed insulin analogues. Clin Ther 2005; 27:1113–1125.
  59. DeFronzo RA, Ratner RE, Han J, Kim DD, Fineman MS, Baron AD. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control and weight over 30 weeks in metformin-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1092–1100.
  60. Kendall DM, Riddle MC, Rosenstock J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes treated with metformin and a sulfonylurea. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1083–1091.
  61. Mathieu C, Bollaerts K. Antihyperglycaemic therapy in elderly patients with type 2 diabetes: potential role of incretin mimetics and DPP-4 inhibitors. Int J Clin Pract 2007; 61(suppl 154):29–37.
  62. Bernbaum M, Albert SG, McGinnis J, Brusca S, Mooradian AD. The reliability of self blood glucose monitoring in elderly diabetic patients. J Am Geriatr Soc 1994; 42:779–781.
  63. Gilden JL, Hendryx M, Casia C, Singh SP. The effectiveness of diabetes education programs for older patients and their spouses. J Am Geriatr Soc 1989; 37:1023–1030.
  64. Glasgow RE, Toobert DJ, Hampson SE, Brown JE, Lewinsohn PM, Donnelly J. Improving self-care among older patients with type II diabetes: the ‘Sixty Something…’ Study. Patient Educ Couns 1992; 19:61–74.
  65. Huang ES, Gorawara-Bhat R, Chin MH. Self-reported goals of older patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005; 53:306–311.
  66. Langa KM, Vijan S, Hayward RA, et al. Informal caregiving for diabetes and diabetic complications among elderly Americans. J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci 2002; 57:S177–S186.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Page Number
70-78
Page Number
70-78
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Managing diabetes in the elderly: Go easy, individualize
Display Headline
Managing diabetes in the elderly: Go easy, individualize
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The diagnosis of diabetes in the elderly is often missed because its symptoms, such as dizziness, confusion, and nocturia, are often common and nonspecific.
  • Elderly people at risk of malnutrition should have unrestricted meals and snacks; medications should be adjusted as necessary to control blood glucose levels.
  • Tight control of blood glucose reduces the risk of death and diabetes-related complications but poses the risk of hypoglycemia.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

The STAR*D study: Treating depression in the real world

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 13:33
Display Headline
The STAR*D study: Treating depression in the real world

Depression can be treated successfully by primary care physicians under “real-world” conditions.

Furthermore, the particular drug or drugs used are not as important as following a rational plan: giving antidepressant medications in adequate doses, monitoring the patient’s symptoms and side effects and adjusting the regimen accordingly, and switching drugs or adding new drugs to the regimen only after an adequate trial.

These are among the lessons learned from the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study, the largest prospective clinical trial of treatment of major depressive disorder ever conducted. It was funded by the National Institutes of Health and directed by A. John Rush, MD.

WHAT WERE THE AIMS OF STAR*D?

Depression, a common and debilitating condition, affects approximately one in eight people in the United States.1 It is expected2 to be the second-leading cause of disability in the world by the year 2020; today, it is the second-leading cause of disability-adjusted life years in those 15 to 44 years old.3

Nevertheless, the available evidence base for treatment is limited, since most participants in clinical trials are recruited by advertisement rather than from representative practices, and they are often selected to have few comorbid disorders, either medical or psychiatric. In addition, those with chronic depression or current suicidal ideation are excluded.1,4 These uncomplicated and “pristine” participants are unlike typical patients seen by primary care physicians or psychiatrists.

Similarly, the protocols used in these trials do not represent usual clinic practice.Patients in clinical trials undergo more assessment and more frequent follow-up than in real-world practice, they have no say in treatment decisions, the doses are fixed, and the patients and physicians are blinded to the intervention. Consequently, how to translate the results of these efficacy trials into practice is unclear.5

Further, even in relatively uncomplicated cases, only about one-half of outpatients with nonpsychotic major depressive disorder initially treated with a single medication or with psychotherapy will experience a clinically significant improvement in symptoms (ie, a response) during the 8 to 12 weeks of acute-phase treatment,6–10 and only 20% to 35% of patients will reach remission,9 the aim of treatment.8,11 The remission rates are even lower in treatment-resistant depression.12 How to manage most patients—those whose depression does not remit with the first, second, or third step of treatment—is unclear.

Accordingly, the overall objective of STAR*D was to develop and evaluate feasible treatment strategies to improve clinical outcomes for real-world patients with treatment-resistant depression, who were identified prospectively from a pool of patients in a current major depressive episode.13–15 Specifically, STAR*D aimed to determine prospectively which of several treatments is the most effective “next step” for patients who do not reach remission with an initial or subsequent treatment or who cannot tolerate the treatment.

WHY IS STAR*D RELEVANT FOR PRIMARY CARE?

Nearly 10% of all primary care office visits are depression-related.16 Primary care physicians provide nearly half the outpatient care for depressed patients.17 Indeed, primary care physicians log approximately as many outpatient visits for depression as psychiatrists do.18 Medical comorbidity is especially common in primary care settings.19 When to refer to a psychiatrist is not clear.

KEY FEATURES OF THE STUDY DESIGN

STAR*D involved a national consortium of 14 university-based regional centers, which oversaw a total of 23 participating psychiatric and 18 primary care clinics. Enrollment began in 2000, with follow-up completed in 2004.

Entry criteria were broad and inclusive

Patients had to:

  • Be between 18 and 75 years of age
  • Have a nonpsychotic major depressive disorder, identified by a clinician and confirmed with a symptom checklist based on the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, fourth edition revised,20 and for which antidepressant treatment is recommended
  • Score at least 14 on the 17-item Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAMD17)21
  • Not have a primary diagnosis of bipolar disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, or an eating disorder, which would require a different treatment strategy, or a seizure disorder (which would preclude bupropion as a second-step treatment).

Dosing recommendations were flexible but vigorous

Medications often were increased to maximally tolerated doses. For example, citalopram (Celexa) was started at 20 mg/day and increased by 20 mg every 2 to 4 weeks if the patient was tolerating it but had not achieved remission, to a maximum dose of 60 mg/day. Treatment could be given for up to 14 weeks, during which side effects22 and clinical ratings23 were assessed by both patients and study coordinators.

 

 

Measurement-based care

We used a systematic approach to treatment called “measurement-based care,”24 which involves routinely measuring symptoms23 and side effects22 and using this information to modify the medication doses at critical decision points. This algorithmic approach provided flexible treatment recommendations to ensure that the dosage and duration of antidepressant drug treatment were adequate.25

The severity of depression was assessed by the clinician-rated, 16-item Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS-C16). The QIDS-SR16 (the self-report version) can substitute for the QIDS-C1623 to make this approach more feasible. Both tools are available at www.ids-qids.org.

This approach was easily worked into busy primary care and specialty care office workflows (clinic physicians, most with limited research experience, provided the treatment), and could be translated into primary care practice in the community as well.

Four-step protocol

Figure 1.
The protocol had four treatment levels, each lasting up to 14 weeks (Figure 1). All patients started at level 1; if they had not entered remission by 14 weeks, they moved up to the next level; if they had achieved remission, they stayed at the same level and were followed for up to 1 year.

A unique feature of the study design was that the patients, in consultation with their physicians, had some choice in the treatments they received. In this “equipoise-stratified randomized design,”26 at levels 2 and 3 the patient could choose either to switch therapies (stop the current drug and be randomized to receive one of several different treatments) or to augment their current therapy (by adding one of several treatments in a randomized fashion). Patients could decline certain strategies as long as there were at least two possible options to which one might be randomized.

At level 2, one of the options for both switching and augmentation was cognitive therapy, although patients could decline that option. Conversely, if they definitely wanted cognitive therapy, they could choose to be randomized to either cognitive therapy alone or to cognitive therapy added to citalopram. Also, anyone who received cognitive therapy in level 2 and failed to enter remission was additionally randomized to either bupropion or venlafaxine (level 2a) to ensure that all patients had failed trials on two medications before entering level 3.

When switching to medications other than a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI), the clinician could choose either to stop the current medication and immediately begin the next one, or to decrease the current medication while starting the new one at a low dose and then tapering and titrating over 1 week. (Switching to an MAOI, used only in the final level of treatment, required a 7- to 10-day washout period.)

Outcomes measured

Remission (complete recovery from the depressive episode), the primary study outcome, was defined as a HAM-D17 score of 7 or less, as assessed by treatment-blinded raters.A secondary remission outcome was a QIDS-SR16 score of 5 or less. Of note, the HAM-D17 remission rates were slightly lower than the rates based on the QIDS-SR16, since patients who did not have a HAM-D17 score measured at exit were defined as not being in remission a priori. Thus, the QIDS-SR16 rates might have been a slightly better reflection of actual remission rates.

Response, a secondary outcome, was defined as a reduction of at least 50% in the QIDS-SR16 score from baseline at the last assessment.

FEW DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PSYCHIATRIC, PRIMARY CARE PATIENTS

The patients seen in primary care clinics were surprisingly similar to those seen in psychiatric clinics.27,28 The two groups did not differ in severity of depression, distribution of severity scores, the likelihood of presenting with any of the nine core criteria of a major depressive episode, or the likelihood of having a concomitant axis I psychiatric disorder in addition to depression (about half of participants in each setting had an anxiety disorder).

Recurrent major depressive disorders were common in both groups, though more so in psychiatric patients (78% vs 69%, P < .001), while chronic depression was more common in primary care than in psychiatric patients (30% vs 21%, P < .001). Having either a chronic index episode (ie, lasting > 2 years) or a recurrent major depressive disorder was common in both groups (86% vs 83%, P = .0067).

That said, primary care patients were older (44 years vs 39 years, P < .001), more of them were Hispanic (18% vs 9%, P < .001), and more of them had public insurance (23% vs 9%, P < .001). Fewer of the primary care patients had completed college (20% vs 28%, P < .001), and the primary care patients tended to have greater medical comorbidity. Psychiatric patients were more likely to have attempted suicide in the past and to have had their first depressive illness before age 18.

 

 

LEVEL 1: WHAT CAN WE EXPECT FROM INITIAL TREATMENT?

At level 1, all the patients received citalopram. The mean dose was 40.6 ± 16.6 mg/day in the primary care clinics and 42.5 ± 16.8 mg/day in the psychiatric clinics, which are adequate, middle-range doses and higher than the average US dose.29

Approximately 30% of patients achieved remission: 27% as measured on the HAM-D17 and 33% on the QIDS-SR16. The response rate (on the QIDS-SR16) was 47%. There were no differences between primary and psychiatric care settings in remission or response rates.

Patients were more likely to achieve remission if they were white, female, employed, more educated, or wealthier. Longer current episodes, more concurrent psychiatric disorders (especially anxiety disorders or drug abuse), more general medical disorders, and lower baseline function and quality of life were each associated with lower remission rates.

What is an adequate trial?

Longer times than expected were needed to reach response or remission. The average duration required to achieve remission was almost 7 weeks (44 days in primary care; 49 days in psychiatric care). Further, approximately one-third of those who ultimately responded and half of those who entered remission did so after 6 weeks.30 Forty percent of those who entered remission required 8 or more weeks to do so.

These results suggest that longer treatment durations and more vigorous medication dosing than generally used are needed to achieve optimal remission rates. It is imprudent to stop a treatment that the patient is tolerating in a robust dose if the patient reports only partial benefit by 6 weeks; indeed, raising the dose, if tolerated, may help a substantial number of patients respond by 12 or 14 weeks. Instruments to monitor depression severity (eg, self-report measures) can be useful. At least 8 weeks with at least moderately vigorous dosing is recommended.

LEVEL 2: IF THE FIRST TREATMENT FAILS

When switching to a new drug, does it matter which one?

No.

In level 2, if patients had not achieved remission on citalopram alone, they had the choice of switching: stopping citalopram and being randomized to receive either sertraline (Zoloft, another SSRI), venlafaxine extended-release (XR) (Effexor XR, a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor), or bupropion sustained-release (SR) (Wellbutrin SR, a norepinephrine and dopamine reuptake inhibitor). At the last visit the mean daily doses were bupropion SR 282.7 mg/day, sertraline 135.5 mg/day, and venlafaxine-XR 193.6 mg/day.

The remission rate was approximately one-fourth with all three drugs31:

  • With bupropion SR—21.3% by HAM-D17, 25.5% by QIDS-SR16
  • With sertraline—17.6% by HAM-D17, 26.6% by QIDS-SR16
  • With venlafaxine-XR—24.8% by HAM-D17, 25.0% by QIDS-SR16. The remission rates were neither statistically nor clinically different by either measure.

Though the types of side effects related to specific medications may have varied, the overall side-effect burden and the rate of serious adverse events did not differ significantly.

When adding a new drug, does it matter which one?

Again, no.

Instead of switching, patients in level 2 could choose to stay on citalopram and be randomized to add either bupropion SR or buspirone (BuSpar) to the regimen (augmentation). The mean daily doses at the end of level 2 were bupropion SR 267.5 mg and buspirone 40.9 mg.

Rates of remission32:

  • With bupropion SR—29.7% on the HAMD-D17, 39.0% on the QIDS-SR16
  • With buspirone—30.1% on the HAM-D17, 32.9% on the QIDS-SR16.

However, the QIDS-SR16 scores declined significantly more with bupropion SR than with buspirone (25.3% vs 17.1%, P < .04). The mean total QIDS-SR16 score at the last visit was lower with bupropion SR (8.0) than with buspirone (9.1, P < .02), and augmentation with bupropion SR was better tolerated (the dropout rate due to intolerance was 12.5% with bupropion-SR vs 20.6% with buspirone 20.6%; P < .009).

Can we directly compare the benefits of switching vs augmenting?

No.

Patients could choose whether to switch from citalopram to another drug or to add another drug at the second treatment level.33 Consequently, we could not ensure that the patient groups were equivalent at the point of randomization at the beginning of level 2, and, indeed, they were not.

Those who benefitted more from citalopram treatment and who better tolerated it preferred augmentation, while those who benefitted little or who could not tolerate it preferred to switch. Consequently, those in the augmentation group at level 2 were somewhat less depressed than those who switched. Whether augmentation is better even if the initial treatment is minimally effective could not be evaluated in STAR*D.

What about cognitive therapy?

There was no difference between cognitive therapy (either as a switch or as augmentation) and medication (as a switch or as augmentation).34 Adding another drug was more rapidly effective than adding cognitive therapy. Switching to cognitive therapy was better tolerated than switching to a different antidepressant.

Of note, fewer patients accepted cognitive therapy as a randomization option than we expected, so the sample sizes were small. Possible reasons were that all patients had to receive a medication at study entry (which may have biased selection towards those preferring medication), and cognitive therapy entailed additional copayments and visiting still another provider at another site.

After two levels of treatment, how many patients reach remission?

About 30% of patients in level 1 achieved remission, and of those progressing to level 2, another 30% achieved remission. Together, this adds up to about 50% of patients achieving remission if they remained in treatment (30% in level 1 plus 30% of the roughly 70% remaining in level 2).

 

 

IF A SECOND TREATMENT FAILS

If switching again to another drug, does it matter which one?

No.

In level 3, patients could choose to stop the drug they had been taking and be randomized to receive either mirtazapine (Remeron) or nortriptyline (Pamelor).

Switching medications was not as effective as a third step as it was as a second step.35

Remission rates:

  • With mirtazapine—12.3% on the HAM-D17, 8.0% on the QIDS-SR16
  • With nortriptyline—19.8% on the HAM-D17, 12.4% on the QIDS-SR16.

Response rates were 13.4% with mirtazapine and 16.5% with nortriptyline. Statistically, neither the response nor the remission rates differed by treatment, nor did these two treatments differ in tolerability or side-effect burden.

Does choice of augmentation agent matter: Lithium vs T3?

Similarly, after two failed medication treatments, medication augmentation was less effective than it was at the second step.36 The  two augmentation options tested, lithium and T3 thyroid hormone (Cytomel), are commonly considered by psychiatrists but less commonly used by primary care doctors.

Lithium is believed to increase serotonergic function, which may have a synergistic effect on the mechanism of action of antidepressants; a meta-analysis of placebo-controlled studies supports lithium’s effectiveness as adjunctive treatment.37 Its side effects, however, must be closely monitored.38 The primary monitoring concern is the small difference between the therapeutic blood level (0.6–1.2 mEq/L) and potentially toxic blood levels (> 1.5 mEq/L).

Lithium was started at 450 mg/day, and at week 2 it was increased to the recommended dose of 900 mg/day (a dose below the target dose for bipolar disorder). If patients could not tolerate 450 mg/day, the initial dose was 225 mg/day for 1 week before being increased to 450 mg/day, still with the target dose of 900 mg/day. The mean exit dose was 859.9 mg/day, and the median blood level was 0.6 mEq/L.

Thyroid hormone augmentation using T3 is believed to work through both direct and indirect effects on the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis, which has a strong relationship with depression. The efficacy of T3 augmentation is supported by a meta-analysis of eight studies,39 and T3 is effective whether or not thyroid abnormalities are present.

In STAR*D, T3 was started at 25 μg/day for 1 week, than increased to the recommended dose of 50 μg/day. The mean exit dose was 45.2 μg/day.

Remission rates:

  • With lithium augmentation—15.9% by the HAM-D17, 13.2% by the QIDS-SR16
  • With T3 augmentation—24.7% by both measures.

Response rates were 16.2% with lithium augmentation and 23.3% with T3 augmentation.

While neither response nor remission rates were statistically significantly different by treatment, lithium was more frequently associated with side effects (P = .045), and more participants in the lithium group left treatment because of side effects (23.2% vs 9.6%; P = .027). These results suggest that in cases in which a clinician is considering an augmentation trial, T3 has slight advantages over lithium in effectiveness and tolerability. T3 also offers the advantages of being easy to use and not necessitating blood level monitoring. These latter benefits are especially relevant to the primary care physician. However, T3’s potential for long-term side effects (eg, osteoporosis, cardiovascular effects) were not examined, and it is not clear when to discontinue it.

LEVEL 4: AFTER THREE FAILURES, HOW SHOULD A CLINICIAN PROCEED?

Switch to mirtazapine plus venlafaxine XR or tranylcypromine?

Patients who reached level 4 were considered to have a highly treatment-resistant depressive illness, so treatments at this level were, by design, more aggressive. Accordingly, at level 4 we investigated treatments that might be considered more demanding than those a primary care physician would use. Approximately 40% of patients in each treatment group were from primary care settings.

Remission rates40:

  • With the combination of mirtazapine (mean dose 35.7 mg/day) and venlafaxine XR (mean dose 210.3 mg/day)—13.7% by the HAM-D17 and 15.7% by the QIDS-SR16
  • With the MAOI tranylcypromine (Parnate, mean dose 36.9 mg/day)—6.9% by the HAM-D17 and 13.8% by the QIDS-SR16. Response rates were 23.5% with the combination and 12.1% with tranylcypromine. Neither remission nor response rates differed significantly.

However, the percentage reduction in QIDS-SR16 score between baseline and exit was greater with the combination than with tranylcypromine. Further, more patients dropped out of treatment with tranylcypromine because of side effects (P < .03). Tranylcypromine also has the disadvantage of necessitating dietary restrictions.

A significant limitation of this comparison is that patients were less likely to get an adequate trial of tranylcypromine, an MAOI, than of the combination. When the 2-week washout period (required before switching to an MAOI) is subtracted from the total time in treatment, approximately 30% of participants in the tranylcypromine group had less than 2 weeks of treatment, and nearly half had less than 6 weeks of treatment.

Therefore, even though the remission and response rates were similar between groups, the combination of venlafaxine-XR plus mirtazapine therapy might have some advantages over tranylcypromine. These results provided the first evidence of tolerability and at least modest efficacy of this combination for treatment-resistant cases.

Overall, what was the cumulative remission rate?

The theoretical cumulative remission rate after four acute treatment steps was 67%. Remission was more likely to occur during the first two levels of treatment than during the last two. The cumulative remission rates for the first four steps were:

  • Level 1—33%
  • Level 2—57%
  • Level 3—63%
  • Level 4—67%.
 

 

RESULTS FROM LONG-TERM FOLLOW-UP AFTER REMISSION OR RESPONSE

Patients with a clinically meaningful response or, preferably, remission at any level could enter into a 12-month observational follow-up phase. Those who had required more treatment levels had higher relapse rates during this phase.41 Further, if a patient achieved remission rather than just response to treatment, regardless of the treatment level, the prognosis at follow-up was better, confirming the importance of remission as the goal of treatment.

Results also provided a warning—the greater the number of treatment levels that a patient required, the more likely that patient and physician would settle for response. Whether the greater relapse rates reflect a harder-to-treat depression or the naturalistic design of the follow-up phase (with less control over dosing) is unclear.

WHAT DO THESE RESULTS MEAN FOR PRIMARY CARE PHYSICIANS?

  • Measurement-based care is feasible in primary care. Primary care doctors can ensure vigorous but tolerable dosing using a self-report depression scale to monitor response, a side-effects tool to monitor tolerability, and medication adjustments at critical decision points guided by these two measures.
  • Remission, ie, complete recovery from a depressive episode, rather than merely substantial improvement, is associated with a better prognosis and is the preferred goal of treatment.
  • Pharmacologic differences between psychotropic medications did not translate into substantial clinical differences, although tolerability differed. These findings are consistent with a large-scale systematic evidence review recently completed by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality that compared the effectiveness of antidepressants.42 Given the difficulty in predicting what medication will be both efficacious for and tolerated by an individual patient, familiarity with a broad spectrum of antidepressants is prudent.
  • Remission of depressive episodes will most likely require repeated trials of sufficiently sustained,vigorously dosed antidepressant medication. From treatment initiation, physicians should ensure maximal but tolerable doses for at least 8 weeks before deciding that an intervention has failed.
  • If a first treatment doesn’t work, either switching or augmenting it is a reasonable choice. Augmentation may be preferred if the patient is tolerating and receiving partial benefit from the initial medication choice. While bupropion SR and buspirone were not different as augmenters by the primary remission outcome measure, secondary measures (eg, tolerability, depressive symptom change over the course of treatment, clinician-rated Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology) recommended bupropion-SR over buspirone.
  • If physicians switch, either a within-class switch (eg, citalopram to sertraline) or an out-of-class switch (eg, citalopram to bupropion SR) is effective, as is a switch to a dual-action agent (eg, venlafaxine XR).
  • The likelihood of improvement after two aggressive medication trials is very low and likely requires more complicated medication regimens, and the existing evidence base is quite thin. These primary care patients should likely be referred to psychiatrists for more aggressive and intensive treatment.
  • For patients who present with major depressive disorder, STAR*D suggests that with persistence and aggressive yet feasible care, there is hope: after one round, approximately 30% will have a remission; after two rounds, 50%; after three rounds, 60%; and after four rounds, 70%.
  • While STAR*D excluded depressed patients with bipolar disorder, a depressive episode in a patient with bipolar disorder can be difficult to distinguish from a depressive episode in a patient with major depressive disorder. Primary care physicians need to consider bipolar disorder both in patients presenting with a depressive episode and in those who fail an adequate trial.43

FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS

Subsequent STAR*D analyses will compare in greater depth outcomes in primary care vs psychiatric settings at each level of treatment. Given the greater risk of depression persistence associated with more successive levels of treatment, subsequent research will focus on ways to more successfully treat depression in the earlier stages, possibly through medication combinations earlier in treatment (somewhat analogous to a “broad-spectrum antibiotic” approach for infections).

References
  1. Kessler RC, Berglund P, Demler O, et al. The epidemiology of major depressive disorder: results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). JAMA 2003; 289:3095–3105.
  2. Murray CJ, Lopez AD. Global mortality, disability, and the contribution of risk factors: Global Burden of Disease Study. Lancet 1997; 349:1436–1442.
  3. Murray CJ, Lopez AD. Alternative projections of mortality and disability by cause 1990–2020: Global Burden of Disease Study. Lancet 1997; 349:1498–1504.
  4. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Posternak MA. Generalizability of antidepressant efficacy trials: differences between depressed psychiatric outpatients who would or would not qualify for an efficacy trial. Am J Psychiatry 2005; 162:1370–1372.
  5. Rothwell PM. External validity of randomised controlled trials: to whom do the results of this trial apply? Lancet 2005; 365:82–93.
  6. Depression Guideline Panel. Depression in primary care: Volume 1, diagnosis and detection. AHCPR publication No. 93-0550. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Health Care Policy and Research; 1993.
  7. Frank E, Karp J, Rush A. Efficacy of treatments for major depression. Psychopharmacol Bull 1993; 29:457–475.
  8. Depression Guideline Panel. Depression in primary care: Volume 2, Treatment of major depression. AHCPR publication No. 93-0550. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Health Care Policy and Research; 1993.
  9. Fava M, Davidson KG. Definition and epidemiology of treatment-resistant depression. Psychiatr Clin North Am 1996; 19:179–200.
  10. Jarrett RB, Rush A. Short-term psychotherapy of depressive disorders: current status and future directions. Psychiatry: Interpers Biol Process 1994; 57:115–132.
  11. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depression (revision). Am J Psychiatry 2000; 157(suppl 4):1–45.
  12. Dunner DL, Rush AJ, Russell JM, et al. Prospective, long-term, multicenter study of the naturalistic outcomes of patients with treatment-resistant depression. J Clin Psychiatry 2006; 67:688–695.
  13. Fava M, Rush A, Trivedi M, et al. Background and rationale for the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2003; 26:457–494.
  14. Gaynes B, Davis L, Rush A, Trivedi M, Fava M, Wisniewski S. The aims and design of the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) Study. Prim Psychiatry 2005; 12:36–41.
  15. Rush A, Fava M, Wisniewski S, et al. Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D): rationale and design. Control Clin Trials 2004; 25:119–142.
  16. Stafford RS, Ausiello JC, Misra B, Saglam D. National Patterns o fDepression Treatment in Primary Care. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry 2000; 2:211–216.
  17. Regier D, Narrow W, Rae D, Mandersheid R, Locke B, Goodwin F. The de facto US mental and addictive disorders service system: epidemiologic catchment area prospective 1-year prevalence rates of disorders and services. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1993; 50:85–94.
  18. Pincus H, Tanielian T, Marcus S, et al. Prescribing trends in psychotropic medications: primary care, psychiatry, and other medical specialities. JAMA 1998; 279:526–531.
  19. Vuorilehto M, Melartin T, Isometsa E. Depressive disorders in primary care: recurrent, chronic, and co-morbid. Psychol Med 2005; 35:673–682.
  20. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth edition, Text Revision. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
  21. Hamilton M. A rating scale for depression. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1960; 23:56–61.
  22. Wisniewski SR, Rush AJ, Balasubramani GK, Trivedi MH, Nierenberg AA for the STAR*D Investigators. Self-rated global measure of the frequency, intensity, and burden of side effects. J Psychiatric Pract 2006; 12:71–79.
  23. Rush AJ, Bernstein IH, Trivedi MH, et al. An evaluation of the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology and the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression: a Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) trial report. Biol Psychiatry 2006; 59:493–501.
  24. Trivedi MH, Rush AJ, Gaynes BN, et al. Maximizing the adequacy of medication treatment in controlled trials and clinical practice: STAR*D measurement-based care. Neuropsychopharmacology 2007/04/04/online 2007.
  25. Kawamoto K, Houlihan CA, Balas EA, Lobach DF. Improving clinical practice using clinical decision support systems: a systematic review of trials to identify features critical to success. BMJ 2005; 330:765 e-pub March 14 2005.
  26. Lavori P, Rush A, Wisniewski S, et al. Strengthening clinical effectiveness trials: equipoise-stratified randomization. Biol Psychiatry 2001; 50:792–801.
  27. Gaynes BN, Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, et al. Major depression symptoms in primary care and psychiatric care settings: a cross-sectional analysis. Ann Fam Med 2007; 5:126–134.
  28. Gaynes BN, Rush AJ, Trivedi M, et al. A direct comparison of presenting characteristics of depressed outpatients from primary vs. specialty care settings: preliminary findings from the STAR*D clinical trial. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2005; 27:87–96.
  29. Sullivan PW, Valuck R, Saseen J, MacFall HM. A comparison of the direct costs and cost effectiveness of serotonin reuptake inhibitors and associated adverse drug reactions. CNS Drugs 2004; 18:911–932.
  30. Trivedi MH, Rush AJ, Wisniewski SR, et al. Evaluation of outcomes with citalopram for depression using measurement-based care in STAR*D: implications for clinical practice. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:28–40.
  31. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Bupropion-SR, sertraline, or venlafaxine-XR after failure of SSRIs for depression. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:1231–1242.
  32. Trivedi MH, Fava M, Wisniewski SR, et al. Medication augmentation after the failure of SSRIs for depression. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:1243–1252.
  33. Wisniewski SR, Fava M, Trivedi MH, et al. Acceptability of second-step treatments to depressed outpatients: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2007; 164:753–760.
  34. Thase ME, Friedman ES, Biggs MM, et al. Cognitive therapy versus medication in augmentation and switch strategies as second-step treatments: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2007; 164:739–752.
  35. Fava M, Rush AJ, Wisniewski SR, et al. A comparison of mirtazapine and nortriptyline following two consecutive failed medication treatments for depressed outpatients: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1161–1172.
  36. Nierenberg AA, Fava M, Trivedi MH, et al. A comparison of lithium and T3 augmentation following two failed medication treatments for depression: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1519–1530.
  37. Bschor T, Lewitzka U, Sasse J, Adli M, Koberle U, Bauer M. Lithium augmentation in treatment-resistant depression: clinical evidence, serotonergic and endocrine mechanisms. Pharmacopsychiatry 2003; 36(suppl 3):S230–S234.
  38. Freeman MP, Freeman SA. Lithium: clinical considerations in internal medicine. Am J Med 2006; 119:478–481.
  39. Aronson R, Offman HJ, Joffe RT, Naylor CD. Triiodothyronine augmentation in the treatment of refractory depression. A meta-analysis. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1996; 53:842–848.
  40. McGrath PJ, Stewart JW, Fava M, et al. Tranylcypromine versus venlafaxine plus mirtazapine following three failed antidepressant medication trials for depression: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1531–1541.
  41. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Acute and longer-term outcomes in depressed outpatients requiring one or several treatment steps: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1905–1917.
  42. Gartlehner G, Hansen R, Thieda P, et al. Comparative Effectiveness of Second-generation Antidepressants in the Pharmacologic Treatment of Depression. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. http://effectivehealthcare.ahrq.gov/reports/topic.cfm?topic=8&sid=39&rType=3. Accessed December 12, 2007.
  43. Das AK, Olfson M, Gameroff MJ, et al. Screening for bipolar disorder in a primary care practice. JAMA 2005; 293:956–963.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Bradley N. Gaynes, MD, MPH
Associate Professor of Psychiatry, University of North Carolina School of Medicine; Investigator, Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study

A. John Rush, MD
University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas; Professor of Clinical Sciences and Psychiatry; Principal Investigator, STAR*D study

Madhukar H. Trivedi, MD
University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas; Professor of Psychiatry; National Coordinating Center, STAR*D study

Stephen R. Wisniewski, PhD
University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine; Associate Professor of Epidemiology; Data Coordinating Center, STAR*D study

Donald Spencer, MD, MBA
University of North Carolina School of Medicine; Professor of Family Medicine; Investigator, STAR*D study

Maurizio Fava, MD
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston; Professor of Psychiatry; Investigator, STAR*D study

Address: Bradley N. Gaynes, MD, MPH, Department of Psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, First Floor, Neurosciences Hospital, Room 10306, CB#7160, Chapel Hill, NC 27599; e-mail [email protected].

This project was funded by the National Institute of Mental Health, National Institutes of Health, under Contract N01MH90003 to UT Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas (Principal Investigator A.J. Rush). The content of this publication does not necessarily reflect the views or policies of the Department of Health and Human Services, nor does mention of trade names, commercial products, or organizations imply endorsement by the US Government.

Dr. Gaynes has received grants and research support from the National Institute of Mental Health, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, Pfizer, and Ovation Pharmaceuticals. He has performed as an advisor or consultant for Pfizer; Shire Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst. He has also received a speaker’s honorarium from GlaxoSmithKline.

Dr. Rush has provided scientific consultation to or served on Advisory Boards for Advanced Neuromodulation Systems; AstraZeneca; Best Practice Project Management; Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cyberonics; Forest Pharmaceuticals; Gerson Lehman Group; GlaxoSmithKline; Jazz Pharmaceuticals; Eli Lilly & Company; Magellan Health Services; Merck & Co.; Neuronetics; Ono Pharmaceutical; Organon USA; PamLab, Personality Disorder Research Corp.; Pfizer; The Urban Institute; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has received royalties from Guilford Publications and Healthcare Technology Systems, and research/grant support from the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, the Nationa lInstitute of Mental Health, and the Stanley Foundation; has been on speaker bureaus for Cyberonics, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, and Eli Lilly & Company; and owns stock in Pfizer.

Dr. Trivedi has received research support from Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Corcept Therapeutics; Cyberonics; Eli Lilly & Company; Forest Pharmaceuticals; GlaxoSmithKline; Janssen Pharmaceutica; Merck; National Institute of Mental Health; National Alliance for Research in Schizophrenia and Depression; Novartis; Pfizer; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Predix Pharmaceuticals; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has served as an advisor or consultant for Abbott Laboratories; Akzo (Organon Pharmaceuticals); Bayer; Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Cyberonics, Inc.; Forest Pharmaceuticals; GlaxoSmithKline; Janssen Pharmaceutica Products, LP; Johnson & Johnson PRD; Eli Lilly & Company; Meade Johnson; Parke-Davis Pharmaceuticals; Pfizer; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Sepracor; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has received speaker honoraria from Akzo (Organon Pharmaceuticals); Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Cyberonics; Forest Pharmaceuticals; Janssen Pharmaceutica Products, LP; Eli Lilly & Company; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories.

Dr. Wisniewski has received grants and research support from the National Institute of Mental Health. He has performed as a consultant for Cyberonics Inc. and ImaRx Therapeutics.

Dr. Spencer has no disclosures to report.

Dr. Fava has received research support from Abbott Laboratories, Alkermes, Aspect Medical Systems, Astra-Zeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Eli Lilly & Company, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, J & J Pharmaceuticals, Lichtwer Pharma GmbH, Lorex Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Organon Inc., PamLab, LLC, Pfizer, Pharmavite, Roche, Sanofi/Synthelabo, Solvay Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has served on Advisory Boards and done Consulting for Aspect Medical Systems, Astra-Zeneca, Bayer AG, Biovail Pharmaceuticals, BrainCells, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Compellis, Cypress Pharmaceuticals, Dov Pharmaceuticals, Eli Lilly & Company, EPIX Pharmaceuticals, Fabre-Kramer Pharmaceuticals, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, Grunenthal GmBH, Janssen Pharmaceutica, Jazz Pharmaceuticals, J & J Pharmaceuticals, Knoll Pharmaceutical Company, Lundbeck, MedAvante, Neuronetics, Novartis, Nutrition 21, Organon, PamLab, LLC, Pfizer, PharmaStar, Pharmavite, Roche, Sanofi/Synthelabo, Sepracor, Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Somaxon, Somerset Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. Dr. Fava has served on the speaker’s bureau for Astra-Zeneca, Boehringer-Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Eli Lilly & Company, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, Novartis, Organon, Pfizer, PharmaStar, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has equity in Compellis and MedAvante.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
57-66
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Bradley N. Gaynes, MD, MPH
Associate Professor of Psychiatry, University of North Carolina School of Medicine; Investigator, Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study

A. John Rush, MD
University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas; Professor of Clinical Sciences and Psychiatry; Principal Investigator, STAR*D study

Madhukar H. Trivedi, MD
University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas; Professor of Psychiatry; National Coordinating Center, STAR*D study

Stephen R. Wisniewski, PhD
University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine; Associate Professor of Epidemiology; Data Coordinating Center, STAR*D study

Donald Spencer, MD, MBA
University of North Carolina School of Medicine; Professor of Family Medicine; Investigator, STAR*D study

Maurizio Fava, MD
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston; Professor of Psychiatry; Investigator, STAR*D study

Address: Bradley N. Gaynes, MD, MPH, Department of Psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, First Floor, Neurosciences Hospital, Room 10306, CB#7160, Chapel Hill, NC 27599; e-mail [email protected].

This project was funded by the National Institute of Mental Health, National Institutes of Health, under Contract N01MH90003 to UT Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas (Principal Investigator A.J. Rush). The content of this publication does not necessarily reflect the views or policies of the Department of Health and Human Services, nor does mention of trade names, commercial products, or organizations imply endorsement by the US Government.

Dr. Gaynes has received grants and research support from the National Institute of Mental Health, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, Pfizer, and Ovation Pharmaceuticals. He has performed as an advisor or consultant for Pfizer; Shire Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst. He has also received a speaker’s honorarium from GlaxoSmithKline.

Dr. Rush has provided scientific consultation to or served on Advisory Boards for Advanced Neuromodulation Systems; AstraZeneca; Best Practice Project Management; Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cyberonics; Forest Pharmaceuticals; Gerson Lehman Group; GlaxoSmithKline; Jazz Pharmaceuticals; Eli Lilly & Company; Magellan Health Services; Merck & Co.; Neuronetics; Ono Pharmaceutical; Organon USA; PamLab, Personality Disorder Research Corp.; Pfizer; The Urban Institute; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has received royalties from Guilford Publications and Healthcare Technology Systems, and research/grant support from the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, the Nationa lInstitute of Mental Health, and the Stanley Foundation; has been on speaker bureaus for Cyberonics, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, and Eli Lilly & Company; and owns stock in Pfizer.

Dr. Trivedi has received research support from Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Corcept Therapeutics; Cyberonics; Eli Lilly & Company; Forest Pharmaceuticals; GlaxoSmithKline; Janssen Pharmaceutica; Merck; National Institute of Mental Health; National Alliance for Research in Schizophrenia and Depression; Novartis; Pfizer; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Predix Pharmaceuticals; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has served as an advisor or consultant for Abbott Laboratories; Akzo (Organon Pharmaceuticals); Bayer; Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Cyberonics, Inc.; Forest Pharmaceuticals; GlaxoSmithKline; Janssen Pharmaceutica Products, LP; Johnson & Johnson PRD; Eli Lilly & Company; Meade Johnson; Parke-Davis Pharmaceuticals; Pfizer; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Sepracor; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has received speaker honoraria from Akzo (Organon Pharmaceuticals); Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Cyberonics; Forest Pharmaceuticals; Janssen Pharmaceutica Products, LP; Eli Lilly & Company; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories.

Dr. Wisniewski has received grants and research support from the National Institute of Mental Health. He has performed as a consultant for Cyberonics Inc. and ImaRx Therapeutics.

Dr. Spencer has no disclosures to report.

Dr. Fava has received research support from Abbott Laboratories, Alkermes, Aspect Medical Systems, Astra-Zeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Eli Lilly & Company, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, J & J Pharmaceuticals, Lichtwer Pharma GmbH, Lorex Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Organon Inc., PamLab, LLC, Pfizer, Pharmavite, Roche, Sanofi/Synthelabo, Solvay Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has served on Advisory Boards and done Consulting for Aspect Medical Systems, Astra-Zeneca, Bayer AG, Biovail Pharmaceuticals, BrainCells, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Compellis, Cypress Pharmaceuticals, Dov Pharmaceuticals, Eli Lilly & Company, EPIX Pharmaceuticals, Fabre-Kramer Pharmaceuticals, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, Grunenthal GmBH, Janssen Pharmaceutica, Jazz Pharmaceuticals, J & J Pharmaceuticals, Knoll Pharmaceutical Company, Lundbeck, MedAvante, Neuronetics, Novartis, Nutrition 21, Organon, PamLab, LLC, Pfizer, PharmaStar, Pharmavite, Roche, Sanofi/Synthelabo, Sepracor, Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Somaxon, Somerset Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. Dr. Fava has served on the speaker’s bureau for Astra-Zeneca, Boehringer-Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Eli Lilly & Company, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, Novartis, Organon, Pfizer, PharmaStar, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has equity in Compellis and MedAvante.

Author and Disclosure Information

Bradley N. Gaynes, MD, MPH
Associate Professor of Psychiatry, University of North Carolina School of Medicine; Investigator, Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study

A. John Rush, MD
University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas; Professor of Clinical Sciences and Psychiatry; Principal Investigator, STAR*D study

Madhukar H. Trivedi, MD
University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas; Professor of Psychiatry; National Coordinating Center, STAR*D study

Stephen R. Wisniewski, PhD
University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine; Associate Professor of Epidemiology; Data Coordinating Center, STAR*D study

Donald Spencer, MD, MBA
University of North Carolina School of Medicine; Professor of Family Medicine; Investigator, STAR*D study

Maurizio Fava, MD
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston; Professor of Psychiatry; Investigator, STAR*D study

Address: Bradley N. Gaynes, MD, MPH, Department of Psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, First Floor, Neurosciences Hospital, Room 10306, CB#7160, Chapel Hill, NC 27599; e-mail [email protected].

This project was funded by the National Institute of Mental Health, National Institutes of Health, under Contract N01MH90003 to UT Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas (Principal Investigator A.J. Rush). The content of this publication does not necessarily reflect the views or policies of the Department of Health and Human Services, nor does mention of trade names, commercial products, or organizations imply endorsement by the US Government.

Dr. Gaynes has received grants and research support from the National Institute of Mental Health, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, Pfizer, and Ovation Pharmaceuticals. He has performed as an advisor or consultant for Pfizer; Shire Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst. He has also received a speaker’s honorarium from GlaxoSmithKline.

Dr. Rush has provided scientific consultation to or served on Advisory Boards for Advanced Neuromodulation Systems; AstraZeneca; Best Practice Project Management; Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cyberonics; Forest Pharmaceuticals; Gerson Lehman Group; GlaxoSmithKline; Jazz Pharmaceuticals; Eli Lilly & Company; Magellan Health Services; Merck & Co.; Neuronetics; Ono Pharmaceutical; Organon USA; PamLab, Personality Disorder Research Corp.; Pfizer; The Urban Institute; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has received royalties from Guilford Publications and Healthcare Technology Systems, and research/grant support from the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, the Nationa lInstitute of Mental Health, and the Stanley Foundation; has been on speaker bureaus for Cyberonics, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, and Eli Lilly & Company; and owns stock in Pfizer.

Dr. Trivedi has received research support from Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Corcept Therapeutics; Cyberonics; Eli Lilly & Company; Forest Pharmaceuticals; GlaxoSmithKline; Janssen Pharmaceutica; Merck; National Institute of Mental Health; National Alliance for Research in Schizophrenia and Depression; Novartis; Pfizer; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Predix Pharmaceuticals; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has served as an advisor or consultant for Abbott Laboratories; Akzo (Organon Pharmaceuticals); Bayer; Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Cyberonics, Inc.; Forest Pharmaceuticals; GlaxoSmithKline; Janssen Pharmaceutica Products, LP; Johnson & Johnson PRD; Eli Lilly & Company; Meade Johnson; Parke-Davis Pharmaceuticals; Pfizer; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Sepracor; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has received speaker honoraria from Akzo (Organon Pharmaceuticals); Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; Cephalon; Cyberonics; Forest Pharmaceuticals; Janssen Pharmaceutica Products, LP; Eli Lilly & Company; Pharmacia & Upjohn; Solvay Pharmaceuticals; and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories.

Dr. Wisniewski has received grants and research support from the National Institute of Mental Health. He has performed as a consultant for Cyberonics Inc. and ImaRx Therapeutics.

Dr. Spencer has no disclosures to report.

Dr. Fava has received research support from Abbott Laboratories, Alkermes, Aspect Medical Systems, Astra-Zeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Eli Lilly & Company, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, J & J Pharmaceuticals, Lichtwer Pharma GmbH, Lorex Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Organon Inc., PamLab, LLC, Pfizer, Pharmavite, Roche, Sanofi/Synthelabo, Solvay Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has served on Advisory Boards and done Consulting for Aspect Medical Systems, Astra-Zeneca, Bayer AG, Biovail Pharmaceuticals, BrainCells, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Compellis, Cypress Pharmaceuticals, Dov Pharmaceuticals, Eli Lilly & Company, EPIX Pharmaceuticals, Fabre-Kramer Pharmaceuticals, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, Grunenthal GmBH, Janssen Pharmaceutica, Jazz Pharmaceuticals, J & J Pharmaceuticals, Knoll Pharmaceutical Company, Lundbeck, MedAvante, Neuronetics, Novartis, Nutrition 21, Organon, PamLab, LLC, Pfizer, PharmaStar, Pharmavite, Roche, Sanofi/Synthelabo, Sepracor, Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Somaxon, Somerset Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. Dr. Fava has served on the speaker’s bureau for Astra-Zeneca, Boehringer-Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cephalon, Eli Lilly & Company, Forest Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline, Novartis, Organon, Pfizer, PharmaStar, and Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories. He has equity in Compellis and MedAvante.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Depression can be treated successfully by primary care physicians under “real-world” conditions.

Furthermore, the particular drug or drugs used are not as important as following a rational plan: giving antidepressant medications in adequate doses, monitoring the patient’s symptoms and side effects and adjusting the regimen accordingly, and switching drugs or adding new drugs to the regimen only after an adequate trial.

These are among the lessons learned from the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study, the largest prospective clinical trial of treatment of major depressive disorder ever conducted. It was funded by the National Institutes of Health and directed by A. John Rush, MD.

WHAT WERE THE AIMS OF STAR*D?

Depression, a common and debilitating condition, affects approximately one in eight people in the United States.1 It is expected2 to be the second-leading cause of disability in the world by the year 2020; today, it is the second-leading cause of disability-adjusted life years in those 15 to 44 years old.3

Nevertheless, the available evidence base for treatment is limited, since most participants in clinical trials are recruited by advertisement rather than from representative practices, and they are often selected to have few comorbid disorders, either medical or psychiatric. In addition, those with chronic depression or current suicidal ideation are excluded.1,4 These uncomplicated and “pristine” participants are unlike typical patients seen by primary care physicians or psychiatrists.

Similarly, the protocols used in these trials do not represent usual clinic practice.Patients in clinical trials undergo more assessment and more frequent follow-up than in real-world practice, they have no say in treatment decisions, the doses are fixed, and the patients and physicians are blinded to the intervention. Consequently, how to translate the results of these efficacy trials into practice is unclear.5

Further, even in relatively uncomplicated cases, only about one-half of outpatients with nonpsychotic major depressive disorder initially treated with a single medication or with psychotherapy will experience a clinically significant improvement in symptoms (ie, a response) during the 8 to 12 weeks of acute-phase treatment,6–10 and only 20% to 35% of patients will reach remission,9 the aim of treatment.8,11 The remission rates are even lower in treatment-resistant depression.12 How to manage most patients—those whose depression does not remit with the first, second, or third step of treatment—is unclear.

Accordingly, the overall objective of STAR*D was to develop and evaluate feasible treatment strategies to improve clinical outcomes for real-world patients with treatment-resistant depression, who were identified prospectively from a pool of patients in a current major depressive episode.13–15 Specifically, STAR*D aimed to determine prospectively which of several treatments is the most effective “next step” for patients who do not reach remission with an initial or subsequent treatment or who cannot tolerate the treatment.

WHY IS STAR*D RELEVANT FOR PRIMARY CARE?

Nearly 10% of all primary care office visits are depression-related.16 Primary care physicians provide nearly half the outpatient care for depressed patients.17 Indeed, primary care physicians log approximately as many outpatient visits for depression as psychiatrists do.18 Medical comorbidity is especially common in primary care settings.19 When to refer to a psychiatrist is not clear.

KEY FEATURES OF THE STUDY DESIGN

STAR*D involved a national consortium of 14 university-based regional centers, which oversaw a total of 23 participating psychiatric and 18 primary care clinics. Enrollment began in 2000, with follow-up completed in 2004.

Entry criteria were broad and inclusive

Patients had to:

  • Be between 18 and 75 years of age
  • Have a nonpsychotic major depressive disorder, identified by a clinician and confirmed with a symptom checklist based on the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, fourth edition revised,20 and for which antidepressant treatment is recommended
  • Score at least 14 on the 17-item Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAMD17)21
  • Not have a primary diagnosis of bipolar disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, or an eating disorder, which would require a different treatment strategy, or a seizure disorder (which would preclude bupropion as a second-step treatment).

Dosing recommendations were flexible but vigorous

Medications often were increased to maximally tolerated doses. For example, citalopram (Celexa) was started at 20 mg/day and increased by 20 mg every 2 to 4 weeks if the patient was tolerating it but had not achieved remission, to a maximum dose of 60 mg/day. Treatment could be given for up to 14 weeks, during which side effects22 and clinical ratings23 were assessed by both patients and study coordinators.

 

 

Measurement-based care

We used a systematic approach to treatment called “measurement-based care,”24 which involves routinely measuring symptoms23 and side effects22 and using this information to modify the medication doses at critical decision points. This algorithmic approach provided flexible treatment recommendations to ensure that the dosage and duration of antidepressant drug treatment were adequate.25

The severity of depression was assessed by the clinician-rated, 16-item Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS-C16). The QIDS-SR16 (the self-report version) can substitute for the QIDS-C1623 to make this approach more feasible. Both tools are available at www.ids-qids.org.

This approach was easily worked into busy primary care and specialty care office workflows (clinic physicians, most with limited research experience, provided the treatment), and could be translated into primary care practice in the community as well.

Four-step protocol

Figure 1.
The protocol had four treatment levels, each lasting up to 14 weeks (Figure 1). All patients started at level 1; if they had not entered remission by 14 weeks, they moved up to the next level; if they had achieved remission, they stayed at the same level and were followed for up to 1 year.

A unique feature of the study design was that the patients, in consultation with their physicians, had some choice in the treatments they received. In this “equipoise-stratified randomized design,”26 at levels 2 and 3 the patient could choose either to switch therapies (stop the current drug and be randomized to receive one of several different treatments) or to augment their current therapy (by adding one of several treatments in a randomized fashion). Patients could decline certain strategies as long as there were at least two possible options to which one might be randomized.

At level 2, one of the options for both switching and augmentation was cognitive therapy, although patients could decline that option. Conversely, if they definitely wanted cognitive therapy, they could choose to be randomized to either cognitive therapy alone or to cognitive therapy added to citalopram. Also, anyone who received cognitive therapy in level 2 and failed to enter remission was additionally randomized to either bupropion or venlafaxine (level 2a) to ensure that all patients had failed trials on two medications before entering level 3.

When switching to medications other than a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI), the clinician could choose either to stop the current medication and immediately begin the next one, or to decrease the current medication while starting the new one at a low dose and then tapering and titrating over 1 week. (Switching to an MAOI, used only in the final level of treatment, required a 7- to 10-day washout period.)

Outcomes measured

Remission (complete recovery from the depressive episode), the primary study outcome, was defined as a HAM-D17 score of 7 or less, as assessed by treatment-blinded raters.A secondary remission outcome was a QIDS-SR16 score of 5 or less. Of note, the HAM-D17 remission rates were slightly lower than the rates based on the QIDS-SR16, since patients who did not have a HAM-D17 score measured at exit were defined as not being in remission a priori. Thus, the QIDS-SR16 rates might have been a slightly better reflection of actual remission rates.

Response, a secondary outcome, was defined as a reduction of at least 50% in the QIDS-SR16 score from baseline at the last assessment.

FEW DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PSYCHIATRIC, PRIMARY CARE PATIENTS

The patients seen in primary care clinics were surprisingly similar to those seen in psychiatric clinics.27,28 The two groups did not differ in severity of depression, distribution of severity scores, the likelihood of presenting with any of the nine core criteria of a major depressive episode, or the likelihood of having a concomitant axis I psychiatric disorder in addition to depression (about half of participants in each setting had an anxiety disorder).

Recurrent major depressive disorders were common in both groups, though more so in psychiatric patients (78% vs 69%, P < .001), while chronic depression was more common in primary care than in psychiatric patients (30% vs 21%, P < .001). Having either a chronic index episode (ie, lasting > 2 years) or a recurrent major depressive disorder was common in both groups (86% vs 83%, P = .0067).

That said, primary care patients were older (44 years vs 39 years, P < .001), more of them were Hispanic (18% vs 9%, P < .001), and more of them had public insurance (23% vs 9%, P < .001). Fewer of the primary care patients had completed college (20% vs 28%, P < .001), and the primary care patients tended to have greater medical comorbidity. Psychiatric patients were more likely to have attempted suicide in the past and to have had their first depressive illness before age 18.

 

 

LEVEL 1: WHAT CAN WE EXPECT FROM INITIAL TREATMENT?

At level 1, all the patients received citalopram. The mean dose was 40.6 ± 16.6 mg/day in the primary care clinics and 42.5 ± 16.8 mg/day in the psychiatric clinics, which are adequate, middle-range doses and higher than the average US dose.29

Approximately 30% of patients achieved remission: 27% as measured on the HAM-D17 and 33% on the QIDS-SR16. The response rate (on the QIDS-SR16) was 47%. There were no differences between primary and psychiatric care settings in remission or response rates.

Patients were more likely to achieve remission if they were white, female, employed, more educated, or wealthier. Longer current episodes, more concurrent psychiatric disorders (especially anxiety disorders or drug abuse), more general medical disorders, and lower baseline function and quality of life were each associated with lower remission rates.

What is an adequate trial?

Longer times than expected were needed to reach response or remission. The average duration required to achieve remission was almost 7 weeks (44 days in primary care; 49 days in psychiatric care). Further, approximately one-third of those who ultimately responded and half of those who entered remission did so after 6 weeks.30 Forty percent of those who entered remission required 8 or more weeks to do so.

These results suggest that longer treatment durations and more vigorous medication dosing than generally used are needed to achieve optimal remission rates. It is imprudent to stop a treatment that the patient is tolerating in a robust dose if the patient reports only partial benefit by 6 weeks; indeed, raising the dose, if tolerated, may help a substantial number of patients respond by 12 or 14 weeks. Instruments to monitor depression severity (eg, self-report measures) can be useful. At least 8 weeks with at least moderately vigorous dosing is recommended.

LEVEL 2: IF THE FIRST TREATMENT FAILS

When switching to a new drug, does it matter which one?

No.

In level 2, if patients had not achieved remission on citalopram alone, they had the choice of switching: stopping citalopram and being randomized to receive either sertraline (Zoloft, another SSRI), venlafaxine extended-release (XR) (Effexor XR, a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor), or bupropion sustained-release (SR) (Wellbutrin SR, a norepinephrine and dopamine reuptake inhibitor). At the last visit the mean daily doses were bupropion SR 282.7 mg/day, sertraline 135.5 mg/day, and venlafaxine-XR 193.6 mg/day.

The remission rate was approximately one-fourth with all three drugs31:

  • With bupropion SR—21.3% by HAM-D17, 25.5% by QIDS-SR16
  • With sertraline—17.6% by HAM-D17, 26.6% by QIDS-SR16
  • With venlafaxine-XR—24.8% by HAM-D17, 25.0% by QIDS-SR16. The remission rates were neither statistically nor clinically different by either measure.

Though the types of side effects related to specific medications may have varied, the overall side-effect burden and the rate of serious adverse events did not differ significantly.

When adding a new drug, does it matter which one?

Again, no.

Instead of switching, patients in level 2 could choose to stay on citalopram and be randomized to add either bupropion SR or buspirone (BuSpar) to the regimen (augmentation). The mean daily doses at the end of level 2 were bupropion SR 267.5 mg and buspirone 40.9 mg.

Rates of remission32:

  • With bupropion SR—29.7% on the HAMD-D17, 39.0% on the QIDS-SR16
  • With buspirone—30.1% on the HAM-D17, 32.9% on the QIDS-SR16.

However, the QIDS-SR16 scores declined significantly more with bupropion SR than with buspirone (25.3% vs 17.1%, P < .04). The mean total QIDS-SR16 score at the last visit was lower with bupropion SR (8.0) than with buspirone (9.1, P < .02), and augmentation with bupropion SR was better tolerated (the dropout rate due to intolerance was 12.5% with bupropion-SR vs 20.6% with buspirone 20.6%; P < .009).

Can we directly compare the benefits of switching vs augmenting?

No.

Patients could choose whether to switch from citalopram to another drug or to add another drug at the second treatment level.33 Consequently, we could not ensure that the patient groups were equivalent at the point of randomization at the beginning of level 2, and, indeed, they were not.

Those who benefitted more from citalopram treatment and who better tolerated it preferred augmentation, while those who benefitted little or who could not tolerate it preferred to switch. Consequently, those in the augmentation group at level 2 were somewhat less depressed than those who switched. Whether augmentation is better even if the initial treatment is minimally effective could not be evaluated in STAR*D.

What about cognitive therapy?

There was no difference between cognitive therapy (either as a switch or as augmentation) and medication (as a switch or as augmentation).34 Adding another drug was more rapidly effective than adding cognitive therapy. Switching to cognitive therapy was better tolerated than switching to a different antidepressant.

Of note, fewer patients accepted cognitive therapy as a randomization option than we expected, so the sample sizes were small. Possible reasons were that all patients had to receive a medication at study entry (which may have biased selection towards those preferring medication), and cognitive therapy entailed additional copayments and visiting still another provider at another site.

After two levels of treatment, how many patients reach remission?

About 30% of patients in level 1 achieved remission, and of those progressing to level 2, another 30% achieved remission. Together, this adds up to about 50% of patients achieving remission if they remained in treatment (30% in level 1 plus 30% of the roughly 70% remaining in level 2).

 

 

IF A SECOND TREATMENT FAILS

If switching again to another drug, does it matter which one?

No.

In level 3, patients could choose to stop the drug they had been taking and be randomized to receive either mirtazapine (Remeron) or nortriptyline (Pamelor).

Switching medications was not as effective as a third step as it was as a second step.35

Remission rates:

  • With mirtazapine—12.3% on the HAM-D17, 8.0% on the QIDS-SR16
  • With nortriptyline—19.8% on the HAM-D17, 12.4% on the QIDS-SR16.

Response rates were 13.4% with mirtazapine and 16.5% with nortriptyline. Statistically, neither the response nor the remission rates differed by treatment, nor did these two treatments differ in tolerability or side-effect burden.

Does choice of augmentation agent matter: Lithium vs T3?

Similarly, after two failed medication treatments, medication augmentation was less effective than it was at the second step.36 The  two augmentation options tested, lithium and T3 thyroid hormone (Cytomel), are commonly considered by psychiatrists but less commonly used by primary care doctors.

Lithium is believed to increase serotonergic function, which may have a synergistic effect on the mechanism of action of antidepressants; a meta-analysis of placebo-controlled studies supports lithium’s effectiveness as adjunctive treatment.37 Its side effects, however, must be closely monitored.38 The primary monitoring concern is the small difference between the therapeutic blood level (0.6–1.2 mEq/L) and potentially toxic blood levels (> 1.5 mEq/L).

Lithium was started at 450 mg/day, and at week 2 it was increased to the recommended dose of 900 mg/day (a dose below the target dose for bipolar disorder). If patients could not tolerate 450 mg/day, the initial dose was 225 mg/day for 1 week before being increased to 450 mg/day, still with the target dose of 900 mg/day. The mean exit dose was 859.9 mg/day, and the median blood level was 0.6 mEq/L.

Thyroid hormone augmentation using T3 is believed to work through both direct and indirect effects on the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis, which has a strong relationship with depression. The efficacy of T3 augmentation is supported by a meta-analysis of eight studies,39 and T3 is effective whether or not thyroid abnormalities are present.

In STAR*D, T3 was started at 25 μg/day for 1 week, than increased to the recommended dose of 50 μg/day. The mean exit dose was 45.2 μg/day.

Remission rates:

  • With lithium augmentation—15.9% by the HAM-D17, 13.2% by the QIDS-SR16
  • With T3 augmentation—24.7% by both measures.

Response rates were 16.2% with lithium augmentation and 23.3% with T3 augmentation.

While neither response nor remission rates were statistically significantly different by treatment, lithium was more frequently associated with side effects (P = .045), and more participants in the lithium group left treatment because of side effects (23.2% vs 9.6%; P = .027). These results suggest that in cases in which a clinician is considering an augmentation trial, T3 has slight advantages over lithium in effectiveness and tolerability. T3 also offers the advantages of being easy to use and not necessitating blood level monitoring. These latter benefits are especially relevant to the primary care physician. However, T3’s potential for long-term side effects (eg, osteoporosis, cardiovascular effects) were not examined, and it is not clear when to discontinue it.

LEVEL 4: AFTER THREE FAILURES, HOW SHOULD A CLINICIAN PROCEED?

Switch to mirtazapine plus venlafaxine XR or tranylcypromine?

Patients who reached level 4 were considered to have a highly treatment-resistant depressive illness, so treatments at this level were, by design, more aggressive. Accordingly, at level 4 we investigated treatments that might be considered more demanding than those a primary care physician would use. Approximately 40% of patients in each treatment group were from primary care settings.

Remission rates40:

  • With the combination of mirtazapine (mean dose 35.7 mg/day) and venlafaxine XR (mean dose 210.3 mg/day)—13.7% by the HAM-D17 and 15.7% by the QIDS-SR16
  • With the MAOI tranylcypromine (Parnate, mean dose 36.9 mg/day)—6.9% by the HAM-D17 and 13.8% by the QIDS-SR16. Response rates were 23.5% with the combination and 12.1% with tranylcypromine. Neither remission nor response rates differed significantly.

However, the percentage reduction in QIDS-SR16 score between baseline and exit was greater with the combination than with tranylcypromine. Further, more patients dropped out of treatment with tranylcypromine because of side effects (P < .03). Tranylcypromine also has the disadvantage of necessitating dietary restrictions.

A significant limitation of this comparison is that patients were less likely to get an adequate trial of tranylcypromine, an MAOI, than of the combination. When the 2-week washout period (required before switching to an MAOI) is subtracted from the total time in treatment, approximately 30% of participants in the tranylcypromine group had less than 2 weeks of treatment, and nearly half had less than 6 weeks of treatment.

Therefore, even though the remission and response rates were similar between groups, the combination of venlafaxine-XR plus mirtazapine therapy might have some advantages over tranylcypromine. These results provided the first evidence of tolerability and at least modest efficacy of this combination for treatment-resistant cases.

Overall, what was the cumulative remission rate?

The theoretical cumulative remission rate after four acute treatment steps was 67%. Remission was more likely to occur during the first two levels of treatment than during the last two. The cumulative remission rates for the first four steps were:

  • Level 1—33%
  • Level 2—57%
  • Level 3—63%
  • Level 4—67%.
 

 

RESULTS FROM LONG-TERM FOLLOW-UP AFTER REMISSION OR RESPONSE

Patients with a clinically meaningful response or, preferably, remission at any level could enter into a 12-month observational follow-up phase. Those who had required more treatment levels had higher relapse rates during this phase.41 Further, if a patient achieved remission rather than just response to treatment, regardless of the treatment level, the prognosis at follow-up was better, confirming the importance of remission as the goal of treatment.

Results also provided a warning—the greater the number of treatment levels that a patient required, the more likely that patient and physician would settle for response. Whether the greater relapse rates reflect a harder-to-treat depression or the naturalistic design of the follow-up phase (with less control over dosing) is unclear.

WHAT DO THESE RESULTS MEAN FOR PRIMARY CARE PHYSICIANS?

  • Measurement-based care is feasible in primary care. Primary care doctors can ensure vigorous but tolerable dosing using a self-report depression scale to monitor response, a side-effects tool to monitor tolerability, and medication adjustments at critical decision points guided by these two measures.
  • Remission, ie, complete recovery from a depressive episode, rather than merely substantial improvement, is associated with a better prognosis and is the preferred goal of treatment.
  • Pharmacologic differences between psychotropic medications did not translate into substantial clinical differences, although tolerability differed. These findings are consistent with a large-scale systematic evidence review recently completed by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality that compared the effectiveness of antidepressants.42 Given the difficulty in predicting what medication will be both efficacious for and tolerated by an individual patient, familiarity with a broad spectrum of antidepressants is prudent.
  • Remission of depressive episodes will most likely require repeated trials of sufficiently sustained,vigorously dosed antidepressant medication. From treatment initiation, physicians should ensure maximal but tolerable doses for at least 8 weeks before deciding that an intervention has failed.
  • If a first treatment doesn’t work, either switching or augmenting it is a reasonable choice. Augmentation may be preferred if the patient is tolerating and receiving partial benefit from the initial medication choice. While bupropion SR and buspirone were not different as augmenters by the primary remission outcome measure, secondary measures (eg, tolerability, depressive symptom change over the course of treatment, clinician-rated Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology) recommended bupropion-SR over buspirone.
  • If physicians switch, either a within-class switch (eg, citalopram to sertraline) or an out-of-class switch (eg, citalopram to bupropion SR) is effective, as is a switch to a dual-action agent (eg, venlafaxine XR).
  • The likelihood of improvement after two aggressive medication trials is very low and likely requires more complicated medication regimens, and the existing evidence base is quite thin. These primary care patients should likely be referred to psychiatrists for more aggressive and intensive treatment.
  • For patients who present with major depressive disorder, STAR*D suggests that with persistence and aggressive yet feasible care, there is hope: after one round, approximately 30% will have a remission; after two rounds, 50%; after three rounds, 60%; and after four rounds, 70%.
  • While STAR*D excluded depressed patients with bipolar disorder, a depressive episode in a patient with bipolar disorder can be difficult to distinguish from a depressive episode in a patient with major depressive disorder. Primary care physicians need to consider bipolar disorder both in patients presenting with a depressive episode and in those who fail an adequate trial.43

FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS

Subsequent STAR*D analyses will compare in greater depth outcomes in primary care vs psychiatric settings at each level of treatment. Given the greater risk of depression persistence associated with more successive levels of treatment, subsequent research will focus on ways to more successfully treat depression in the earlier stages, possibly through medication combinations earlier in treatment (somewhat analogous to a “broad-spectrum antibiotic” approach for infections).

Depression can be treated successfully by primary care physicians under “real-world” conditions.

Furthermore, the particular drug or drugs used are not as important as following a rational plan: giving antidepressant medications in adequate doses, monitoring the patient’s symptoms and side effects and adjusting the regimen accordingly, and switching drugs or adding new drugs to the regimen only after an adequate trial.

These are among the lessons learned from the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study, the largest prospective clinical trial of treatment of major depressive disorder ever conducted. It was funded by the National Institutes of Health and directed by A. John Rush, MD.

WHAT WERE THE AIMS OF STAR*D?

Depression, a common and debilitating condition, affects approximately one in eight people in the United States.1 It is expected2 to be the second-leading cause of disability in the world by the year 2020; today, it is the second-leading cause of disability-adjusted life years in those 15 to 44 years old.3

Nevertheless, the available evidence base for treatment is limited, since most participants in clinical trials are recruited by advertisement rather than from representative practices, and they are often selected to have few comorbid disorders, either medical or psychiatric. In addition, those with chronic depression or current suicidal ideation are excluded.1,4 These uncomplicated and “pristine” participants are unlike typical patients seen by primary care physicians or psychiatrists.

Similarly, the protocols used in these trials do not represent usual clinic practice.Patients in clinical trials undergo more assessment and more frequent follow-up than in real-world practice, they have no say in treatment decisions, the doses are fixed, and the patients and physicians are blinded to the intervention. Consequently, how to translate the results of these efficacy trials into practice is unclear.5

Further, even in relatively uncomplicated cases, only about one-half of outpatients with nonpsychotic major depressive disorder initially treated with a single medication or with psychotherapy will experience a clinically significant improvement in symptoms (ie, a response) during the 8 to 12 weeks of acute-phase treatment,6–10 and only 20% to 35% of patients will reach remission,9 the aim of treatment.8,11 The remission rates are even lower in treatment-resistant depression.12 How to manage most patients—those whose depression does not remit with the first, second, or third step of treatment—is unclear.

Accordingly, the overall objective of STAR*D was to develop and evaluate feasible treatment strategies to improve clinical outcomes for real-world patients with treatment-resistant depression, who were identified prospectively from a pool of patients in a current major depressive episode.13–15 Specifically, STAR*D aimed to determine prospectively which of several treatments is the most effective “next step” for patients who do not reach remission with an initial or subsequent treatment or who cannot tolerate the treatment.

WHY IS STAR*D RELEVANT FOR PRIMARY CARE?

Nearly 10% of all primary care office visits are depression-related.16 Primary care physicians provide nearly half the outpatient care for depressed patients.17 Indeed, primary care physicians log approximately as many outpatient visits for depression as psychiatrists do.18 Medical comorbidity is especially common in primary care settings.19 When to refer to a psychiatrist is not clear.

KEY FEATURES OF THE STUDY DESIGN

STAR*D involved a national consortium of 14 university-based regional centers, which oversaw a total of 23 participating psychiatric and 18 primary care clinics. Enrollment began in 2000, with follow-up completed in 2004.

Entry criteria were broad and inclusive

Patients had to:

  • Be between 18 and 75 years of age
  • Have a nonpsychotic major depressive disorder, identified by a clinician and confirmed with a symptom checklist based on the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, fourth edition revised,20 and for which antidepressant treatment is recommended
  • Score at least 14 on the 17-item Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAMD17)21
  • Not have a primary diagnosis of bipolar disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, or an eating disorder, which would require a different treatment strategy, or a seizure disorder (which would preclude bupropion as a second-step treatment).

Dosing recommendations were flexible but vigorous

Medications often were increased to maximally tolerated doses. For example, citalopram (Celexa) was started at 20 mg/day and increased by 20 mg every 2 to 4 weeks if the patient was tolerating it but had not achieved remission, to a maximum dose of 60 mg/day. Treatment could be given for up to 14 weeks, during which side effects22 and clinical ratings23 were assessed by both patients and study coordinators.

 

 

Measurement-based care

We used a systematic approach to treatment called “measurement-based care,”24 which involves routinely measuring symptoms23 and side effects22 and using this information to modify the medication doses at critical decision points. This algorithmic approach provided flexible treatment recommendations to ensure that the dosage and duration of antidepressant drug treatment were adequate.25

The severity of depression was assessed by the clinician-rated, 16-item Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS-C16). The QIDS-SR16 (the self-report version) can substitute for the QIDS-C1623 to make this approach more feasible. Both tools are available at www.ids-qids.org.

This approach was easily worked into busy primary care and specialty care office workflows (clinic physicians, most with limited research experience, provided the treatment), and could be translated into primary care practice in the community as well.

Four-step protocol

Figure 1.
The protocol had four treatment levels, each lasting up to 14 weeks (Figure 1). All patients started at level 1; if they had not entered remission by 14 weeks, they moved up to the next level; if they had achieved remission, they stayed at the same level and were followed for up to 1 year.

A unique feature of the study design was that the patients, in consultation with their physicians, had some choice in the treatments they received. In this “equipoise-stratified randomized design,”26 at levels 2 and 3 the patient could choose either to switch therapies (stop the current drug and be randomized to receive one of several different treatments) or to augment their current therapy (by adding one of several treatments in a randomized fashion). Patients could decline certain strategies as long as there were at least two possible options to which one might be randomized.

At level 2, one of the options for both switching and augmentation was cognitive therapy, although patients could decline that option. Conversely, if they definitely wanted cognitive therapy, they could choose to be randomized to either cognitive therapy alone or to cognitive therapy added to citalopram. Also, anyone who received cognitive therapy in level 2 and failed to enter remission was additionally randomized to either bupropion or venlafaxine (level 2a) to ensure that all patients had failed trials on two medications before entering level 3.

When switching to medications other than a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI), the clinician could choose either to stop the current medication and immediately begin the next one, or to decrease the current medication while starting the new one at a low dose and then tapering and titrating over 1 week. (Switching to an MAOI, used only in the final level of treatment, required a 7- to 10-day washout period.)

Outcomes measured

Remission (complete recovery from the depressive episode), the primary study outcome, was defined as a HAM-D17 score of 7 or less, as assessed by treatment-blinded raters.A secondary remission outcome was a QIDS-SR16 score of 5 or less. Of note, the HAM-D17 remission rates were slightly lower than the rates based on the QIDS-SR16, since patients who did not have a HAM-D17 score measured at exit were defined as not being in remission a priori. Thus, the QIDS-SR16 rates might have been a slightly better reflection of actual remission rates.

Response, a secondary outcome, was defined as a reduction of at least 50% in the QIDS-SR16 score from baseline at the last assessment.

FEW DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PSYCHIATRIC, PRIMARY CARE PATIENTS

The patients seen in primary care clinics were surprisingly similar to those seen in psychiatric clinics.27,28 The two groups did not differ in severity of depression, distribution of severity scores, the likelihood of presenting with any of the nine core criteria of a major depressive episode, or the likelihood of having a concomitant axis I psychiatric disorder in addition to depression (about half of participants in each setting had an anxiety disorder).

Recurrent major depressive disorders were common in both groups, though more so in psychiatric patients (78% vs 69%, P < .001), while chronic depression was more common in primary care than in psychiatric patients (30% vs 21%, P < .001). Having either a chronic index episode (ie, lasting > 2 years) or a recurrent major depressive disorder was common in both groups (86% vs 83%, P = .0067).

That said, primary care patients were older (44 years vs 39 years, P < .001), more of them were Hispanic (18% vs 9%, P < .001), and more of them had public insurance (23% vs 9%, P < .001). Fewer of the primary care patients had completed college (20% vs 28%, P < .001), and the primary care patients tended to have greater medical comorbidity. Psychiatric patients were more likely to have attempted suicide in the past and to have had their first depressive illness before age 18.

 

 

LEVEL 1: WHAT CAN WE EXPECT FROM INITIAL TREATMENT?

At level 1, all the patients received citalopram. The mean dose was 40.6 ± 16.6 mg/day in the primary care clinics and 42.5 ± 16.8 mg/day in the psychiatric clinics, which are adequate, middle-range doses and higher than the average US dose.29

Approximately 30% of patients achieved remission: 27% as measured on the HAM-D17 and 33% on the QIDS-SR16. The response rate (on the QIDS-SR16) was 47%. There were no differences between primary and psychiatric care settings in remission or response rates.

Patients were more likely to achieve remission if they were white, female, employed, more educated, or wealthier. Longer current episodes, more concurrent psychiatric disorders (especially anxiety disorders or drug abuse), more general medical disorders, and lower baseline function and quality of life were each associated with lower remission rates.

What is an adequate trial?

Longer times than expected were needed to reach response or remission. The average duration required to achieve remission was almost 7 weeks (44 days in primary care; 49 days in psychiatric care). Further, approximately one-third of those who ultimately responded and half of those who entered remission did so after 6 weeks.30 Forty percent of those who entered remission required 8 or more weeks to do so.

These results suggest that longer treatment durations and more vigorous medication dosing than generally used are needed to achieve optimal remission rates. It is imprudent to stop a treatment that the patient is tolerating in a robust dose if the patient reports only partial benefit by 6 weeks; indeed, raising the dose, if tolerated, may help a substantial number of patients respond by 12 or 14 weeks. Instruments to monitor depression severity (eg, self-report measures) can be useful. At least 8 weeks with at least moderately vigorous dosing is recommended.

LEVEL 2: IF THE FIRST TREATMENT FAILS

When switching to a new drug, does it matter which one?

No.

In level 2, if patients had not achieved remission on citalopram alone, they had the choice of switching: stopping citalopram and being randomized to receive either sertraline (Zoloft, another SSRI), venlafaxine extended-release (XR) (Effexor XR, a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor), or bupropion sustained-release (SR) (Wellbutrin SR, a norepinephrine and dopamine reuptake inhibitor). At the last visit the mean daily doses were bupropion SR 282.7 mg/day, sertraline 135.5 mg/day, and venlafaxine-XR 193.6 mg/day.

The remission rate was approximately one-fourth with all three drugs31:

  • With bupropion SR—21.3% by HAM-D17, 25.5% by QIDS-SR16
  • With sertraline—17.6% by HAM-D17, 26.6% by QIDS-SR16
  • With venlafaxine-XR—24.8% by HAM-D17, 25.0% by QIDS-SR16. The remission rates were neither statistically nor clinically different by either measure.

Though the types of side effects related to specific medications may have varied, the overall side-effect burden and the rate of serious adverse events did not differ significantly.

When adding a new drug, does it matter which one?

Again, no.

Instead of switching, patients in level 2 could choose to stay on citalopram and be randomized to add either bupropion SR or buspirone (BuSpar) to the regimen (augmentation). The mean daily doses at the end of level 2 were bupropion SR 267.5 mg and buspirone 40.9 mg.

Rates of remission32:

  • With bupropion SR—29.7% on the HAMD-D17, 39.0% on the QIDS-SR16
  • With buspirone—30.1% on the HAM-D17, 32.9% on the QIDS-SR16.

However, the QIDS-SR16 scores declined significantly more with bupropion SR than with buspirone (25.3% vs 17.1%, P < .04). The mean total QIDS-SR16 score at the last visit was lower with bupropion SR (8.0) than with buspirone (9.1, P < .02), and augmentation with bupropion SR was better tolerated (the dropout rate due to intolerance was 12.5% with bupropion-SR vs 20.6% with buspirone 20.6%; P < .009).

Can we directly compare the benefits of switching vs augmenting?

No.

Patients could choose whether to switch from citalopram to another drug or to add another drug at the second treatment level.33 Consequently, we could not ensure that the patient groups were equivalent at the point of randomization at the beginning of level 2, and, indeed, they were not.

Those who benefitted more from citalopram treatment and who better tolerated it preferred augmentation, while those who benefitted little or who could not tolerate it preferred to switch. Consequently, those in the augmentation group at level 2 were somewhat less depressed than those who switched. Whether augmentation is better even if the initial treatment is minimally effective could not be evaluated in STAR*D.

What about cognitive therapy?

There was no difference between cognitive therapy (either as a switch or as augmentation) and medication (as a switch or as augmentation).34 Adding another drug was more rapidly effective than adding cognitive therapy. Switching to cognitive therapy was better tolerated than switching to a different antidepressant.

Of note, fewer patients accepted cognitive therapy as a randomization option than we expected, so the sample sizes were small. Possible reasons were that all patients had to receive a medication at study entry (which may have biased selection towards those preferring medication), and cognitive therapy entailed additional copayments and visiting still another provider at another site.

After two levels of treatment, how many patients reach remission?

About 30% of patients in level 1 achieved remission, and of those progressing to level 2, another 30% achieved remission. Together, this adds up to about 50% of patients achieving remission if they remained in treatment (30% in level 1 plus 30% of the roughly 70% remaining in level 2).

 

 

IF A SECOND TREATMENT FAILS

If switching again to another drug, does it matter which one?

No.

In level 3, patients could choose to stop the drug they had been taking and be randomized to receive either mirtazapine (Remeron) or nortriptyline (Pamelor).

Switching medications was not as effective as a third step as it was as a second step.35

Remission rates:

  • With mirtazapine—12.3% on the HAM-D17, 8.0% on the QIDS-SR16
  • With nortriptyline—19.8% on the HAM-D17, 12.4% on the QIDS-SR16.

Response rates were 13.4% with mirtazapine and 16.5% with nortriptyline. Statistically, neither the response nor the remission rates differed by treatment, nor did these two treatments differ in tolerability or side-effect burden.

Does choice of augmentation agent matter: Lithium vs T3?

Similarly, after two failed medication treatments, medication augmentation was less effective than it was at the second step.36 The  two augmentation options tested, lithium and T3 thyroid hormone (Cytomel), are commonly considered by psychiatrists but less commonly used by primary care doctors.

Lithium is believed to increase serotonergic function, which may have a synergistic effect on the mechanism of action of antidepressants; a meta-analysis of placebo-controlled studies supports lithium’s effectiveness as adjunctive treatment.37 Its side effects, however, must be closely monitored.38 The primary monitoring concern is the small difference between the therapeutic blood level (0.6–1.2 mEq/L) and potentially toxic blood levels (> 1.5 mEq/L).

Lithium was started at 450 mg/day, and at week 2 it was increased to the recommended dose of 900 mg/day (a dose below the target dose for bipolar disorder). If patients could not tolerate 450 mg/day, the initial dose was 225 mg/day for 1 week before being increased to 450 mg/day, still with the target dose of 900 mg/day. The mean exit dose was 859.9 mg/day, and the median blood level was 0.6 mEq/L.

Thyroid hormone augmentation using T3 is believed to work through both direct and indirect effects on the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis, which has a strong relationship with depression. The efficacy of T3 augmentation is supported by a meta-analysis of eight studies,39 and T3 is effective whether or not thyroid abnormalities are present.

In STAR*D, T3 was started at 25 μg/day for 1 week, than increased to the recommended dose of 50 μg/day. The mean exit dose was 45.2 μg/day.

Remission rates:

  • With lithium augmentation—15.9% by the HAM-D17, 13.2% by the QIDS-SR16
  • With T3 augmentation—24.7% by both measures.

Response rates were 16.2% with lithium augmentation and 23.3% with T3 augmentation.

While neither response nor remission rates were statistically significantly different by treatment, lithium was more frequently associated with side effects (P = .045), and more participants in the lithium group left treatment because of side effects (23.2% vs 9.6%; P = .027). These results suggest that in cases in which a clinician is considering an augmentation trial, T3 has slight advantages over lithium in effectiveness and tolerability. T3 also offers the advantages of being easy to use and not necessitating blood level monitoring. These latter benefits are especially relevant to the primary care physician. However, T3’s potential for long-term side effects (eg, osteoporosis, cardiovascular effects) were not examined, and it is not clear when to discontinue it.

LEVEL 4: AFTER THREE FAILURES, HOW SHOULD A CLINICIAN PROCEED?

Switch to mirtazapine plus venlafaxine XR or tranylcypromine?

Patients who reached level 4 were considered to have a highly treatment-resistant depressive illness, so treatments at this level were, by design, more aggressive. Accordingly, at level 4 we investigated treatments that might be considered more demanding than those a primary care physician would use. Approximately 40% of patients in each treatment group were from primary care settings.

Remission rates40:

  • With the combination of mirtazapine (mean dose 35.7 mg/day) and venlafaxine XR (mean dose 210.3 mg/day)—13.7% by the HAM-D17 and 15.7% by the QIDS-SR16
  • With the MAOI tranylcypromine (Parnate, mean dose 36.9 mg/day)—6.9% by the HAM-D17 and 13.8% by the QIDS-SR16. Response rates were 23.5% with the combination and 12.1% with tranylcypromine. Neither remission nor response rates differed significantly.

However, the percentage reduction in QIDS-SR16 score between baseline and exit was greater with the combination than with tranylcypromine. Further, more patients dropped out of treatment with tranylcypromine because of side effects (P < .03). Tranylcypromine also has the disadvantage of necessitating dietary restrictions.

A significant limitation of this comparison is that patients were less likely to get an adequate trial of tranylcypromine, an MAOI, than of the combination. When the 2-week washout period (required before switching to an MAOI) is subtracted from the total time in treatment, approximately 30% of participants in the tranylcypromine group had less than 2 weeks of treatment, and nearly half had less than 6 weeks of treatment.

Therefore, even though the remission and response rates were similar between groups, the combination of venlafaxine-XR plus mirtazapine therapy might have some advantages over tranylcypromine. These results provided the first evidence of tolerability and at least modest efficacy of this combination for treatment-resistant cases.

Overall, what was the cumulative remission rate?

The theoretical cumulative remission rate after four acute treatment steps was 67%. Remission was more likely to occur during the first two levels of treatment than during the last two. The cumulative remission rates for the first four steps were:

  • Level 1—33%
  • Level 2—57%
  • Level 3—63%
  • Level 4—67%.
 

 

RESULTS FROM LONG-TERM FOLLOW-UP AFTER REMISSION OR RESPONSE

Patients with a clinically meaningful response or, preferably, remission at any level could enter into a 12-month observational follow-up phase. Those who had required more treatment levels had higher relapse rates during this phase.41 Further, if a patient achieved remission rather than just response to treatment, regardless of the treatment level, the prognosis at follow-up was better, confirming the importance of remission as the goal of treatment.

Results also provided a warning—the greater the number of treatment levels that a patient required, the more likely that patient and physician would settle for response. Whether the greater relapse rates reflect a harder-to-treat depression or the naturalistic design of the follow-up phase (with less control over dosing) is unclear.

WHAT DO THESE RESULTS MEAN FOR PRIMARY CARE PHYSICIANS?

  • Measurement-based care is feasible in primary care. Primary care doctors can ensure vigorous but tolerable dosing using a self-report depression scale to monitor response, a side-effects tool to monitor tolerability, and medication adjustments at critical decision points guided by these two measures.
  • Remission, ie, complete recovery from a depressive episode, rather than merely substantial improvement, is associated with a better prognosis and is the preferred goal of treatment.
  • Pharmacologic differences between psychotropic medications did not translate into substantial clinical differences, although tolerability differed. These findings are consistent with a large-scale systematic evidence review recently completed by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality that compared the effectiveness of antidepressants.42 Given the difficulty in predicting what medication will be both efficacious for and tolerated by an individual patient, familiarity with a broad spectrum of antidepressants is prudent.
  • Remission of depressive episodes will most likely require repeated trials of sufficiently sustained,vigorously dosed antidepressant medication. From treatment initiation, physicians should ensure maximal but tolerable doses for at least 8 weeks before deciding that an intervention has failed.
  • If a first treatment doesn’t work, either switching or augmenting it is a reasonable choice. Augmentation may be preferred if the patient is tolerating and receiving partial benefit from the initial medication choice. While bupropion SR and buspirone were not different as augmenters by the primary remission outcome measure, secondary measures (eg, tolerability, depressive symptom change over the course of treatment, clinician-rated Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology) recommended bupropion-SR over buspirone.
  • If physicians switch, either a within-class switch (eg, citalopram to sertraline) or an out-of-class switch (eg, citalopram to bupropion SR) is effective, as is a switch to a dual-action agent (eg, venlafaxine XR).
  • The likelihood of improvement after two aggressive medication trials is very low and likely requires more complicated medication regimens, and the existing evidence base is quite thin. These primary care patients should likely be referred to psychiatrists for more aggressive and intensive treatment.
  • For patients who present with major depressive disorder, STAR*D suggests that with persistence and aggressive yet feasible care, there is hope: after one round, approximately 30% will have a remission; after two rounds, 50%; after three rounds, 60%; and after four rounds, 70%.
  • While STAR*D excluded depressed patients with bipolar disorder, a depressive episode in a patient with bipolar disorder can be difficult to distinguish from a depressive episode in a patient with major depressive disorder. Primary care physicians need to consider bipolar disorder both in patients presenting with a depressive episode and in those who fail an adequate trial.43

FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS

Subsequent STAR*D analyses will compare in greater depth outcomes in primary care vs psychiatric settings at each level of treatment. Given the greater risk of depression persistence associated with more successive levels of treatment, subsequent research will focus on ways to more successfully treat depression in the earlier stages, possibly through medication combinations earlier in treatment (somewhat analogous to a “broad-spectrum antibiotic” approach for infections).

References
  1. Kessler RC, Berglund P, Demler O, et al. The epidemiology of major depressive disorder: results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). JAMA 2003; 289:3095–3105.
  2. Murray CJ, Lopez AD. Global mortality, disability, and the contribution of risk factors: Global Burden of Disease Study. Lancet 1997; 349:1436–1442.
  3. Murray CJ, Lopez AD. Alternative projections of mortality and disability by cause 1990–2020: Global Burden of Disease Study. Lancet 1997; 349:1498–1504.
  4. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Posternak MA. Generalizability of antidepressant efficacy trials: differences between depressed psychiatric outpatients who would or would not qualify for an efficacy trial. Am J Psychiatry 2005; 162:1370–1372.
  5. Rothwell PM. External validity of randomised controlled trials: to whom do the results of this trial apply? Lancet 2005; 365:82–93.
  6. Depression Guideline Panel. Depression in primary care: Volume 1, diagnosis and detection. AHCPR publication No. 93-0550. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Health Care Policy and Research; 1993.
  7. Frank E, Karp J, Rush A. Efficacy of treatments for major depression. Psychopharmacol Bull 1993; 29:457–475.
  8. Depression Guideline Panel. Depression in primary care: Volume 2, Treatment of major depression. AHCPR publication No. 93-0550. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Health Care Policy and Research; 1993.
  9. Fava M, Davidson KG. Definition and epidemiology of treatment-resistant depression. Psychiatr Clin North Am 1996; 19:179–200.
  10. Jarrett RB, Rush A. Short-term psychotherapy of depressive disorders: current status and future directions. Psychiatry: Interpers Biol Process 1994; 57:115–132.
  11. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depression (revision). Am J Psychiatry 2000; 157(suppl 4):1–45.
  12. Dunner DL, Rush AJ, Russell JM, et al. Prospective, long-term, multicenter study of the naturalistic outcomes of patients with treatment-resistant depression. J Clin Psychiatry 2006; 67:688–695.
  13. Fava M, Rush A, Trivedi M, et al. Background and rationale for the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2003; 26:457–494.
  14. Gaynes B, Davis L, Rush A, Trivedi M, Fava M, Wisniewski S. The aims and design of the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) Study. Prim Psychiatry 2005; 12:36–41.
  15. Rush A, Fava M, Wisniewski S, et al. Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D): rationale and design. Control Clin Trials 2004; 25:119–142.
  16. Stafford RS, Ausiello JC, Misra B, Saglam D. National Patterns o fDepression Treatment in Primary Care. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry 2000; 2:211–216.
  17. Regier D, Narrow W, Rae D, Mandersheid R, Locke B, Goodwin F. The de facto US mental and addictive disorders service system: epidemiologic catchment area prospective 1-year prevalence rates of disorders and services. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1993; 50:85–94.
  18. Pincus H, Tanielian T, Marcus S, et al. Prescribing trends in psychotropic medications: primary care, psychiatry, and other medical specialities. JAMA 1998; 279:526–531.
  19. Vuorilehto M, Melartin T, Isometsa E. Depressive disorders in primary care: recurrent, chronic, and co-morbid. Psychol Med 2005; 35:673–682.
  20. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth edition, Text Revision. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
  21. Hamilton M. A rating scale for depression. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1960; 23:56–61.
  22. Wisniewski SR, Rush AJ, Balasubramani GK, Trivedi MH, Nierenberg AA for the STAR*D Investigators. Self-rated global measure of the frequency, intensity, and burden of side effects. J Psychiatric Pract 2006; 12:71–79.
  23. Rush AJ, Bernstein IH, Trivedi MH, et al. An evaluation of the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology and the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression: a Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) trial report. Biol Psychiatry 2006; 59:493–501.
  24. Trivedi MH, Rush AJ, Gaynes BN, et al. Maximizing the adequacy of medication treatment in controlled trials and clinical practice: STAR*D measurement-based care. Neuropsychopharmacology 2007/04/04/online 2007.
  25. Kawamoto K, Houlihan CA, Balas EA, Lobach DF. Improving clinical practice using clinical decision support systems: a systematic review of trials to identify features critical to success. BMJ 2005; 330:765 e-pub March 14 2005.
  26. Lavori P, Rush A, Wisniewski S, et al. Strengthening clinical effectiveness trials: equipoise-stratified randomization. Biol Psychiatry 2001; 50:792–801.
  27. Gaynes BN, Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, et al. Major depression symptoms in primary care and psychiatric care settings: a cross-sectional analysis. Ann Fam Med 2007; 5:126–134.
  28. Gaynes BN, Rush AJ, Trivedi M, et al. A direct comparison of presenting characteristics of depressed outpatients from primary vs. specialty care settings: preliminary findings from the STAR*D clinical trial. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2005; 27:87–96.
  29. Sullivan PW, Valuck R, Saseen J, MacFall HM. A comparison of the direct costs and cost effectiveness of serotonin reuptake inhibitors and associated adverse drug reactions. CNS Drugs 2004; 18:911–932.
  30. Trivedi MH, Rush AJ, Wisniewski SR, et al. Evaluation of outcomes with citalopram for depression using measurement-based care in STAR*D: implications for clinical practice. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:28–40.
  31. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Bupropion-SR, sertraline, or venlafaxine-XR after failure of SSRIs for depression. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:1231–1242.
  32. Trivedi MH, Fava M, Wisniewski SR, et al. Medication augmentation after the failure of SSRIs for depression. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:1243–1252.
  33. Wisniewski SR, Fava M, Trivedi MH, et al. Acceptability of second-step treatments to depressed outpatients: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2007; 164:753–760.
  34. Thase ME, Friedman ES, Biggs MM, et al. Cognitive therapy versus medication in augmentation and switch strategies as second-step treatments: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2007; 164:739–752.
  35. Fava M, Rush AJ, Wisniewski SR, et al. A comparison of mirtazapine and nortriptyline following two consecutive failed medication treatments for depressed outpatients: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1161–1172.
  36. Nierenberg AA, Fava M, Trivedi MH, et al. A comparison of lithium and T3 augmentation following two failed medication treatments for depression: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1519–1530.
  37. Bschor T, Lewitzka U, Sasse J, Adli M, Koberle U, Bauer M. Lithium augmentation in treatment-resistant depression: clinical evidence, serotonergic and endocrine mechanisms. Pharmacopsychiatry 2003; 36(suppl 3):S230–S234.
  38. Freeman MP, Freeman SA. Lithium: clinical considerations in internal medicine. Am J Med 2006; 119:478–481.
  39. Aronson R, Offman HJ, Joffe RT, Naylor CD. Triiodothyronine augmentation in the treatment of refractory depression. A meta-analysis. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1996; 53:842–848.
  40. McGrath PJ, Stewart JW, Fava M, et al. Tranylcypromine versus venlafaxine plus mirtazapine following three failed antidepressant medication trials for depression: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1531–1541.
  41. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Acute and longer-term outcomes in depressed outpatients requiring one or several treatment steps: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1905–1917.
  42. Gartlehner G, Hansen R, Thieda P, et al. Comparative Effectiveness of Second-generation Antidepressants in the Pharmacologic Treatment of Depression. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. http://effectivehealthcare.ahrq.gov/reports/topic.cfm?topic=8&sid=39&rType=3. Accessed December 12, 2007.
  43. Das AK, Olfson M, Gameroff MJ, et al. Screening for bipolar disorder in a primary care practice. JAMA 2005; 293:956–963.
References
  1. Kessler RC, Berglund P, Demler O, et al. The epidemiology of major depressive disorder: results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). JAMA 2003; 289:3095–3105.
  2. Murray CJ, Lopez AD. Global mortality, disability, and the contribution of risk factors: Global Burden of Disease Study. Lancet 1997; 349:1436–1442.
  3. Murray CJ, Lopez AD. Alternative projections of mortality and disability by cause 1990–2020: Global Burden of Disease Study. Lancet 1997; 349:1498–1504.
  4. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Posternak MA. Generalizability of antidepressant efficacy trials: differences between depressed psychiatric outpatients who would or would not qualify for an efficacy trial. Am J Psychiatry 2005; 162:1370–1372.
  5. Rothwell PM. External validity of randomised controlled trials: to whom do the results of this trial apply? Lancet 2005; 365:82–93.
  6. Depression Guideline Panel. Depression in primary care: Volume 1, diagnosis and detection. AHCPR publication No. 93-0550. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Health Care Policy and Research; 1993.
  7. Frank E, Karp J, Rush A. Efficacy of treatments for major depression. Psychopharmacol Bull 1993; 29:457–475.
  8. Depression Guideline Panel. Depression in primary care: Volume 2, Treatment of major depression. AHCPR publication No. 93-0550. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Health Care Policy and Research; 1993.
  9. Fava M, Davidson KG. Definition and epidemiology of treatment-resistant depression. Psychiatr Clin North Am 1996; 19:179–200.
  10. Jarrett RB, Rush A. Short-term psychotherapy of depressive disorders: current status and future directions. Psychiatry: Interpers Biol Process 1994; 57:115–132.
  11. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depression (revision). Am J Psychiatry 2000; 157(suppl 4):1–45.
  12. Dunner DL, Rush AJ, Russell JM, et al. Prospective, long-term, multicenter study of the naturalistic outcomes of patients with treatment-resistant depression. J Clin Psychiatry 2006; 67:688–695.
  13. Fava M, Rush A, Trivedi M, et al. Background and rationale for the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2003; 26:457–494.
  14. Gaynes B, Davis L, Rush A, Trivedi M, Fava M, Wisniewski S. The aims and design of the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) Study. Prim Psychiatry 2005; 12:36–41.
  15. Rush A, Fava M, Wisniewski S, et al. Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D): rationale and design. Control Clin Trials 2004; 25:119–142.
  16. Stafford RS, Ausiello JC, Misra B, Saglam D. National Patterns o fDepression Treatment in Primary Care. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry 2000; 2:211–216.
  17. Regier D, Narrow W, Rae D, Mandersheid R, Locke B, Goodwin F. The de facto US mental and addictive disorders service system: epidemiologic catchment area prospective 1-year prevalence rates of disorders and services. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1993; 50:85–94.
  18. Pincus H, Tanielian T, Marcus S, et al. Prescribing trends in psychotropic medications: primary care, psychiatry, and other medical specialities. JAMA 1998; 279:526–531.
  19. Vuorilehto M, Melartin T, Isometsa E. Depressive disorders in primary care: recurrent, chronic, and co-morbid. Psychol Med 2005; 35:673–682.
  20. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth edition, Text Revision. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
  21. Hamilton M. A rating scale for depression. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1960; 23:56–61.
  22. Wisniewski SR, Rush AJ, Balasubramani GK, Trivedi MH, Nierenberg AA for the STAR*D Investigators. Self-rated global measure of the frequency, intensity, and burden of side effects. J Psychiatric Pract 2006; 12:71–79.
  23. Rush AJ, Bernstein IH, Trivedi MH, et al. An evaluation of the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology and the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression: a Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) trial report. Biol Psychiatry 2006; 59:493–501.
  24. Trivedi MH, Rush AJ, Gaynes BN, et al. Maximizing the adequacy of medication treatment in controlled trials and clinical practice: STAR*D measurement-based care. Neuropsychopharmacology 2007/04/04/online 2007.
  25. Kawamoto K, Houlihan CA, Balas EA, Lobach DF. Improving clinical practice using clinical decision support systems: a systematic review of trials to identify features critical to success. BMJ 2005; 330:765 e-pub March 14 2005.
  26. Lavori P, Rush A, Wisniewski S, et al. Strengthening clinical effectiveness trials: equipoise-stratified randomization. Biol Psychiatry 2001; 50:792–801.
  27. Gaynes BN, Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, et al. Major depression symptoms in primary care and psychiatric care settings: a cross-sectional analysis. Ann Fam Med 2007; 5:126–134.
  28. Gaynes BN, Rush AJ, Trivedi M, et al. A direct comparison of presenting characteristics of depressed outpatients from primary vs. specialty care settings: preliminary findings from the STAR*D clinical trial. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2005; 27:87–96.
  29. Sullivan PW, Valuck R, Saseen J, MacFall HM. A comparison of the direct costs and cost effectiveness of serotonin reuptake inhibitors and associated adverse drug reactions. CNS Drugs 2004; 18:911–932.
  30. Trivedi MH, Rush AJ, Wisniewski SR, et al. Evaluation of outcomes with citalopram for depression using measurement-based care in STAR*D: implications for clinical practice. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:28–40.
  31. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Bupropion-SR, sertraline, or venlafaxine-XR after failure of SSRIs for depression. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:1231–1242.
  32. Trivedi MH, Fava M, Wisniewski SR, et al. Medication augmentation after the failure of SSRIs for depression. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:1243–1252.
  33. Wisniewski SR, Fava M, Trivedi MH, et al. Acceptability of second-step treatments to depressed outpatients: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2007; 164:753–760.
  34. Thase ME, Friedman ES, Biggs MM, et al. Cognitive therapy versus medication in augmentation and switch strategies as second-step treatments: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2007; 164:739–752.
  35. Fava M, Rush AJ, Wisniewski SR, et al. A comparison of mirtazapine and nortriptyline following two consecutive failed medication treatments for depressed outpatients: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1161–1172.
  36. Nierenberg AA, Fava M, Trivedi MH, et al. A comparison of lithium and T3 augmentation following two failed medication treatments for depression: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1519–1530.
  37. Bschor T, Lewitzka U, Sasse J, Adli M, Koberle U, Bauer M. Lithium augmentation in treatment-resistant depression: clinical evidence, serotonergic and endocrine mechanisms. Pharmacopsychiatry 2003; 36(suppl 3):S230–S234.
  38. Freeman MP, Freeman SA. Lithium: clinical considerations in internal medicine. Am J Med 2006; 119:478–481.
  39. Aronson R, Offman HJ, Joffe RT, Naylor CD. Triiodothyronine augmentation in the treatment of refractory depression. A meta-analysis. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1996; 53:842–848.
  40. McGrath PJ, Stewart JW, Fava M, et al. Tranylcypromine versus venlafaxine plus mirtazapine following three failed antidepressant medication trials for depression: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1531–1541.
  41. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Acute and longer-term outcomes in depressed outpatients requiring one or several treatment steps: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163:1905–1917.
  42. Gartlehner G, Hansen R, Thieda P, et al. Comparative Effectiveness of Second-generation Antidepressants in the Pharmacologic Treatment of Depression. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. http://effectivehealthcare.ahrq.gov/reports/topic.cfm?topic=8&sid=39&rType=3. Accessed December 12, 2007.
  43. Das AK, Olfson M, Gameroff MJ, et al. Screening for bipolar disorder in a primary care practice. JAMA 2005; 293:956–963.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Page Number
57-66
Page Number
57-66
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The STAR*D study: Treating depression in the real world
Display Headline
The STAR*D study: Treating depression in the real world
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Remission (ie, complete relief from a depressive episode) rather than response (merely substantial improvement) should be the goal of treatment, as it is associated with a better prognosis and better function.
  • Should the first treatment fail, either switching treat mentor augmenting the current treatment is reasonable.
  • For most patients, remission will require repeated trials of sufficiently sustained, vigorously dosed antidepressant medication. Physicians should give maximal but tolerable doses for at least 8 weeks before deciding that an intervention has failed.
  • After two well-delivered medication trials, the likelihood of remission substantially decreases. Such patients likely require more complicated regimens. Given the thin existing database, these patients are best referred to a psychiatrist for more complex treatments.
  • With persistent and vigorous treatment, most patients will enter remission: about 33% after one step, 50% after two steps, 60% after three steps, and 70% after four steps (assuming patients stay in treatment).
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Masquerade: Nonspinal musculoskeletal disorders that mimic spinal conditions

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 12:05
Display Headline
Masquerade: Nonspinal musculoskeletal disorders that mimic spinal conditions

Not all pain in the neck or back actually originates from the spine. Sometimes pain in the neck or back is caused by a problem in the shoulder or hip or from peripheral nerve compression in the arms or legs.

This article focuses on the diagnostic features of common—and uncommon—nonspinal musculoskeletal problems that can masquerade as disorders of the spine. A myriad of nonmusculoskeletal disorders can also cause neck or back pain, but they are beyond the scope of this article. Medical disorders that can present as possible spinal problems have been reviewed in the December 2007 issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine.

CAUSE OF NECK OR BACK PAIN IS NOT ALWAYS OBVIOUS

Pain in the neck or back is one of the most common reasons for visits to primary care physicians.

Usually the diagnosis is straightforward, but atypical pain patterns frequently make the cause of the problem difficult to decipher.1 Axial neck or back pain is in many cases caused by problems in the joints, muscles, tendons, or ligaments of the arms or legs because the nerves in these structures arise from the spinal cord.2 Because these structures can move relative to one another, pain often varies with position, further confusing the picture.2 Despite these challenges, a correct diagnosis can usually be made on the basis of the history, physical examination, and ancillary testing.

NONSPINAL MUSCULOSKELETAL CAUSES OF NECK PAIN

Although neck pain is very common, in few studies were its anatomic boundaries specifically defined.3,4 Most patients say that they have pain in the neck if it occurs anywhere from the base of the occiput to the superomedial part of the scapula. Because many musculoskeletal structures traverse or are contained in this area, several musculoskeletal conditions can present with “neck pain” (Table 1).

Many shoulder problems present as neck pain

Shoulder problems frequently cause neck pain4 because the shoulder and neck are near the brachial plexus, which connects them. The shoulder joint is a complex of several structures; problems in any of them can present with specific features that can be distinguished from neck problems.5

In general, shoulder problems in older people are due to degenerative conditions, whereas younger people generally have problems arising from trauma, inflammation, or instability.1

Rotator cuff disease is one of the most common shoulder problems that can present with neck pain. The rotator cuff consists of four muscles—the supraspinatus, infraspinatus, subscapularis, and teres minor—which form a common tendon that attaches to the proximal humeral tuberosities and allows rotation of the arm at the glenohumeral joint.1 The rotator cuff probably undergoes both mechanical and biologic degeneration over time, making it prone to painful tears.

Rotator cuff tears can cause pain in the anterolateral or medial aspect of the shoulder or in the trapezius and neck area.1,6 Many older patients present with pain in the trapezius and paraspinal muscles.2,5,7 Many patients report pain when they raise the arms over their head or when they reach and hold the arm away from the body (eg, holding the steering wheel while driving), and at night while lying on the affected side.1

On physical examination, weakness of the rotator cuff muscles can be detected by externally rotating the shoulder or applying a downward force to the arm with the shoulder abducted 90 degrees, forward flexed 30 degrees, and internally rotated with the thumbs pointing to the ground.1

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can very accurately diagnose a rotator cuff tear: diagnostic findings include a discontinuity and retraction in the rotator cuff tendon and edema.

Not all rotator cuff tears are symptomatic.6 If a rotator cuff tear is evident on MRI but the patient does not have pain at night or during overhead activity, then neck pain is more likely due to spinal disease.

Glenohumeral arthritis is another common shoulder problem that can cause axial neck pain.1 Most cases are idiopathic, although many patients have a history of rheumatoid arthritis, prior shoulder trauma, or glenohumeral instability for which they may have had surgery. Patients with shoulder arthritis usually also have arthritis in the cervical spine.

Patients report pain in the trapezius muscle and possibly a sensation of swelling around the shoulder joint, as well as difficulty with overhead activities such as combing hair or applying makeup.1

The most significant clinical finding is eliciting the shoulder pain with motion. Patients may also have limited range of motion accompanied by pain and crepitation.1

Figure 1. Glenohumeral arthritis with decreased joint space and osteophytes.
Shoulder radiographs are frequently diagnostic and show narrowing of the glenohumeral joint space (Figure 1).

Humeral head osteonecrosis is a less common intra-articular problem that can cause neck pain. It occurs most frequently with human immunodeficiency virus infection, alcoholism, or corticosteroid use.8 Radiography shows sclerosis or collapse of the subchondral bone of the humeral head. MRI is best for detecting early changes of osteonecrosis.

 

 

Peripheral nerve compression may mimic cervical radiculopathy

Peripheral nerve compression is common and may present with paresthesias mimicking a cervical radiculopathy.9

Carpal tunnel syndrome usually presents with hand numbness and tingling or decreased sensation in the median nerve distribution (the radial three digits). Thenar atrophy is present in advanced cases.1,9 Carpal tunnel syndrome may also present with nonspecific hand pain or other symptoms. Chowet al9 found that 84% of patients with carpal tunnel syndrome had nocturnal hand paresthesias, 82% had paresthesias that were aggravated by hand activity, and 64% had hand pain. However, some patients with cervical spondylosis also had these symptoms: 10% had hand pain, 7% had nocturnal hand paresthesias, and 10% had paresthesias that were aggravated by hand activity.

Cubital tunnel syndrome can also present with radiating arm symptoms and is usually associated with pain at the elbow and a positive Tinel sign (ie, tapping over the cubital tunnel—at the elbow between the olecranon process and the medial epicondyle—elicits pain and tingling in the small and ring fingers).1 Electromyography and a nerve conduction study can help determine the diagnosis.

Suprascapular nerve impingement is another peripheral nerve problem that can mimic a cervical spine problem.1,10 The supraspinatus and infraspinatus muscles and can become entrapped by a ganglion cyst at the suprascapular notch of the scapula. The condition is more commonly seen in young, active patients who participate in overhead activities (eg, volleyball or tennis).

Chronic suprascapular nerve impingement can cause weakness and atrophy of the supraspinatus or infraspinatus muscles or both and can be detected on physical examination and confirmed by electromyography.1,10 Electromyography is best for diagnosing peripheral nerve compression: a decreased amplitude and increased latency indicates severe nerve compression. MRI can reveal a ganglion cyst if it is the source of nerve compression at the notch.

Brachial neuritis: Acute, severe neck or shoulder pain, followed by weakness

Brachial neuritis (Parsonage-Turner syndrome) presents with abrupt onset of intense pain in the neck or shoulder, mimicking a cervical spine radiculopathy. The pain typically improves over several days to weeks,11 but may be followed by weakness of the arm muscles. The cause of this condition is unclear.

Brachial neuritis characteristically involves multiple nerve roots and the rapid onset of severe pain.11 Cervical radiculopathy, on the other hand, usually starts insidiously and has a single dermatomal distribution. Another distinguishing feature is that neck movement typically exacerbates the symptoms of cervical radiculopathy but not of brachial neuritis.12 Brachial neuritis should be suspected in patients who have these features and who do not respond to conventional therapy.11

A mass can be detected with imaging studies

A mass in or around the shoulder can present as neck or arm pain by compressing or stretching nervous structures or connective tissues in the shoulder.13

Bony masses. Although most bony lesions in the shoulder are benign (osteochondromaor bone cysts), malignant osseous lesions such as metastatic disease and primary bone sarcomas also occur. Metastatic disease should be suspected in older patients with a history of malignancy, even if the presentation is atypical.13 Most bony lesions can be diagnosed by radiography or CT.

Soft tissue masses (eg, lipomas, elastofibromas, and sarcomas) can also cause a confusing pain pattern when they arise in the shoulder. They can be diagnosed with MRI.13

NONSPINAL MUSCULOSKELETAL CAUSES OF BACK PAIN

More than 80% of people experience significan tlow back pain at some time in their life.14 While most patients have no obvious pathology, physicians should be meticulous in evaluating for serious conditions (Table 2). Sometimes nonspinal musculoskeletal problems cause signs and symptoms of lumbar radiculopathy such as mechanical low back pain, referred pain, radicular pain, paresthesias, weakness, neurogenic claudication, or changes in bowel or bladder function.10,12

Hip and spine arthritis are commonly found together

Figure 2. Hip arthritis with decreased joint space, subchondral sclerosis, and osteophytes.
Hip arthritis can be confused with back pain from a spinal cause if it causes pain in the back or buttocks rather than in the groin.15 The presentation can be further complicated because radiographic evidence of hip and spine arthritis is not necessarily proof that these are the source of the pain: both conditions frequently occur as people age (Figure 2).2–4,6,7

Several studies found that if a patient has problems in both the spine and the hip, treating only one of the conditions may not relieve the pain.11,16,17 Birrell et al15 evaluated patients with concomitant hip and spinal disease and found that most patients who underwent total hip arthroplasty followed by spinal decompression had excellent results.

Other studies suggested that it is better to treat spinal stenosis first, because neurologic sequelae could result if it is left untreated.16 On the other hand, several other studies found that patients with symptoms and spinal stenosis seen by radiography can function for years without neurologic compromise.14,15,18 Conflicting data such as these make it difficult to determine whether hip disease or spinal disease should be treated first in patients with both conditions. Generally, the more symptomatic condition is treated first, unless a neurologic problem is progressing.

Recent studies examined clinical features that help distinguish symptomatic hip disease from spine disease in patients with concomitant radiographic hip and spine arthritis.15,18 Limping, groin pain, and limited and painful internal rotation of the hip strongly implicate the hip as the source of pain. Brown et al18 found that patients with a limp were seven times more likely to have pain from the hip alone or from the spine and hip combined than from the spine alone. Patients with groin pain or painful and limited internal rotation of the hip were 14 times more likely to have either the hip or the hip and spine as the source of pain. A positive straight-leg-raising sign or a contralateral straight-leg-raising sign strongly suggests the spine as the source of pain.12 (Straight-leg tests are performed with the patient lying on a table and the examiner lifting the leg while the knee is straight. The test is positive if pain is elicited between 30 and 70 degrees.)

 

 

Femoral necrosis or fractures are detectable by imaging

Femoral head osteonecrosis is another intra-articular hip process that can cause backpain.13 As is also true of osteonecrosis of the shoulder, patients who abuse alcohol or take corticosteroids are at increased risk. Recently, human immunodeficiency virus has also been associated with this condition.

Femoral head osteonecrosis typically presents with insidiously worsening reduction of hip rotation and pain in the buttock, thigh, and groin. The pain is not in a dermatomal pattern and is usually unilateral but can be bilateral.18

Radiographs can be diagnostic for femoral head collapse in late disease. MRI is best for diagnosing early disease before collapse occurs.

Occult or impending femoral neck fracture (ie, in metastatic or metabolic bone disease) usually presents with groin pain, similar to hip osteoarthritis and osteonecrosis,13 but it can also present with vague back pain with or without groin pain. The pain is produced by weight-bearing on the affected leg. Young patients with femoral neck stress fractures or primary benign bone lesions of the hip can also present with buttock pain that can be misinterpreted as coming from the back.

MRI of the pelvis and proximal femur is best for diagnosing a stress fracture and some bone lesions, because they are often not visible on radiographs.

Because the rate of osteonecrosis is very high in displaced femoral neck fractures, it is important that an impending fracture be detected and treated before a complete fracture occurs.

Hip dysplasia requires early treatment

Hip dysplasia, in which the hip joint does not develop normally, can present as back, buttock, and groin pain in young patients. Back pain may be caused by asymmetric spinal loading and abnormal muscular tension in the lumbar spine.13 Early diagnosis is important so that it can be surgically treated (with osteotomies of the proximal femur or pelvis, or both) to preserve hip function.

Piriformis syndrome occurs in athletic patients

Piriformis syndrome, which mimics sciatica from a spinal cause, is controversial because the diagnosis must be based on history and clinical findings without any objective imaging or electrodiagnostic testing. The condition is thought to be caused by sciatic nerve entrapment and compression under the piriformis muscle, which externally rotates the hip and may become swollen and inflamed inactive, athletic people.13,16

The diagnosis is confirmed on physical examination if the pain is replicated when the piriformis muscle is stretched by externally rotating the hip (ie, with the patient supine, flexing the affected hip and knee and pulling the ipsilateral knee toward the contralateral shoulder).13,16

Imaging studies of the spine or hip are notd iagnostic but should be done to look for other possible causes of the pain.

Some patients with this condition are helped by exercises to stretch the hip muscles, particularly the external rotators.

Bursitis causes localized tenderness

Trochanteric bursitis is a fairly common soft-tissue problem that can cause pain along the lateral aspect of the hip and proximal thigh. Unlike radiculopathy, the condition causes localized tenderness over the greater trochanter.

Ischial bursitis can cause back pain and can be differentiated from spinal pathology by localized tenderness over the ischial tuberosity.

Peripheral nerve compression can cause radicular pain

Peripheral nerve compression in and around the leg can cause radicular pain that mimics lumbar spine pathology.

The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, if compressed and irritated as it exits the pelvis, can cause meralgia paresthetica, which is characterized by pain, numbness, and tinglingin the anterolateral proximal thigh, mimicking an L1 or L2 radiculopathy. Many patients report that the pain worsens when they wear a belt or tight pants and improves when they remove or loosen them.

The saphenous and peroneal nerves can be compressed around the knee, causing paresthesias in the medial and lateral aspect of the knee and leg, respectively, mimicking a radiculopathy of the nerve roots at L3-L4 (saphenous nerve) and L5 (peroneal nerve).

The tibial nerve can be compressed in the tarsal tunnel on the medial aspect of the ankle, causing distal paresthesias in the medial aspect of the foot, mimicking radiculopathy at L4-L5.

Stimulating the area of nerve compression by external compression or tapping with the examiner’s fingers generally causes paresthesias and aggravates the symptoms. Electromyography can also help with diagnosis.

References
  1. McFarland EG. Examination of the Shoulder: The Complete Guide. New York: Thieme; 2006.
  2. Macnab I, McCulloch J. Neck Ache and Shoulder Pain. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins; 1994.
  3. Tong HC, Haig AJ, Yamakawa K. The Spurling test and cervical radiculopathy. Spine 2002; 27:156–159.
  4. Gorski JM, Schwartz LH. Shoulder impingement presenting as neck pain. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2003; 85-A:635–638.
  5. Borenstein DG, Wiesel SW, Boden SD. Neck Pain: Medical Diagnosis and Comprehensive Management. Philadelphia: WB Saunders; 1996.
  6. Spindler KP, Dovan TT, McCarty EC. Assessment and management of the painful shoulder. Clin Cornerstone 2001; 3:26–37.
  7. Margoles MS. The pain chart: spatial properties of pain. In: Melzack R,editor. Pain Measurement and Assessment. New York: Raven Press; 1983:215–225.
  8. Pateder DB, Park HB, Chronopoulos E, Fayad LM, McFarland EG.Humeral head osteonecrosis after anterior shoulder stabilization in an adolescent. A case report. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2004; 86-A:2290–2293.
  9. Chow CS, Hung LK, Chiu CP, et al. Is symptomatology useful in distinguishing between carpal tunnel syndrome and cervical spondylosis? Hand Surg 2005; 10:1–5.
  10. Johnson TR. Shoulder. In: Snider RK, editor. Essentials of Musculoskeletal Care. 1st ed. Rosemont, Ill.: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 1997.
  11. Mamula CJ, Erhard RE, Piva SR. Cervical radiculopathy or Parsonage-Turner syndrome: differential diagnosis of a patient with neck and upper extremity symptoms. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther 2005; 35:659–664.
  12. Hoppenfeld S. Physical Examination of the Spine and Extremities. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts; 1976.
  13. McCarthy EF, Frassica FJ. Pathology of Bone and Joint Disorders: With Clinical and Radiographic Correlation. Philadelphia: WB Saunders; 1998.
  14. Borenstein D. Does osteoarthritis of the lumbar spine cause chronic low back pain? Curr Pain Headache Rep 2004; 8:512–517.
  15. Birrell F, Lunt M, Macfarlane G, Silman A. Association between pain in the hip region and radiographic changes of osteoarthritis: results from a population-based study. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:337–341. Erratum in: Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:569.
  16. Papadopoulos EC, Khan SN. Piriformis syndrome and low back pain: a new classification and review of the literature. Orthop Clin North Am 2004; 35:65–71.
  17. Offierski CM, MacNab I. Hip-spine syndrome. Spine 1983; 8:316–321.
  18. Brown MD, Gomez-Marin O, Brookfield KF, Li PS. Differential diagnosis of hip disease versus spine disease. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2004; 419:280–284.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dhruv B. Pateder, MD
Attending Spine Surgeon, Steadman Hawkins Clinic Spine Surgery, Frisco/Vail, CO

John Brems, MD
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Isador Lieberman, MD, FRCS(C)
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, and Departmen tof Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University

Gordon R. Bell, MD
Associate Director, Center for Spine Health, The Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Robert F. McLain, MD
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Dhruv B. Pateder, MD, Steadman Hawkins Clinic Frisco/Vail Spine Surgery, 360 Peak One Drive, Suite 340, PO Box 4815, Frisco, CO 80443 ;e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Lieberman is a founder and is on the board of Merlot OrthopediX and has received royalties, consulting fees, or honoraria from the Axiomed Spine, CrossTrees Medical, DePuy Spine, Kyphon, Mazor Surgical Technologies, Stryker Spine, and Trans1 corporations.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
50-56
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dhruv B. Pateder, MD
Attending Spine Surgeon, Steadman Hawkins Clinic Spine Surgery, Frisco/Vail, CO

John Brems, MD
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Isador Lieberman, MD, FRCS(C)
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, and Departmen tof Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University

Gordon R. Bell, MD
Associate Director, Center for Spine Health, The Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Robert F. McLain, MD
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Dhruv B. Pateder, MD, Steadman Hawkins Clinic Frisco/Vail Spine Surgery, 360 Peak One Drive, Suite 340, PO Box 4815, Frisco, CO 80443 ;e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Lieberman is a founder and is on the board of Merlot OrthopediX and has received royalties, consulting fees, or honoraria from the Axiomed Spine, CrossTrees Medical, DePuy Spine, Kyphon, Mazor Surgical Technologies, Stryker Spine, and Trans1 corporations.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dhruv B. Pateder, MD
Attending Spine Surgeon, Steadman Hawkins Clinic Spine Surgery, Frisco/Vail, CO

John Brems, MD
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Isador Lieberman, MD, FRCS(C)
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, and Departmen tof Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University

Gordon R. Bell, MD
Associate Director, Center for Spine Health, The Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Robert F. McLain, MD
Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Dhruv B. Pateder, MD, Steadman Hawkins Clinic Frisco/Vail Spine Surgery, 360 Peak One Drive, Suite 340, PO Box 4815, Frisco, CO 80443 ;e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Lieberman is a founder and is on the board of Merlot OrthopediX and has received royalties, consulting fees, or honoraria from the Axiomed Spine, CrossTrees Medical, DePuy Spine, Kyphon, Mazor Surgical Technologies, Stryker Spine, and Trans1 corporations.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Not all pain in the neck or back actually originates from the spine. Sometimes pain in the neck or back is caused by a problem in the shoulder or hip or from peripheral nerve compression in the arms or legs.

This article focuses on the diagnostic features of common—and uncommon—nonspinal musculoskeletal problems that can masquerade as disorders of the spine. A myriad of nonmusculoskeletal disorders can also cause neck or back pain, but they are beyond the scope of this article. Medical disorders that can present as possible spinal problems have been reviewed in the December 2007 issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine.

CAUSE OF NECK OR BACK PAIN IS NOT ALWAYS OBVIOUS

Pain in the neck or back is one of the most common reasons for visits to primary care physicians.

Usually the diagnosis is straightforward, but atypical pain patterns frequently make the cause of the problem difficult to decipher.1 Axial neck or back pain is in many cases caused by problems in the joints, muscles, tendons, or ligaments of the arms or legs because the nerves in these structures arise from the spinal cord.2 Because these structures can move relative to one another, pain often varies with position, further confusing the picture.2 Despite these challenges, a correct diagnosis can usually be made on the basis of the history, physical examination, and ancillary testing.

NONSPINAL MUSCULOSKELETAL CAUSES OF NECK PAIN

Although neck pain is very common, in few studies were its anatomic boundaries specifically defined.3,4 Most patients say that they have pain in the neck if it occurs anywhere from the base of the occiput to the superomedial part of the scapula. Because many musculoskeletal structures traverse or are contained in this area, several musculoskeletal conditions can present with “neck pain” (Table 1).

Many shoulder problems present as neck pain

Shoulder problems frequently cause neck pain4 because the shoulder and neck are near the brachial plexus, which connects them. The shoulder joint is a complex of several structures; problems in any of them can present with specific features that can be distinguished from neck problems.5

In general, shoulder problems in older people are due to degenerative conditions, whereas younger people generally have problems arising from trauma, inflammation, or instability.1

Rotator cuff disease is one of the most common shoulder problems that can present with neck pain. The rotator cuff consists of four muscles—the supraspinatus, infraspinatus, subscapularis, and teres minor—which form a common tendon that attaches to the proximal humeral tuberosities and allows rotation of the arm at the glenohumeral joint.1 The rotator cuff probably undergoes both mechanical and biologic degeneration over time, making it prone to painful tears.

Rotator cuff tears can cause pain in the anterolateral or medial aspect of the shoulder or in the trapezius and neck area.1,6 Many older patients present with pain in the trapezius and paraspinal muscles.2,5,7 Many patients report pain when they raise the arms over their head or when they reach and hold the arm away from the body (eg, holding the steering wheel while driving), and at night while lying on the affected side.1

On physical examination, weakness of the rotator cuff muscles can be detected by externally rotating the shoulder or applying a downward force to the arm with the shoulder abducted 90 degrees, forward flexed 30 degrees, and internally rotated with the thumbs pointing to the ground.1

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can very accurately diagnose a rotator cuff tear: diagnostic findings include a discontinuity and retraction in the rotator cuff tendon and edema.

Not all rotator cuff tears are symptomatic.6 If a rotator cuff tear is evident on MRI but the patient does not have pain at night or during overhead activity, then neck pain is more likely due to spinal disease.

Glenohumeral arthritis is another common shoulder problem that can cause axial neck pain.1 Most cases are idiopathic, although many patients have a history of rheumatoid arthritis, prior shoulder trauma, or glenohumeral instability for which they may have had surgery. Patients with shoulder arthritis usually also have arthritis in the cervical spine.

Patients report pain in the trapezius muscle and possibly a sensation of swelling around the shoulder joint, as well as difficulty with overhead activities such as combing hair or applying makeup.1

The most significant clinical finding is eliciting the shoulder pain with motion. Patients may also have limited range of motion accompanied by pain and crepitation.1

Figure 1. Glenohumeral arthritis with decreased joint space and osteophytes.
Shoulder radiographs are frequently diagnostic and show narrowing of the glenohumeral joint space (Figure 1).

Humeral head osteonecrosis is a less common intra-articular problem that can cause neck pain. It occurs most frequently with human immunodeficiency virus infection, alcoholism, or corticosteroid use.8 Radiography shows sclerosis or collapse of the subchondral bone of the humeral head. MRI is best for detecting early changes of osteonecrosis.

 

 

Peripheral nerve compression may mimic cervical radiculopathy

Peripheral nerve compression is common and may present with paresthesias mimicking a cervical radiculopathy.9

Carpal tunnel syndrome usually presents with hand numbness and tingling or decreased sensation in the median nerve distribution (the radial three digits). Thenar atrophy is present in advanced cases.1,9 Carpal tunnel syndrome may also present with nonspecific hand pain or other symptoms. Chowet al9 found that 84% of patients with carpal tunnel syndrome had nocturnal hand paresthesias, 82% had paresthesias that were aggravated by hand activity, and 64% had hand pain. However, some patients with cervical spondylosis also had these symptoms: 10% had hand pain, 7% had nocturnal hand paresthesias, and 10% had paresthesias that were aggravated by hand activity.

Cubital tunnel syndrome can also present with radiating arm symptoms and is usually associated with pain at the elbow and a positive Tinel sign (ie, tapping over the cubital tunnel—at the elbow between the olecranon process and the medial epicondyle—elicits pain and tingling in the small and ring fingers).1 Electromyography and a nerve conduction study can help determine the diagnosis.

Suprascapular nerve impingement is another peripheral nerve problem that can mimic a cervical spine problem.1,10 The supraspinatus and infraspinatus muscles and can become entrapped by a ganglion cyst at the suprascapular notch of the scapula. The condition is more commonly seen in young, active patients who participate in overhead activities (eg, volleyball or tennis).

Chronic suprascapular nerve impingement can cause weakness and atrophy of the supraspinatus or infraspinatus muscles or both and can be detected on physical examination and confirmed by electromyography.1,10 Electromyography is best for diagnosing peripheral nerve compression: a decreased amplitude and increased latency indicates severe nerve compression. MRI can reveal a ganglion cyst if it is the source of nerve compression at the notch.

Brachial neuritis: Acute, severe neck or shoulder pain, followed by weakness

Brachial neuritis (Parsonage-Turner syndrome) presents with abrupt onset of intense pain in the neck or shoulder, mimicking a cervical spine radiculopathy. The pain typically improves over several days to weeks,11 but may be followed by weakness of the arm muscles. The cause of this condition is unclear.

Brachial neuritis characteristically involves multiple nerve roots and the rapid onset of severe pain.11 Cervical radiculopathy, on the other hand, usually starts insidiously and has a single dermatomal distribution. Another distinguishing feature is that neck movement typically exacerbates the symptoms of cervical radiculopathy but not of brachial neuritis.12 Brachial neuritis should be suspected in patients who have these features and who do not respond to conventional therapy.11

A mass can be detected with imaging studies

A mass in or around the shoulder can present as neck or arm pain by compressing or stretching nervous structures or connective tissues in the shoulder.13

Bony masses. Although most bony lesions in the shoulder are benign (osteochondromaor bone cysts), malignant osseous lesions such as metastatic disease and primary bone sarcomas also occur. Metastatic disease should be suspected in older patients with a history of malignancy, even if the presentation is atypical.13 Most bony lesions can be diagnosed by radiography or CT.

Soft tissue masses (eg, lipomas, elastofibromas, and sarcomas) can also cause a confusing pain pattern when they arise in the shoulder. They can be diagnosed with MRI.13

NONSPINAL MUSCULOSKELETAL CAUSES OF BACK PAIN

More than 80% of people experience significan tlow back pain at some time in their life.14 While most patients have no obvious pathology, physicians should be meticulous in evaluating for serious conditions (Table 2). Sometimes nonspinal musculoskeletal problems cause signs and symptoms of lumbar radiculopathy such as mechanical low back pain, referred pain, radicular pain, paresthesias, weakness, neurogenic claudication, or changes in bowel or bladder function.10,12

Hip and spine arthritis are commonly found together

Figure 2. Hip arthritis with decreased joint space, subchondral sclerosis, and osteophytes.
Hip arthritis can be confused with back pain from a spinal cause if it causes pain in the back or buttocks rather than in the groin.15 The presentation can be further complicated because radiographic evidence of hip and spine arthritis is not necessarily proof that these are the source of the pain: both conditions frequently occur as people age (Figure 2).2–4,6,7

Several studies found that if a patient has problems in both the spine and the hip, treating only one of the conditions may not relieve the pain.11,16,17 Birrell et al15 evaluated patients with concomitant hip and spinal disease and found that most patients who underwent total hip arthroplasty followed by spinal decompression had excellent results.

Other studies suggested that it is better to treat spinal stenosis first, because neurologic sequelae could result if it is left untreated.16 On the other hand, several other studies found that patients with symptoms and spinal stenosis seen by radiography can function for years without neurologic compromise.14,15,18 Conflicting data such as these make it difficult to determine whether hip disease or spinal disease should be treated first in patients with both conditions. Generally, the more symptomatic condition is treated first, unless a neurologic problem is progressing.

Recent studies examined clinical features that help distinguish symptomatic hip disease from spine disease in patients with concomitant radiographic hip and spine arthritis.15,18 Limping, groin pain, and limited and painful internal rotation of the hip strongly implicate the hip as the source of pain. Brown et al18 found that patients with a limp were seven times more likely to have pain from the hip alone or from the spine and hip combined than from the spine alone. Patients with groin pain or painful and limited internal rotation of the hip were 14 times more likely to have either the hip or the hip and spine as the source of pain. A positive straight-leg-raising sign or a contralateral straight-leg-raising sign strongly suggests the spine as the source of pain.12 (Straight-leg tests are performed with the patient lying on a table and the examiner lifting the leg while the knee is straight. The test is positive if pain is elicited between 30 and 70 degrees.)

 

 

Femoral necrosis or fractures are detectable by imaging

Femoral head osteonecrosis is another intra-articular hip process that can cause backpain.13 As is also true of osteonecrosis of the shoulder, patients who abuse alcohol or take corticosteroids are at increased risk. Recently, human immunodeficiency virus has also been associated with this condition.

Femoral head osteonecrosis typically presents with insidiously worsening reduction of hip rotation and pain in the buttock, thigh, and groin. The pain is not in a dermatomal pattern and is usually unilateral but can be bilateral.18

Radiographs can be diagnostic for femoral head collapse in late disease. MRI is best for diagnosing early disease before collapse occurs.

Occult or impending femoral neck fracture (ie, in metastatic or metabolic bone disease) usually presents with groin pain, similar to hip osteoarthritis and osteonecrosis,13 but it can also present with vague back pain with or without groin pain. The pain is produced by weight-bearing on the affected leg. Young patients with femoral neck stress fractures or primary benign bone lesions of the hip can also present with buttock pain that can be misinterpreted as coming from the back.

MRI of the pelvis and proximal femur is best for diagnosing a stress fracture and some bone lesions, because they are often not visible on radiographs.

Because the rate of osteonecrosis is very high in displaced femoral neck fractures, it is important that an impending fracture be detected and treated before a complete fracture occurs.

Hip dysplasia requires early treatment

Hip dysplasia, in which the hip joint does not develop normally, can present as back, buttock, and groin pain in young patients. Back pain may be caused by asymmetric spinal loading and abnormal muscular tension in the lumbar spine.13 Early diagnosis is important so that it can be surgically treated (with osteotomies of the proximal femur or pelvis, or both) to preserve hip function.

Piriformis syndrome occurs in athletic patients

Piriformis syndrome, which mimics sciatica from a spinal cause, is controversial because the diagnosis must be based on history and clinical findings without any objective imaging or electrodiagnostic testing. The condition is thought to be caused by sciatic nerve entrapment and compression under the piriformis muscle, which externally rotates the hip and may become swollen and inflamed inactive, athletic people.13,16

The diagnosis is confirmed on physical examination if the pain is replicated when the piriformis muscle is stretched by externally rotating the hip (ie, with the patient supine, flexing the affected hip and knee and pulling the ipsilateral knee toward the contralateral shoulder).13,16

Imaging studies of the spine or hip are notd iagnostic but should be done to look for other possible causes of the pain.

Some patients with this condition are helped by exercises to stretch the hip muscles, particularly the external rotators.

Bursitis causes localized tenderness

Trochanteric bursitis is a fairly common soft-tissue problem that can cause pain along the lateral aspect of the hip and proximal thigh. Unlike radiculopathy, the condition causes localized tenderness over the greater trochanter.

Ischial bursitis can cause back pain and can be differentiated from spinal pathology by localized tenderness over the ischial tuberosity.

Peripheral nerve compression can cause radicular pain

Peripheral nerve compression in and around the leg can cause radicular pain that mimics lumbar spine pathology.

The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, if compressed and irritated as it exits the pelvis, can cause meralgia paresthetica, which is characterized by pain, numbness, and tinglingin the anterolateral proximal thigh, mimicking an L1 or L2 radiculopathy. Many patients report that the pain worsens when they wear a belt or tight pants and improves when they remove or loosen them.

The saphenous and peroneal nerves can be compressed around the knee, causing paresthesias in the medial and lateral aspect of the knee and leg, respectively, mimicking a radiculopathy of the nerve roots at L3-L4 (saphenous nerve) and L5 (peroneal nerve).

The tibial nerve can be compressed in the tarsal tunnel on the medial aspect of the ankle, causing distal paresthesias in the medial aspect of the foot, mimicking radiculopathy at L4-L5.

Stimulating the area of nerve compression by external compression or tapping with the examiner’s fingers generally causes paresthesias and aggravates the symptoms. Electromyography can also help with diagnosis.

Not all pain in the neck or back actually originates from the spine. Sometimes pain in the neck or back is caused by a problem in the shoulder or hip or from peripheral nerve compression in the arms or legs.

This article focuses on the diagnostic features of common—and uncommon—nonspinal musculoskeletal problems that can masquerade as disorders of the spine. A myriad of nonmusculoskeletal disorders can also cause neck or back pain, but they are beyond the scope of this article. Medical disorders that can present as possible spinal problems have been reviewed in the December 2007 issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine.

CAUSE OF NECK OR BACK PAIN IS NOT ALWAYS OBVIOUS

Pain in the neck or back is one of the most common reasons for visits to primary care physicians.

Usually the diagnosis is straightforward, but atypical pain patterns frequently make the cause of the problem difficult to decipher.1 Axial neck or back pain is in many cases caused by problems in the joints, muscles, tendons, or ligaments of the arms or legs because the nerves in these structures arise from the spinal cord.2 Because these structures can move relative to one another, pain often varies with position, further confusing the picture.2 Despite these challenges, a correct diagnosis can usually be made on the basis of the history, physical examination, and ancillary testing.

NONSPINAL MUSCULOSKELETAL CAUSES OF NECK PAIN

Although neck pain is very common, in few studies were its anatomic boundaries specifically defined.3,4 Most patients say that they have pain in the neck if it occurs anywhere from the base of the occiput to the superomedial part of the scapula. Because many musculoskeletal structures traverse or are contained in this area, several musculoskeletal conditions can present with “neck pain” (Table 1).

Many shoulder problems present as neck pain

Shoulder problems frequently cause neck pain4 because the shoulder and neck are near the brachial plexus, which connects them. The shoulder joint is a complex of several structures; problems in any of them can present with specific features that can be distinguished from neck problems.5

In general, shoulder problems in older people are due to degenerative conditions, whereas younger people generally have problems arising from trauma, inflammation, or instability.1

Rotator cuff disease is one of the most common shoulder problems that can present with neck pain. The rotator cuff consists of four muscles—the supraspinatus, infraspinatus, subscapularis, and teres minor—which form a common tendon that attaches to the proximal humeral tuberosities and allows rotation of the arm at the glenohumeral joint.1 The rotator cuff probably undergoes both mechanical and biologic degeneration over time, making it prone to painful tears.

Rotator cuff tears can cause pain in the anterolateral or medial aspect of the shoulder or in the trapezius and neck area.1,6 Many older patients present with pain in the trapezius and paraspinal muscles.2,5,7 Many patients report pain when they raise the arms over their head or when they reach and hold the arm away from the body (eg, holding the steering wheel while driving), and at night while lying on the affected side.1

On physical examination, weakness of the rotator cuff muscles can be detected by externally rotating the shoulder or applying a downward force to the arm with the shoulder abducted 90 degrees, forward flexed 30 degrees, and internally rotated with the thumbs pointing to the ground.1

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can very accurately diagnose a rotator cuff tear: diagnostic findings include a discontinuity and retraction in the rotator cuff tendon and edema.

Not all rotator cuff tears are symptomatic.6 If a rotator cuff tear is evident on MRI but the patient does not have pain at night or during overhead activity, then neck pain is more likely due to spinal disease.

Glenohumeral arthritis is another common shoulder problem that can cause axial neck pain.1 Most cases are idiopathic, although many patients have a history of rheumatoid arthritis, prior shoulder trauma, or glenohumeral instability for which they may have had surgery. Patients with shoulder arthritis usually also have arthritis in the cervical spine.

Patients report pain in the trapezius muscle and possibly a sensation of swelling around the shoulder joint, as well as difficulty with overhead activities such as combing hair or applying makeup.1

The most significant clinical finding is eliciting the shoulder pain with motion. Patients may also have limited range of motion accompanied by pain and crepitation.1

Figure 1. Glenohumeral arthritis with decreased joint space and osteophytes.
Shoulder radiographs are frequently diagnostic and show narrowing of the glenohumeral joint space (Figure 1).

Humeral head osteonecrosis is a less common intra-articular problem that can cause neck pain. It occurs most frequently with human immunodeficiency virus infection, alcoholism, or corticosteroid use.8 Radiography shows sclerosis or collapse of the subchondral bone of the humeral head. MRI is best for detecting early changes of osteonecrosis.

 

 

Peripheral nerve compression may mimic cervical radiculopathy

Peripheral nerve compression is common and may present with paresthesias mimicking a cervical radiculopathy.9

Carpal tunnel syndrome usually presents with hand numbness and tingling or decreased sensation in the median nerve distribution (the radial three digits). Thenar atrophy is present in advanced cases.1,9 Carpal tunnel syndrome may also present with nonspecific hand pain or other symptoms. Chowet al9 found that 84% of patients with carpal tunnel syndrome had nocturnal hand paresthesias, 82% had paresthesias that were aggravated by hand activity, and 64% had hand pain. However, some patients with cervical spondylosis also had these symptoms: 10% had hand pain, 7% had nocturnal hand paresthesias, and 10% had paresthesias that were aggravated by hand activity.

Cubital tunnel syndrome can also present with radiating arm symptoms and is usually associated with pain at the elbow and a positive Tinel sign (ie, tapping over the cubital tunnel—at the elbow between the olecranon process and the medial epicondyle—elicits pain and tingling in the small and ring fingers).1 Electromyography and a nerve conduction study can help determine the diagnosis.

Suprascapular nerve impingement is another peripheral nerve problem that can mimic a cervical spine problem.1,10 The supraspinatus and infraspinatus muscles and can become entrapped by a ganglion cyst at the suprascapular notch of the scapula. The condition is more commonly seen in young, active patients who participate in overhead activities (eg, volleyball or tennis).

Chronic suprascapular nerve impingement can cause weakness and atrophy of the supraspinatus or infraspinatus muscles or both and can be detected on physical examination and confirmed by electromyography.1,10 Electromyography is best for diagnosing peripheral nerve compression: a decreased amplitude and increased latency indicates severe nerve compression. MRI can reveal a ganglion cyst if it is the source of nerve compression at the notch.

Brachial neuritis: Acute, severe neck or shoulder pain, followed by weakness

Brachial neuritis (Parsonage-Turner syndrome) presents with abrupt onset of intense pain in the neck or shoulder, mimicking a cervical spine radiculopathy. The pain typically improves over several days to weeks,11 but may be followed by weakness of the arm muscles. The cause of this condition is unclear.

Brachial neuritis characteristically involves multiple nerve roots and the rapid onset of severe pain.11 Cervical radiculopathy, on the other hand, usually starts insidiously and has a single dermatomal distribution. Another distinguishing feature is that neck movement typically exacerbates the symptoms of cervical radiculopathy but not of brachial neuritis.12 Brachial neuritis should be suspected in patients who have these features and who do not respond to conventional therapy.11

A mass can be detected with imaging studies

A mass in or around the shoulder can present as neck or arm pain by compressing or stretching nervous structures or connective tissues in the shoulder.13

Bony masses. Although most bony lesions in the shoulder are benign (osteochondromaor bone cysts), malignant osseous lesions such as metastatic disease and primary bone sarcomas also occur. Metastatic disease should be suspected in older patients with a history of malignancy, even if the presentation is atypical.13 Most bony lesions can be diagnosed by radiography or CT.

Soft tissue masses (eg, lipomas, elastofibromas, and sarcomas) can also cause a confusing pain pattern when they arise in the shoulder. They can be diagnosed with MRI.13

NONSPINAL MUSCULOSKELETAL CAUSES OF BACK PAIN

More than 80% of people experience significan tlow back pain at some time in their life.14 While most patients have no obvious pathology, physicians should be meticulous in evaluating for serious conditions (Table 2). Sometimes nonspinal musculoskeletal problems cause signs and symptoms of lumbar radiculopathy such as mechanical low back pain, referred pain, radicular pain, paresthesias, weakness, neurogenic claudication, or changes in bowel or bladder function.10,12

Hip and spine arthritis are commonly found together

Figure 2. Hip arthritis with decreased joint space, subchondral sclerosis, and osteophytes.
Hip arthritis can be confused with back pain from a spinal cause if it causes pain in the back or buttocks rather than in the groin.15 The presentation can be further complicated because radiographic evidence of hip and spine arthritis is not necessarily proof that these are the source of the pain: both conditions frequently occur as people age (Figure 2).2–4,6,7

Several studies found that if a patient has problems in both the spine and the hip, treating only one of the conditions may not relieve the pain.11,16,17 Birrell et al15 evaluated patients with concomitant hip and spinal disease and found that most patients who underwent total hip arthroplasty followed by spinal decompression had excellent results.

Other studies suggested that it is better to treat spinal stenosis first, because neurologic sequelae could result if it is left untreated.16 On the other hand, several other studies found that patients with symptoms and spinal stenosis seen by radiography can function for years without neurologic compromise.14,15,18 Conflicting data such as these make it difficult to determine whether hip disease or spinal disease should be treated first in patients with both conditions. Generally, the more symptomatic condition is treated first, unless a neurologic problem is progressing.

Recent studies examined clinical features that help distinguish symptomatic hip disease from spine disease in patients with concomitant radiographic hip and spine arthritis.15,18 Limping, groin pain, and limited and painful internal rotation of the hip strongly implicate the hip as the source of pain. Brown et al18 found that patients with a limp were seven times more likely to have pain from the hip alone or from the spine and hip combined than from the spine alone. Patients with groin pain or painful and limited internal rotation of the hip were 14 times more likely to have either the hip or the hip and spine as the source of pain. A positive straight-leg-raising sign or a contralateral straight-leg-raising sign strongly suggests the spine as the source of pain.12 (Straight-leg tests are performed with the patient lying on a table and the examiner lifting the leg while the knee is straight. The test is positive if pain is elicited between 30 and 70 degrees.)

 

 

Femoral necrosis or fractures are detectable by imaging

Femoral head osteonecrosis is another intra-articular hip process that can cause backpain.13 As is also true of osteonecrosis of the shoulder, patients who abuse alcohol or take corticosteroids are at increased risk. Recently, human immunodeficiency virus has also been associated with this condition.

Femoral head osteonecrosis typically presents with insidiously worsening reduction of hip rotation and pain in the buttock, thigh, and groin. The pain is not in a dermatomal pattern and is usually unilateral but can be bilateral.18

Radiographs can be diagnostic for femoral head collapse in late disease. MRI is best for diagnosing early disease before collapse occurs.

Occult or impending femoral neck fracture (ie, in metastatic or metabolic bone disease) usually presents with groin pain, similar to hip osteoarthritis and osteonecrosis,13 but it can also present with vague back pain with or without groin pain. The pain is produced by weight-bearing on the affected leg. Young patients with femoral neck stress fractures or primary benign bone lesions of the hip can also present with buttock pain that can be misinterpreted as coming from the back.

MRI of the pelvis and proximal femur is best for diagnosing a stress fracture and some bone lesions, because they are often not visible on radiographs.

Because the rate of osteonecrosis is very high in displaced femoral neck fractures, it is important that an impending fracture be detected and treated before a complete fracture occurs.

Hip dysplasia requires early treatment

Hip dysplasia, in which the hip joint does not develop normally, can present as back, buttock, and groin pain in young patients. Back pain may be caused by asymmetric spinal loading and abnormal muscular tension in the lumbar spine.13 Early diagnosis is important so that it can be surgically treated (with osteotomies of the proximal femur or pelvis, or both) to preserve hip function.

Piriformis syndrome occurs in athletic patients

Piriformis syndrome, which mimics sciatica from a spinal cause, is controversial because the diagnosis must be based on history and clinical findings without any objective imaging or electrodiagnostic testing. The condition is thought to be caused by sciatic nerve entrapment and compression under the piriformis muscle, which externally rotates the hip and may become swollen and inflamed inactive, athletic people.13,16

The diagnosis is confirmed on physical examination if the pain is replicated when the piriformis muscle is stretched by externally rotating the hip (ie, with the patient supine, flexing the affected hip and knee and pulling the ipsilateral knee toward the contralateral shoulder).13,16

Imaging studies of the spine or hip are notd iagnostic but should be done to look for other possible causes of the pain.

Some patients with this condition are helped by exercises to stretch the hip muscles, particularly the external rotators.

Bursitis causes localized tenderness

Trochanteric bursitis is a fairly common soft-tissue problem that can cause pain along the lateral aspect of the hip and proximal thigh. Unlike radiculopathy, the condition causes localized tenderness over the greater trochanter.

Ischial bursitis can cause back pain and can be differentiated from spinal pathology by localized tenderness over the ischial tuberosity.

Peripheral nerve compression can cause radicular pain

Peripheral nerve compression in and around the leg can cause radicular pain that mimics lumbar spine pathology.

The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, if compressed and irritated as it exits the pelvis, can cause meralgia paresthetica, which is characterized by pain, numbness, and tinglingin the anterolateral proximal thigh, mimicking an L1 or L2 radiculopathy. Many patients report that the pain worsens when they wear a belt or tight pants and improves when they remove or loosen them.

The saphenous and peroneal nerves can be compressed around the knee, causing paresthesias in the medial and lateral aspect of the knee and leg, respectively, mimicking a radiculopathy of the nerve roots at L3-L4 (saphenous nerve) and L5 (peroneal nerve).

The tibial nerve can be compressed in the tarsal tunnel on the medial aspect of the ankle, causing distal paresthesias in the medial aspect of the foot, mimicking radiculopathy at L4-L5.

Stimulating the area of nerve compression by external compression or tapping with the examiner’s fingers generally causes paresthesias and aggravates the symptoms. Electromyography can also help with diagnosis.

References
  1. McFarland EG. Examination of the Shoulder: The Complete Guide. New York: Thieme; 2006.
  2. Macnab I, McCulloch J. Neck Ache and Shoulder Pain. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins; 1994.
  3. Tong HC, Haig AJ, Yamakawa K. The Spurling test and cervical radiculopathy. Spine 2002; 27:156–159.
  4. Gorski JM, Schwartz LH. Shoulder impingement presenting as neck pain. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2003; 85-A:635–638.
  5. Borenstein DG, Wiesel SW, Boden SD. Neck Pain: Medical Diagnosis and Comprehensive Management. Philadelphia: WB Saunders; 1996.
  6. Spindler KP, Dovan TT, McCarty EC. Assessment and management of the painful shoulder. Clin Cornerstone 2001; 3:26–37.
  7. Margoles MS. The pain chart: spatial properties of pain. In: Melzack R,editor. Pain Measurement and Assessment. New York: Raven Press; 1983:215–225.
  8. Pateder DB, Park HB, Chronopoulos E, Fayad LM, McFarland EG.Humeral head osteonecrosis after anterior shoulder stabilization in an adolescent. A case report. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2004; 86-A:2290–2293.
  9. Chow CS, Hung LK, Chiu CP, et al. Is symptomatology useful in distinguishing between carpal tunnel syndrome and cervical spondylosis? Hand Surg 2005; 10:1–5.
  10. Johnson TR. Shoulder. In: Snider RK, editor. Essentials of Musculoskeletal Care. 1st ed. Rosemont, Ill.: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 1997.
  11. Mamula CJ, Erhard RE, Piva SR. Cervical radiculopathy or Parsonage-Turner syndrome: differential diagnosis of a patient with neck and upper extremity symptoms. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther 2005; 35:659–664.
  12. Hoppenfeld S. Physical Examination of the Spine and Extremities. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts; 1976.
  13. McCarthy EF, Frassica FJ. Pathology of Bone and Joint Disorders: With Clinical and Radiographic Correlation. Philadelphia: WB Saunders; 1998.
  14. Borenstein D. Does osteoarthritis of the lumbar spine cause chronic low back pain? Curr Pain Headache Rep 2004; 8:512–517.
  15. Birrell F, Lunt M, Macfarlane G, Silman A. Association between pain in the hip region and radiographic changes of osteoarthritis: results from a population-based study. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:337–341. Erratum in: Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:569.
  16. Papadopoulos EC, Khan SN. Piriformis syndrome and low back pain: a new classification and review of the literature. Orthop Clin North Am 2004; 35:65–71.
  17. Offierski CM, MacNab I. Hip-spine syndrome. Spine 1983; 8:316–321.
  18. Brown MD, Gomez-Marin O, Brookfield KF, Li PS. Differential diagnosis of hip disease versus spine disease. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2004; 419:280–284.
References
  1. McFarland EG. Examination of the Shoulder: The Complete Guide. New York: Thieme; 2006.
  2. Macnab I, McCulloch J. Neck Ache and Shoulder Pain. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins; 1994.
  3. Tong HC, Haig AJ, Yamakawa K. The Spurling test and cervical radiculopathy. Spine 2002; 27:156–159.
  4. Gorski JM, Schwartz LH. Shoulder impingement presenting as neck pain. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2003; 85-A:635–638.
  5. Borenstein DG, Wiesel SW, Boden SD. Neck Pain: Medical Diagnosis and Comprehensive Management. Philadelphia: WB Saunders; 1996.
  6. Spindler KP, Dovan TT, McCarty EC. Assessment and management of the painful shoulder. Clin Cornerstone 2001; 3:26–37.
  7. Margoles MS. The pain chart: spatial properties of pain. In: Melzack R,editor. Pain Measurement and Assessment. New York: Raven Press; 1983:215–225.
  8. Pateder DB, Park HB, Chronopoulos E, Fayad LM, McFarland EG.Humeral head osteonecrosis after anterior shoulder stabilization in an adolescent. A case report. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2004; 86-A:2290–2293.
  9. Chow CS, Hung LK, Chiu CP, et al. Is symptomatology useful in distinguishing between carpal tunnel syndrome and cervical spondylosis? Hand Surg 2005; 10:1–5.
  10. Johnson TR. Shoulder. In: Snider RK, editor. Essentials of Musculoskeletal Care. 1st ed. Rosemont, Ill.: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 1997.
  11. Mamula CJ, Erhard RE, Piva SR. Cervical radiculopathy or Parsonage-Turner syndrome: differential diagnosis of a patient with neck and upper extremity symptoms. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther 2005; 35:659–664.
  12. Hoppenfeld S. Physical Examination of the Spine and Extremities. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts; 1976.
  13. McCarthy EF, Frassica FJ. Pathology of Bone and Joint Disorders: With Clinical and Radiographic Correlation. Philadelphia: WB Saunders; 1998.
  14. Borenstein D. Does osteoarthritis of the lumbar spine cause chronic low back pain? Curr Pain Headache Rep 2004; 8:512–517.
  15. Birrell F, Lunt M, Macfarlane G, Silman A. Association between pain in the hip region and radiographic changes of osteoarthritis: results from a population-based study. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:337–341. Erratum in: Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:569.
  16. Papadopoulos EC, Khan SN. Piriformis syndrome and low back pain: a new classification and review of the literature. Orthop Clin North Am 2004; 35:65–71.
  17. Offierski CM, MacNab I. Hip-spine syndrome. Spine 1983; 8:316–321.
  18. Brown MD, Gomez-Marin O, Brookfield KF, Li PS. Differential diagnosis of hip disease versus spine disease. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2004; 419:280–284.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Page Number
50-56
Page Number
50-56
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Masquerade: Nonspinal musculoskeletal disorders that mimic spinal conditions
Display Headline
Masquerade: Nonspinal musculoskeletal disorders that mimic spinal conditions
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Neck pain is commonly caused by shoulder problems such as rotator cuff disease, glenohumeral arthritis, and humeral head osteonecrosis.
  • Brachial neuritis involves acute, severe neck or shoulder pain, followed by weakness as pain resolves.
  • Low back pain can be caused by hip or spine arthritis, femoral head osteonecrosis, an occult or impending femoral neck fracture, hip dysplasia, piriformis syndrome, and bursitis.
  • Bony and soft tissue masses can be detected with imaging studies.
  • Peripheral nerve compression can mimic cervical or lumbar spine radiculopathy. Electromyography and eliciting symptoms by tapping over the compressed nerve aid in making a diagnosis.
  • Patients with human immunodeficiency virus infection, alcoholism, or corticosteroid use are at increased risk of developing osteonecrosis of the humeral or femoral head.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Fluid restriction is superior in acute lung injury and ARDS

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 11:25
Display Headline
Fluid restriction is superior in acute lung injury and ARDS
A perspective on the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT)

Although most clinicians tend to manage acute lung injury (ALI) and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) by giving more rather than less fluid,1,2 patients may actually fare better under a strategy of limited fluid intake and increased fluid excretion.

According to the results of the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT),3 patients managed with fluid restriction (the “dry” or conservative strategy) spent significantly less time in the intensive care unit (ICU) and on mechanical ventilation than did patients who received a high fluid intake (the “wet” or liberal strategy). These benefits of the conservative strategy were attained without any increase in the mortality rate at 60 days or in nonpulmonary organ failure at 28 days.

In this article, I discuss the basis for the FACTT researchers’ conclusion that a conservative fluid strategy is preferable to a liberal fluid strategy in ALI/ARDS.

STUDY RATIONALE

One of the more enduring questions in critical care medicine is which fluid-management strategy is best for patients with ALI/ARDS.

The conservative strategy results in a lower vascular filling pressure, which in turn reduces pulmonary edema and improves gas exchange. The drawback to this strategy is that it may have a negative effect on cardiac output and nonpulmonary organ function.

The liberal strategy results in a higher vascular filling pressure, which may be beneficial in terms of cardiac output and nonpulmonary organ perfusion. However, this strategy does not reduce lung edema.

The evidence accumulated before FACTT did not favor one strategy over the other. However, most deaths among patients with ALI/ARDS are attributable to the failure of organs other than the lungs.4,5 As a result, aggressive fluid restriction has not been a common approach in hospitals throughout the United States.1,2

In an effort to resolve the controversy surrounding the management of ALI/ARDS and to broaden the scope of what we know about fluid balance, we undertook this multicenter, randomized, prospective clinical comparison of the two strategies. This study was conducted under the auspices of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute’s Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Clinical Trials Network (ARDSnet).

STUDY DESIGN

Between June 8, 2000, and October 3, 2005, we screened more than 11,000 patients with ALI/ARDS at 20 centers in North America.

Eligibility

Eligible patients had experienced ALI/ARDS within the previous 48 hours, had been intubated for positive-pressure ventilation, had a ratio of partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) to the fraction of inspired oxygen (FIO2) of less than 300, and exhibited bilateral infiltrates on chest radiography that were consistent with the presence of pulmonary edema without evidence of left atrial hypertension.6

Major exclusion criteria included the placement of a pulmonary artery catheter prior to randomization and the presence of certain illnesses that might have compromised the study results.

Patient population

The target enrollment of 1,000 patients was reached. These patients were randomized into one of four roughly equal groups based on the type of fluid-management strategy—conservative or liberal—and the type of catheter that was placed—pulmonary artery or central venous. (The ARDSnet researchers published the results of the catheter comparison in a separate article.7 Those results are not discussed here except to note that there were no statistically significant differences in outcomes between the two catheter groups.)

There were no statistically significant differences between the two groups with respect to baseline demographic characteristics. The conservative-strategy group consisted of 503 patients, of whom 52% were male and 65% were white; the mean age was 50.1 years. The liberal-strategy group consisted of 497 patients, of whom 55% were male and 63% were white; mean age was 49.5 years.

With some minor exceptions, there were no significant differences with respect to the various causes of ALI/ARDS, the type of coexisting conditions, the presence of shock, and overall general health. About half of all patients in both groups had pneumonia, and about one fourth in each had sepsis. Likewise, no significant differences were observed between the treatment groups in the hemodynamic, respiratory, renal, and metabolic variables (Table 1). (Unless otherwise noted, all comparison values in the remainder of this article are mean values.)

 

 

Management

Ventilation according to a low tidal volume strategy (6 mg/kg) was initiated within 1 hour after randomization. The pulmonary artery catheter or central venous catheter was inserted within 4 hours of randomization, and fluid management was started within 2 hours after catheter insertion. Fluid management was continued for 7 days or until 12 hours after extubation in patients who became able to breathe without assistance, whichever occurred first.

Target filling pressures. In the conservative-strategy group, the target filling pressures were low—a pulmonary artery occlusion pressure less than 8 mm Hg for those randomized to receive a pulmonary artery catheter, and a central venous pressure less than 4 mm Hg for those randomized to receive a central venous catheter. Barring adverse effects, patients were to undergo diuresis with furosemide (Lasix) until their goal was achieved, and then they would be maintained on that dosage through day 7. If we experienced difficulty in safely reaching these goals—say, if a patient developed hypoxemia, oliguria, or hypotension—we backed off the diuresis until the patient stabilized, and then we tried again. An inability to reach these filling pressure targets was not considered to be a treatment failure; our actual aim was to get as close to the target as possible as long as the patient tolerated the treatment.

In the liberal-strategy group, the target pressures were in the high-to-normal range—14 to 18 mm Hg for those with a pulmonary artery catheter and 10 to 14 mm Hg for those with a central venous catheter.

Patients with a pulmonary artery catheter who were hemodynamically stable after 3 days could be switched to a central venous catheter at the discretion of the clinician.

Monitoring. Patients were monitored once every 4 hours—more often if the clinician felt it necessary—for four variables:

  • Pulmonary artery occlusion pressure or central venous pressure, depending on the type of catheter
  • Shock, indicated by a mean arterial pressure of less than 60 mm Hg or the need for a vasopressor
  • Oliguria, indicated by a urine output of less than 0.5 mL/kg/hour
  • Ineffective circulation, represented by a cardiac index of less than 2.5 L/minute/cm2 in the pulmonary artery catheter group and by the presence of cold, mottled skin and a capillary-refilling time of more than 2 seconds in the central venous catheter group.

Depending on what the clinician found during monitoring, patients could receive a fluid bolus (if the filling pressure was too low), furosemide (if the filling pressure was too high), dobutamine (in certain rare circumstances), or nothing.

We monitored compliance with the protocol instructions twice each day—at a set time each morning and later in the day at a randomly selected time. An important aspect of this study is that we had no protocol instructions for managing shock. Individual clinicians were free to treat shock however they deemed best. In essence, then, our study was a comparison of liberal and conservative strategies during the nonshock phase of ALI/ARDS.

End points

The primary end point was the mortality rate at 60 days. Patients who were discharged earlier were assumed to be alive at 60 days.

The secondary end points were the number of ICU-free and ventilator-free days and the number of organ-failure-free days at day 28. Other end points included various indicators of lung physiology.

Statistical analysis

This intention-to-treat analysis was powered so that we had a 90% chance of detecting a 10% difference in mortality rate at day 60 (statistical significance: P < .05).

Protocol safeguards

Prior to treatment, we knew that some patients in the liberal-strategy group would not reach their filling-pressure targets despite the infusion of large amounts of fluid. To avoid “overdosing” these patients, we limited all patients to a maximum of three fluid boluses per 24 hours. Also, we withheld fluid boluses if a patient’s FIO2 level reached or exceeded 0.7 or if the cardiac index rose to 4.5 L/minute/cm2 or higher.

Diuretics were withheld when a patient had received a vasopressor or had emerged from shock within the preceding 12 hours. Also, diuretics were not given to any patient who had received a fluid bolus within the preceding 12 hours or when renal failure was present (these patients were given renal support therapy).

Finally, physicians and coordinators were instructed to assess each protocol instruction for safety and clinical validity before implementing the particular instruction. If, in their medical judgment, a particular protocol instruction should not be implemented, they were authorized to override the instruction and record the reason for doing so in the case report form.

 

 

RESULTS

Protocol compliance

Clinicians adhered to the protocol instructions during approximately 90% of the time.

Diuretic administration. In response to high filling pressures, patients in the conservative-strategy and liberal-strategy groups received furosemide during 41% and 10% of assessment periods, respectively (P < .0001). By day 7, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group had received a cumulative dose of approximately 1,000 mg of furosemide, while the average patient in the liberal-strategy group had received 500 mg.

Fluid administration. Low filling pressure prompted the administration of a fluid bolus to the liberal-strategy group during 15% of the assessment periods, compared with 6% in the conservative-strategy group (P < .0001).

Figure 1. Cumulative fluid balance in the two study groups and in two earlier studies in which fluid management was not specified by protocol.
Fluid balance. By day 7, patients in the liberal-strategy group had received an average of about 1 L/day of fluid, for an overall net gain of 7 L. The conservative-strategy group had a net gain of 0 L by day 7 (Figure 1).8

The conservative-strategy patients who were in shock at study entry had a net gain of approximately 3 L of fluid by day 7, while the liberal-strategy group had a gain of approximately 10 L. Among the patients who were shock-free at baseline, the conservative-strategy group had a net loss of almost 2 L at day 7 while the liberal-strategy group had a net gain of about 5 L.

Figure 2. Central venous pressure (top) and pulmonary artery occlusion pressure (bottom) in the study groups.
Central venous pressure. At day 7, the filling pressure in the conservative-strategy group had fallen from 11.9 to slightly less than 9 mm Hg, meaning that not all patients met their targets. The filling pressure in the liberal-strategy group was essentially unchanged from the baseline level of 12.2 mm Hg (Figure 2).

The pulmonary artery occlusion pressure fell from 15.6 mm Hg to just below 13 mm Hg in the conservative-strategy group by day 7, although there was a wide variation among individual patients. The pressure in the liberal-strategy group (15.7 mm Hg at baseline) was unchanged at day 7 (Figure 2).

Primary end point

Figure 3. Probability of survival to hospital discharge and of breathing without assistance during the first 60 days after randomization.
At 60 days, the mortality rate was 25.5% in the conservative-strategy treatment group and 28.4% in the liberal-strategy group; the difference was not statistically significant (P = .30) (Figure 3).

Secondary end points

Through day 7, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group experienced significantly more ICU-free days (0.9 vs 0.6; P <.001) and more days free of central nervous system (CNS) failure (3.4 vs 2.9; P = .02). No significant differences were observed in the number of days free from coagulation abnormalities and renal or hepatic failure at day 28.

Through day 28, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group experienced significantly more ventilator-free days (14.6 vs 12.1; P < .001). The other 7-day results held up after 28 days, as the average conservative-strategy patient continued to experience more ICU-free days (13.4 vs 11.2; P < .001) and more days free of CNS failure (18.8 vs 17.2; P = .03). Again, no significant differences were observed in the number of days free of coagulation abnormalities and cardiovascular, renal, or hepatic failure.

It is not clear if the conservative strategy’s advantage in terms of more CNS-failure-free days was actually the result of the strategy itself or due to the fact that these patients were weaned off ventilation earlier and therefore received less sedation.

Other outcomes

Shock. One concern we had with the conservative strategy was that it might induce shock more frequently, but this did not occur. The percentage of patients who developed shock at least once during the 7-day treatment protocol was quite similar in the two groups. Also, it is interesting that patients who presented with no baseline shock had only about a 30% chance of developing shock during therapy. There was no significant difference in vasopressor use between the two groups.

Lung function. The conservative-strategy group had a significantly better Murray lung injury score at day 7: 2.03 vs 2.27 (P < .001).

Tidal-volume scores (7.4 mL/kg in both groups at baseline) dropped at an equal rate and were virtually identical at day 7 (6.36 mL/kg in the conservative-strategy group and 6.34 in the liberal-strategy group), as expected.The plateau pressure, positive end-expiraory pressure, PaO2–FIO2 ratio, and oxygenation index were slightly but not significantly better in the conservative-strategy group at day 7.

Overall, lung function was considerably better in the conservative-strategy group.

Cardiovascular function. The mean arterial pressure was significantly lower in the conservative-strategy group at day 7 (81.00 vs 84.36 mm Hg; P = .03). It is interesting that both levels were higher than the baseline levels (77.1 and 77.2, respectively; not significant).

The stroke volume index and the cardiac index were slightly lower in the conservative-strategy group at day 7, but not significantly so. No differences were seen in heart rate and venous oxygen saturation levels.

Renal and metabolic function. At day 7, the conservative-strategy group had a significantly higher blood urea nitrogen level (33.62 vs 28.44 mg/dL; P = .009). No significant differences were seen between the groups in creatinine levels at day 7 and day 28.

At day 60, dialysis was needed by 10% of the conservative-strategy group and 14% of the liberal-strategy group (P = .06). The important finding here is that there was no trend toward a more frequent need for dialysis in the conservative-strategy group. Also, the average number of days on dialysis in the two groups was essentially the same (11.0 and 10.9, respectively).

Again, there was no difference in the number of renal-failure-free days at either day 7 or day 28.

Hematologic factors. At day 7, the conservative-strategy group had significantly higher hemoglobin (10.22 vs 9.65 g/dL) and albumin (2.30 vs 2.11 g/dL) levels and capillary osmotic pressure (19.18 vs 17.39 mm Hg), even though significantly more patients in the liberal-strategy group received transfusions through day 7 (39% vs 29%; P = .0007).

Safety. Although the number of adverse events—particularly, metabolic alkalosis and electrolyte imbalance—was significantly higher in the conservative-strategy group (42 vs 19; P = .001), the overall incidence was low. No adverse event was associated with arrhythmia.

 

 

CONCLUSION

The two fluid-management protocols used in this study were designed to be prudent yet distinctly different. While designing our protocol, we were concerned on the one hand that despite our best efforts fluid balance would turn out to be very similar in the two groups; this did not happen. On the other hand, we were also worried that the fluid level in one of the two groups might turn out to be so bizarre that it would invalidate our study; this too did not occur. Therefore, we are pleased with the way the study was designed and conducted, and we are satisfied that the two protocols were legitimate.

As we went into our study, the literature contained only one other prospective trial that was in some way similar to ours. Mitchell et al9 conducted a randomized, prospective study of 101 critically ill patients, including 89 with pulmonary edema. A group of 52 patients were managed with a conservative strategy intended to reduce the amount of extravascular lung water; the other 49 patients were managed with a strategy similar to the liberal strategy used in our study. At the study’s end, the patients in the conservative-strategy group had a significantly lower amount of extravascular lung water and spent significantly fewer days on ventilation and in the ICU. No clinically significant adverse effects were associated with the conservative strategy. This small study was not highly powered, but it did show that aggressive fluid restriction conferred some benefit.

In our study, the conservative strategy improved lung function and shortened the duration of mechanical ventilation and ICU stay without increasing nonpulmonary organ failures or increasing the risk of death within 60 days. Therefore, we recommend the conservative strategy for patients with ALI/ARDS.

References
  1. The Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Network.Ventilation with lower tidal volumes as compared with traditional tidal volumes for acute lung injury and the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:1301–1308.
  2. Brower RG, Lanken PN, MacIntyre N, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute ARDS Clinical Trials Network. Higher versus lower positive end-expiratory pressures in patients with the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:327–336.
  3. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network; Wiedemann HP, Wheeler AP, Bernard GR, et al. Comparison of two fluid-management strategies in acute lung injury. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:2564–2575.
  4. Ware LB, Matthay MA. The acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:1334–1349.
  5. Montgomery AB, Stager MA, Carrico CJ, Hudson LD. Causes of mortality in patients with the adult respiratory distress syndrome. Am Rev Respir Dis 1985; 132:485–489.
  6. Bernard GR, Artigas A, Brigham KL, et al. The American-European Consensus Conference on ARDS. Definitions, mechanisms, relevant outcomes, and clinical trial coordination. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1994; 149:818–824.
  7. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network; Wheeler AP, Bernard GR, Thompson BT, et al. Pulmonary-artery versus central venous catheter to guide treatment of acute lung injury. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:2213–2224.
  8. The National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical TrialsNetwork. Supplementary appendix.http://content.nejm.org/cgi/data/NEJMoa062200/DC1/1.Accessed August 3, 2007.
  9. Mitchell JP, Schuller D, Calandrino FS, Schuster DP.Improved outcome based on fluid management in criticallyill patients requiring pulmonary artery catheterization.Am Rev Respir Dis 1992; 145:990–998.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Herbert P. Wiedemann, MD
Chairman, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Co-chair, Fluid and Catheters Treatment Trial, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network

Address: Herbert P. Wiedemann, MD, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195;e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
42-48
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Herbert P. Wiedemann, MD
Chairman, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Co-chair, Fluid and Catheters Treatment Trial, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network

Address: Herbert P. Wiedemann, MD, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195;e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Author and Disclosure Information

Herbert P. Wiedemann, MD
Chairman, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Co-chair, Fluid and Catheters Treatment Trial, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network

Address: Herbert P. Wiedemann, MD, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195;e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Article PDF
Article PDF
A perspective on the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT)
A perspective on the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT)

Although most clinicians tend to manage acute lung injury (ALI) and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) by giving more rather than less fluid,1,2 patients may actually fare better under a strategy of limited fluid intake and increased fluid excretion.

According to the results of the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT),3 patients managed with fluid restriction (the “dry” or conservative strategy) spent significantly less time in the intensive care unit (ICU) and on mechanical ventilation than did patients who received a high fluid intake (the “wet” or liberal strategy). These benefits of the conservative strategy were attained without any increase in the mortality rate at 60 days or in nonpulmonary organ failure at 28 days.

In this article, I discuss the basis for the FACTT researchers’ conclusion that a conservative fluid strategy is preferable to a liberal fluid strategy in ALI/ARDS.

STUDY RATIONALE

One of the more enduring questions in critical care medicine is which fluid-management strategy is best for patients with ALI/ARDS.

The conservative strategy results in a lower vascular filling pressure, which in turn reduces pulmonary edema and improves gas exchange. The drawback to this strategy is that it may have a negative effect on cardiac output and nonpulmonary organ function.

The liberal strategy results in a higher vascular filling pressure, which may be beneficial in terms of cardiac output and nonpulmonary organ perfusion. However, this strategy does not reduce lung edema.

The evidence accumulated before FACTT did not favor one strategy over the other. However, most deaths among patients with ALI/ARDS are attributable to the failure of organs other than the lungs.4,5 As a result, aggressive fluid restriction has not been a common approach in hospitals throughout the United States.1,2

In an effort to resolve the controversy surrounding the management of ALI/ARDS and to broaden the scope of what we know about fluid balance, we undertook this multicenter, randomized, prospective clinical comparison of the two strategies. This study was conducted under the auspices of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute’s Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Clinical Trials Network (ARDSnet).

STUDY DESIGN

Between June 8, 2000, and October 3, 2005, we screened more than 11,000 patients with ALI/ARDS at 20 centers in North America.

Eligibility

Eligible patients had experienced ALI/ARDS within the previous 48 hours, had been intubated for positive-pressure ventilation, had a ratio of partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) to the fraction of inspired oxygen (FIO2) of less than 300, and exhibited bilateral infiltrates on chest radiography that were consistent with the presence of pulmonary edema without evidence of left atrial hypertension.6

Major exclusion criteria included the placement of a pulmonary artery catheter prior to randomization and the presence of certain illnesses that might have compromised the study results.

Patient population

The target enrollment of 1,000 patients was reached. These patients were randomized into one of four roughly equal groups based on the type of fluid-management strategy—conservative or liberal—and the type of catheter that was placed—pulmonary artery or central venous. (The ARDSnet researchers published the results of the catheter comparison in a separate article.7 Those results are not discussed here except to note that there were no statistically significant differences in outcomes between the two catheter groups.)

There were no statistically significant differences between the two groups with respect to baseline demographic characteristics. The conservative-strategy group consisted of 503 patients, of whom 52% were male and 65% were white; the mean age was 50.1 years. The liberal-strategy group consisted of 497 patients, of whom 55% were male and 63% were white; mean age was 49.5 years.

With some minor exceptions, there were no significant differences with respect to the various causes of ALI/ARDS, the type of coexisting conditions, the presence of shock, and overall general health. About half of all patients in both groups had pneumonia, and about one fourth in each had sepsis. Likewise, no significant differences were observed between the treatment groups in the hemodynamic, respiratory, renal, and metabolic variables (Table 1). (Unless otherwise noted, all comparison values in the remainder of this article are mean values.)

 

 

Management

Ventilation according to a low tidal volume strategy (6 mg/kg) was initiated within 1 hour after randomization. The pulmonary artery catheter or central venous catheter was inserted within 4 hours of randomization, and fluid management was started within 2 hours after catheter insertion. Fluid management was continued for 7 days or until 12 hours after extubation in patients who became able to breathe without assistance, whichever occurred first.

Target filling pressures. In the conservative-strategy group, the target filling pressures were low—a pulmonary artery occlusion pressure less than 8 mm Hg for those randomized to receive a pulmonary artery catheter, and a central venous pressure less than 4 mm Hg for those randomized to receive a central venous catheter. Barring adverse effects, patients were to undergo diuresis with furosemide (Lasix) until their goal was achieved, and then they would be maintained on that dosage through day 7. If we experienced difficulty in safely reaching these goals—say, if a patient developed hypoxemia, oliguria, or hypotension—we backed off the diuresis until the patient stabilized, and then we tried again. An inability to reach these filling pressure targets was not considered to be a treatment failure; our actual aim was to get as close to the target as possible as long as the patient tolerated the treatment.

In the liberal-strategy group, the target pressures were in the high-to-normal range—14 to 18 mm Hg for those with a pulmonary artery catheter and 10 to 14 mm Hg for those with a central venous catheter.

Patients with a pulmonary artery catheter who were hemodynamically stable after 3 days could be switched to a central venous catheter at the discretion of the clinician.

Monitoring. Patients were monitored once every 4 hours—more often if the clinician felt it necessary—for four variables:

  • Pulmonary artery occlusion pressure or central venous pressure, depending on the type of catheter
  • Shock, indicated by a mean arterial pressure of less than 60 mm Hg or the need for a vasopressor
  • Oliguria, indicated by a urine output of less than 0.5 mL/kg/hour
  • Ineffective circulation, represented by a cardiac index of less than 2.5 L/minute/cm2 in the pulmonary artery catheter group and by the presence of cold, mottled skin and a capillary-refilling time of more than 2 seconds in the central venous catheter group.

Depending on what the clinician found during monitoring, patients could receive a fluid bolus (if the filling pressure was too low), furosemide (if the filling pressure was too high), dobutamine (in certain rare circumstances), or nothing.

We monitored compliance with the protocol instructions twice each day—at a set time each morning and later in the day at a randomly selected time. An important aspect of this study is that we had no protocol instructions for managing shock. Individual clinicians were free to treat shock however they deemed best. In essence, then, our study was a comparison of liberal and conservative strategies during the nonshock phase of ALI/ARDS.

End points

The primary end point was the mortality rate at 60 days. Patients who were discharged earlier were assumed to be alive at 60 days.

The secondary end points were the number of ICU-free and ventilator-free days and the number of organ-failure-free days at day 28. Other end points included various indicators of lung physiology.

Statistical analysis

This intention-to-treat analysis was powered so that we had a 90% chance of detecting a 10% difference in mortality rate at day 60 (statistical significance: P < .05).

Protocol safeguards

Prior to treatment, we knew that some patients in the liberal-strategy group would not reach their filling-pressure targets despite the infusion of large amounts of fluid. To avoid “overdosing” these patients, we limited all patients to a maximum of three fluid boluses per 24 hours. Also, we withheld fluid boluses if a patient’s FIO2 level reached or exceeded 0.7 or if the cardiac index rose to 4.5 L/minute/cm2 or higher.

Diuretics were withheld when a patient had received a vasopressor or had emerged from shock within the preceding 12 hours. Also, diuretics were not given to any patient who had received a fluid bolus within the preceding 12 hours or when renal failure was present (these patients were given renal support therapy).

Finally, physicians and coordinators were instructed to assess each protocol instruction for safety and clinical validity before implementing the particular instruction. If, in their medical judgment, a particular protocol instruction should not be implemented, they were authorized to override the instruction and record the reason for doing so in the case report form.

 

 

RESULTS

Protocol compliance

Clinicians adhered to the protocol instructions during approximately 90% of the time.

Diuretic administration. In response to high filling pressures, patients in the conservative-strategy and liberal-strategy groups received furosemide during 41% and 10% of assessment periods, respectively (P < .0001). By day 7, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group had received a cumulative dose of approximately 1,000 mg of furosemide, while the average patient in the liberal-strategy group had received 500 mg.

Fluid administration. Low filling pressure prompted the administration of a fluid bolus to the liberal-strategy group during 15% of the assessment periods, compared with 6% in the conservative-strategy group (P < .0001).

Figure 1. Cumulative fluid balance in the two study groups and in two earlier studies in which fluid management was not specified by protocol.
Fluid balance. By day 7, patients in the liberal-strategy group had received an average of about 1 L/day of fluid, for an overall net gain of 7 L. The conservative-strategy group had a net gain of 0 L by day 7 (Figure 1).8

The conservative-strategy patients who were in shock at study entry had a net gain of approximately 3 L of fluid by day 7, while the liberal-strategy group had a gain of approximately 10 L. Among the patients who were shock-free at baseline, the conservative-strategy group had a net loss of almost 2 L at day 7 while the liberal-strategy group had a net gain of about 5 L.

Figure 2. Central venous pressure (top) and pulmonary artery occlusion pressure (bottom) in the study groups.
Central venous pressure. At day 7, the filling pressure in the conservative-strategy group had fallen from 11.9 to slightly less than 9 mm Hg, meaning that not all patients met their targets. The filling pressure in the liberal-strategy group was essentially unchanged from the baseline level of 12.2 mm Hg (Figure 2).

The pulmonary artery occlusion pressure fell from 15.6 mm Hg to just below 13 mm Hg in the conservative-strategy group by day 7, although there was a wide variation among individual patients. The pressure in the liberal-strategy group (15.7 mm Hg at baseline) was unchanged at day 7 (Figure 2).

Primary end point

Figure 3. Probability of survival to hospital discharge and of breathing without assistance during the first 60 days after randomization.
At 60 days, the mortality rate was 25.5% in the conservative-strategy treatment group and 28.4% in the liberal-strategy group; the difference was not statistically significant (P = .30) (Figure 3).

Secondary end points

Through day 7, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group experienced significantly more ICU-free days (0.9 vs 0.6; P <.001) and more days free of central nervous system (CNS) failure (3.4 vs 2.9; P = .02). No significant differences were observed in the number of days free from coagulation abnormalities and renal or hepatic failure at day 28.

Through day 28, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group experienced significantly more ventilator-free days (14.6 vs 12.1; P < .001). The other 7-day results held up after 28 days, as the average conservative-strategy patient continued to experience more ICU-free days (13.4 vs 11.2; P < .001) and more days free of CNS failure (18.8 vs 17.2; P = .03). Again, no significant differences were observed in the number of days free of coagulation abnormalities and cardiovascular, renal, or hepatic failure.

It is not clear if the conservative strategy’s advantage in terms of more CNS-failure-free days was actually the result of the strategy itself or due to the fact that these patients were weaned off ventilation earlier and therefore received less sedation.

Other outcomes

Shock. One concern we had with the conservative strategy was that it might induce shock more frequently, but this did not occur. The percentage of patients who developed shock at least once during the 7-day treatment protocol was quite similar in the two groups. Also, it is interesting that patients who presented with no baseline shock had only about a 30% chance of developing shock during therapy. There was no significant difference in vasopressor use between the two groups.

Lung function. The conservative-strategy group had a significantly better Murray lung injury score at day 7: 2.03 vs 2.27 (P < .001).

Tidal-volume scores (7.4 mL/kg in both groups at baseline) dropped at an equal rate and were virtually identical at day 7 (6.36 mL/kg in the conservative-strategy group and 6.34 in the liberal-strategy group), as expected.The plateau pressure, positive end-expiraory pressure, PaO2–FIO2 ratio, and oxygenation index were slightly but not significantly better in the conservative-strategy group at day 7.

Overall, lung function was considerably better in the conservative-strategy group.

Cardiovascular function. The mean arterial pressure was significantly lower in the conservative-strategy group at day 7 (81.00 vs 84.36 mm Hg; P = .03). It is interesting that both levels were higher than the baseline levels (77.1 and 77.2, respectively; not significant).

The stroke volume index and the cardiac index were slightly lower in the conservative-strategy group at day 7, but not significantly so. No differences were seen in heart rate and venous oxygen saturation levels.

Renal and metabolic function. At day 7, the conservative-strategy group had a significantly higher blood urea nitrogen level (33.62 vs 28.44 mg/dL; P = .009). No significant differences were seen between the groups in creatinine levels at day 7 and day 28.

At day 60, dialysis was needed by 10% of the conservative-strategy group and 14% of the liberal-strategy group (P = .06). The important finding here is that there was no trend toward a more frequent need for dialysis in the conservative-strategy group. Also, the average number of days on dialysis in the two groups was essentially the same (11.0 and 10.9, respectively).

Again, there was no difference in the number of renal-failure-free days at either day 7 or day 28.

Hematologic factors. At day 7, the conservative-strategy group had significantly higher hemoglobin (10.22 vs 9.65 g/dL) and albumin (2.30 vs 2.11 g/dL) levels and capillary osmotic pressure (19.18 vs 17.39 mm Hg), even though significantly more patients in the liberal-strategy group received transfusions through day 7 (39% vs 29%; P = .0007).

Safety. Although the number of adverse events—particularly, metabolic alkalosis and electrolyte imbalance—was significantly higher in the conservative-strategy group (42 vs 19; P = .001), the overall incidence was low. No adverse event was associated with arrhythmia.

 

 

CONCLUSION

The two fluid-management protocols used in this study were designed to be prudent yet distinctly different. While designing our protocol, we were concerned on the one hand that despite our best efforts fluid balance would turn out to be very similar in the two groups; this did not happen. On the other hand, we were also worried that the fluid level in one of the two groups might turn out to be so bizarre that it would invalidate our study; this too did not occur. Therefore, we are pleased with the way the study was designed and conducted, and we are satisfied that the two protocols were legitimate.

As we went into our study, the literature contained only one other prospective trial that was in some way similar to ours. Mitchell et al9 conducted a randomized, prospective study of 101 critically ill patients, including 89 with pulmonary edema. A group of 52 patients were managed with a conservative strategy intended to reduce the amount of extravascular lung water; the other 49 patients were managed with a strategy similar to the liberal strategy used in our study. At the study’s end, the patients in the conservative-strategy group had a significantly lower amount of extravascular lung water and spent significantly fewer days on ventilation and in the ICU. No clinically significant adverse effects were associated with the conservative strategy. This small study was not highly powered, but it did show that aggressive fluid restriction conferred some benefit.

In our study, the conservative strategy improved lung function and shortened the duration of mechanical ventilation and ICU stay without increasing nonpulmonary organ failures or increasing the risk of death within 60 days. Therefore, we recommend the conservative strategy for patients with ALI/ARDS.

Although most clinicians tend to manage acute lung injury (ALI) and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) by giving more rather than less fluid,1,2 patients may actually fare better under a strategy of limited fluid intake and increased fluid excretion.

According to the results of the Fluids and Catheters Treatment Trial (FACTT),3 patients managed with fluid restriction (the “dry” or conservative strategy) spent significantly less time in the intensive care unit (ICU) and on mechanical ventilation than did patients who received a high fluid intake (the “wet” or liberal strategy). These benefits of the conservative strategy were attained without any increase in the mortality rate at 60 days or in nonpulmonary organ failure at 28 days.

In this article, I discuss the basis for the FACTT researchers’ conclusion that a conservative fluid strategy is preferable to a liberal fluid strategy in ALI/ARDS.

STUDY RATIONALE

One of the more enduring questions in critical care medicine is which fluid-management strategy is best for patients with ALI/ARDS.

The conservative strategy results in a lower vascular filling pressure, which in turn reduces pulmonary edema and improves gas exchange. The drawback to this strategy is that it may have a negative effect on cardiac output and nonpulmonary organ function.

The liberal strategy results in a higher vascular filling pressure, which may be beneficial in terms of cardiac output and nonpulmonary organ perfusion. However, this strategy does not reduce lung edema.

The evidence accumulated before FACTT did not favor one strategy over the other. However, most deaths among patients with ALI/ARDS are attributable to the failure of organs other than the lungs.4,5 As a result, aggressive fluid restriction has not been a common approach in hospitals throughout the United States.1,2

In an effort to resolve the controversy surrounding the management of ALI/ARDS and to broaden the scope of what we know about fluid balance, we undertook this multicenter, randomized, prospective clinical comparison of the two strategies. This study was conducted under the auspices of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute’s Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Clinical Trials Network (ARDSnet).

STUDY DESIGN

Between June 8, 2000, and October 3, 2005, we screened more than 11,000 patients with ALI/ARDS at 20 centers in North America.

Eligibility

Eligible patients had experienced ALI/ARDS within the previous 48 hours, had been intubated for positive-pressure ventilation, had a ratio of partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) to the fraction of inspired oxygen (FIO2) of less than 300, and exhibited bilateral infiltrates on chest radiography that were consistent with the presence of pulmonary edema without evidence of left atrial hypertension.6

Major exclusion criteria included the placement of a pulmonary artery catheter prior to randomization and the presence of certain illnesses that might have compromised the study results.

Patient population

The target enrollment of 1,000 patients was reached. These patients were randomized into one of four roughly equal groups based on the type of fluid-management strategy—conservative or liberal—and the type of catheter that was placed—pulmonary artery or central venous. (The ARDSnet researchers published the results of the catheter comparison in a separate article.7 Those results are not discussed here except to note that there were no statistically significant differences in outcomes between the two catheter groups.)

There were no statistically significant differences between the two groups with respect to baseline demographic characteristics. The conservative-strategy group consisted of 503 patients, of whom 52% were male and 65% were white; the mean age was 50.1 years. The liberal-strategy group consisted of 497 patients, of whom 55% were male and 63% were white; mean age was 49.5 years.

With some minor exceptions, there were no significant differences with respect to the various causes of ALI/ARDS, the type of coexisting conditions, the presence of shock, and overall general health. About half of all patients in both groups had pneumonia, and about one fourth in each had sepsis. Likewise, no significant differences were observed between the treatment groups in the hemodynamic, respiratory, renal, and metabolic variables (Table 1). (Unless otherwise noted, all comparison values in the remainder of this article are mean values.)

 

 

Management

Ventilation according to a low tidal volume strategy (6 mg/kg) was initiated within 1 hour after randomization. The pulmonary artery catheter or central venous catheter was inserted within 4 hours of randomization, and fluid management was started within 2 hours after catheter insertion. Fluid management was continued for 7 days or until 12 hours after extubation in patients who became able to breathe without assistance, whichever occurred first.

Target filling pressures. In the conservative-strategy group, the target filling pressures were low—a pulmonary artery occlusion pressure less than 8 mm Hg for those randomized to receive a pulmonary artery catheter, and a central venous pressure less than 4 mm Hg for those randomized to receive a central venous catheter. Barring adverse effects, patients were to undergo diuresis with furosemide (Lasix) until their goal was achieved, and then they would be maintained on that dosage through day 7. If we experienced difficulty in safely reaching these goals—say, if a patient developed hypoxemia, oliguria, or hypotension—we backed off the diuresis until the patient stabilized, and then we tried again. An inability to reach these filling pressure targets was not considered to be a treatment failure; our actual aim was to get as close to the target as possible as long as the patient tolerated the treatment.

In the liberal-strategy group, the target pressures were in the high-to-normal range—14 to 18 mm Hg for those with a pulmonary artery catheter and 10 to 14 mm Hg for those with a central venous catheter.

Patients with a pulmonary artery catheter who were hemodynamically stable after 3 days could be switched to a central venous catheter at the discretion of the clinician.

Monitoring. Patients were monitored once every 4 hours—more often if the clinician felt it necessary—for four variables:

  • Pulmonary artery occlusion pressure or central venous pressure, depending on the type of catheter
  • Shock, indicated by a mean arterial pressure of less than 60 mm Hg or the need for a vasopressor
  • Oliguria, indicated by a urine output of less than 0.5 mL/kg/hour
  • Ineffective circulation, represented by a cardiac index of less than 2.5 L/minute/cm2 in the pulmonary artery catheter group and by the presence of cold, mottled skin and a capillary-refilling time of more than 2 seconds in the central venous catheter group.

Depending on what the clinician found during monitoring, patients could receive a fluid bolus (if the filling pressure was too low), furosemide (if the filling pressure was too high), dobutamine (in certain rare circumstances), or nothing.

We monitored compliance with the protocol instructions twice each day—at a set time each morning and later in the day at a randomly selected time. An important aspect of this study is that we had no protocol instructions for managing shock. Individual clinicians were free to treat shock however they deemed best. In essence, then, our study was a comparison of liberal and conservative strategies during the nonshock phase of ALI/ARDS.

End points

The primary end point was the mortality rate at 60 days. Patients who were discharged earlier were assumed to be alive at 60 days.

The secondary end points were the number of ICU-free and ventilator-free days and the number of organ-failure-free days at day 28. Other end points included various indicators of lung physiology.

Statistical analysis

This intention-to-treat analysis was powered so that we had a 90% chance of detecting a 10% difference in mortality rate at day 60 (statistical significance: P < .05).

Protocol safeguards

Prior to treatment, we knew that some patients in the liberal-strategy group would not reach their filling-pressure targets despite the infusion of large amounts of fluid. To avoid “overdosing” these patients, we limited all patients to a maximum of three fluid boluses per 24 hours. Also, we withheld fluid boluses if a patient’s FIO2 level reached or exceeded 0.7 or if the cardiac index rose to 4.5 L/minute/cm2 or higher.

Diuretics were withheld when a patient had received a vasopressor or had emerged from shock within the preceding 12 hours. Also, diuretics were not given to any patient who had received a fluid bolus within the preceding 12 hours or when renal failure was present (these patients were given renal support therapy).

Finally, physicians and coordinators were instructed to assess each protocol instruction for safety and clinical validity before implementing the particular instruction. If, in their medical judgment, a particular protocol instruction should not be implemented, they were authorized to override the instruction and record the reason for doing so in the case report form.

 

 

RESULTS

Protocol compliance

Clinicians adhered to the protocol instructions during approximately 90% of the time.

Diuretic administration. In response to high filling pressures, patients in the conservative-strategy and liberal-strategy groups received furosemide during 41% and 10% of assessment periods, respectively (P < .0001). By day 7, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group had received a cumulative dose of approximately 1,000 mg of furosemide, while the average patient in the liberal-strategy group had received 500 mg.

Fluid administration. Low filling pressure prompted the administration of a fluid bolus to the liberal-strategy group during 15% of the assessment periods, compared with 6% in the conservative-strategy group (P < .0001).

Figure 1. Cumulative fluid balance in the two study groups and in two earlier studies in which fluid management was not specified by protocol.
Fluid balance. By day 7, patients in the liberal-strategy group had received an average of about 1 L/day of fluid, for an overall net gain of 7 L. The conservative-strategy group had a net gain of 0 L by day 7 (Figure 1).8

The conservative-strategy patients who were in shock at study entry had a net gain of approximately 3 L of fluid by day 7, while the liberal-strategy group had a gain of approximately 10 L. Among the patients who were shock-free at baseline, the conservative-strategy group had a net loss of almost 2 L at day 7 while the liberal-strategy group had a net gain of about 5 L.

Figure 2. Central venous pressure (top) and pulmonary artery occlusion pressure (bottom) in the study groups.
Central venous pressure. At day 7, the filling pressure in the conservative-strategy group had fallen from 11.9 to slightly less than 9 mm Hg, meaning that not all patients met their targets. The filling pressure in the liberal-strategy group was essentially unchanged from the baseline level of 12.2 mm Hg (Figure 2).

The pulmonary artery occlusion pressure fell from 15.6 mm Hg to just below 13 mm Hg in the conservative-strategy group by day 7, although there was a wide variation among individual patients. The pressure in the liberal-strategy group (15.7 mm Hg at baseline) was unchanged at day 7 (Figure 2).

Primary end point

Figure 3. Probability of survival to hospital discharge and of breathing without assistance during the first 60 days after randomization.
At 60 days, the mortality rate was 25.5% in the conservative-strategy treatment group and 28.4% in the liberal-strategy group; the difference was not statistically significant (P = .30) (Figure 3).

Secondary end points

Through day 7, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group experienced significantly more ICU-free days (0.9 vs 0.6; P <.001) and more days free of central nervous system (CNS) failure (3.4 vs 2.9; P = .02). No significant differences were observed in the number of days free from coagulation abnormalities and renal or hepatic failure at day 28.

Through day 28, the average patient in the conservative-strategy group experienced significantly more ventilator-free days (14.6 vs 12.1; P < .001). The other 7-day results held up after 28 days, as the average conservative-strategy patient continued to experience more ICU-free days (13.4 vs 11.2; P < .001) and more days free of CNS failure (18.8 vs 17.2; P = .03). Again, no significant differences were observed in the number of days free of coagulation abnormalities and cardiovascular, renal, or hepatic failure.

It is not clear if the conservative strategy’s advantage in terms of more CNS-failure-free days was actually the result of the strategy itself or due to the fact that these patients were weaned off ventilation earlier and therefore received less sedation.

Other outcomes

Shock. One concern we had with the conservative strategy was that it might induce shock more frequently, but this did not occur. The percentage of patients who developed shock at least once during the 7-day treatment protocol was quite similar in the two groups. Also, it is interesting that patients who presented with no baseline shock had only about a 30% chance of developing shock during therapy. There was no significant difference in vasopressor use between the two groups.

Lung function. The conservative-strategy group had a significantly better Murray lung injury score at day 7: 2.03 vs 2.27 (P < .001).

Tidal-volume scores (7.4 mL/kg in both groups at baseline) dropped at an equal rate and were virtually identical at day 7 (6.36 mL/kg in the conservative-strategy group and 6.34 in the liberal-strategy group), as expected.The plateau pressure, positive end-expiraory pressure, PaO2–FIO2 ratio, and oxygenation index were slightly but not significantly better in the conservative-strategy group at day 7.

Overall, lung function was considerably better in the conservative-strategy group.

Cardiovascular function. The mean arterial pressure was significantly lower in the conservative-strategy group at day 7 (81.00 vs 84.36 mm Hg; P = .03). It is interesting that both levels were higher than the baseline levels (77.1 and 77.2, respectively; not significant).

The stroke volume index and the cardiac index were slightly lower in the conservative-strategy group at day 7, but not significantly so. No differences were seen in heart rate and venous oxygen saturation levels.

Renal and metabolic function. At day 7, the conservative-strategy group had a significantly higher blood urea nitrogen level (33.62 vs 28.44 mg/dL; P = .009). No significant differences were seen between the groups in creatinine levels at day 7 and day 28.

At day 60, dialysis was needed by 10% of the conservative-strategy group and 14% of the liberal-strategy group (P = .06). The important finding here is that there was no trend toward a more frequent need for dialysis in the conservative-strategy group. Also, the average number of days on dialysis in the two groups was essentially the same (11.0 and 10.9, respectively).

Again, there was no difference in the number of renal-failure-free days at either day 7 or day 28.

Hematologic factors. At day 7, the conservative-strategy group had significantly higher hemoglobin (10.22 vs 9.65 g/dL) and albumin (2.30 vs 2.11 g/dL) levels and capillary osmotic pressure (19.18 vs 17.39 mm Hg), even though significantly more patients in the liberal-strategy group received transfusions through day 7 (39% vs 29%; P = .0007).

Safety. Although the number of adverse events—particularly, metabolic alkalosis and electrolyte imbalance—was significantly higher in the conservative-strategy group (42 vs 19; P = .001), the overall incidence was low. No adverse event was associated with arrhythmia.

 

 

CONCLUSION

The two fluid-management protocols used in this study were designed to be prudent yet distinctly different. While designing our protocol, we were concerned on the one hand that despite our best efforts fluid balance would turn out to be very similar in the two groups; this did not happen. On the other hand, we were also worried that the fluid level in one of the two groups might turn out to be so bizarre that it would invalidate our study; this too did not occur. Therefore, we are pleased with the way the study was designed and conducted, and we are satisfied that the two protocols were legitimate.

As we went into our study, the literature contained only one other prospective trial that was in some way similar to ours. Mitchell et al9 conducted a randomized, prospective study of 101 critically ill patients, including 89 with pulmonary edema. A group of 52 patients were managed with a conservative strategy intended to reduce the amount of extravascular lung water; the other 49 patients were managed with a strategy similar to the liberal strategy used in our study. At the study’s end, the patients in the conservative-strategy group had a significantly lower amount of extravascular lung water and spent significantly fewer days on ventilation and in the ICU. No clinically significant adverse effects were associated with the conservative strategy. This small study was not highly powered, but it did show that aggressive fluid restriction conferred some benefit.

In our study, the conservative strategy improved lung function and shortened the duration of mechanical ventilation and ICU stay without increasing nonpulmonary organ failures or increasing the risk of death within 60 days. Therefore, we recommend the conservative strategy for patients with ALI/ARDS.

References
  1. The Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Network.Ventilation with lower tidal volumes as compared with traditional tidal volumes for acute lung injury and the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:1301–1308.
  2. Brower RG, Lanken PN, MacIntyre N, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute ARDS Clinical Trials Network. Higher versus lower positive end-expiratory pressures in patients with the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:327–336.
  3. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network; Wiedemann HP, Wheeler AP, Bernard GR, et al. Comparison of two fluid-management strategies in acute lung injury. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:2564–2575.
  4. Ware LB, Matthay MA. The acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:1334–1349.
  5. Montgomery AB, Stager MA, Carrico CJ, Hudson LD. Causes of mortality in patients with the adult respiratory distress syndrome. Am Rev Respir Dis 1985; 132:485–489.
  6. Bernard GR, Artigas A, Brigham KL, et al. The American-European Consensus Conference on ARDS. Definitions, mechanisms, relevant outcomes, and clinical trial coordination. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1994; 149:818–824.
  7. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network; Wheeler AP, Bernard GR, Thompson BT, et al. Pulmonary-artery versus central venous catheter to guide treatment of acute lung injury. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:2213–2224.
  8. The National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical TrialsNetwork. Supplementary appendix.http://content.nejm.org/cgi/data/NEJMoa062200/DC1/1.Accessed August 3, 2007.
  9. Mitchell JP, Schuller D, Calandrino FS, Schuster DP.Improved outcome based on fluid management in criticallyill patients requiring pulmonary artery catheterization.Am Rev Respir Dis 1992; 145:990–998.
References
  1. The Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Network.Ventilation with lower tidal volumes as compared with traditional tidal volumes for acute lung injury and the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:1301–1308.
  2. Brower RG, Lanken PN, MacIntyre N, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute ARDS Clinical Trials Network. Higher versus lower positive end-expiratory pressures in patients with the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:327–336.
  3. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network; Wiedemann HP, Wheeler AP, Bernard GR, et al. Comparison of two fluid-management strategies in acute lung injury. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:2564–2575.
  4. Ware LB, Matthay MA. The acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:1334–1349.
  5. Montgomery AB, Stager MA, Carrico CJ, Hudson LD. Causes of mortality in patients with the adult respiratory distress syndrome. Am Rev Respir Dis 1985; 132:485–489.
  6. Bernard GR, Artigas A, Brigham KL, et al. The American-European Consensus Conference on ARDS. Definitions, mechanisms, relevant outcomes, and clinical trial coordination. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1994; 149:818–824.
  7. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical Trials Network; Wheeler AP, Bernard GR, Thompson BT, et al. Pulmonary-artery versus central venous catheter to guide treatment of acute lung injury. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:2213–2224.
  8. The National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) Clinical TrialsNetwork. Supplementary appendix.http://content.nejm.org/cgi/data/NEJMoa062200/DC1/1.Accessed August 3, 2007.
  9. Mitchell JP, Schuller D, Calandrino FS, Schuster DP.Improved outcome based on fluid management in criticallyill patients requiring pulmonary artery catheterization.Am Rev Respir Dis 1992; 145:990–998.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Page Number
42-48
Page Number
42-48
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Fluid restriction is superior in acute lung injury and ARDS
Display Headline
Fluid restriction is superior in acute lung injury and ARDS
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • In the conservative-strategy group, the target filling pressures were a pulmonary artery occlusion pressure less than 8 mm Hg for those with a pulmonary artery catheter and a central venous pressure less than 4 mm Hg for those with only a central venous catheter. Pressures were brought into these ranges by diuresis.
  • The conservative-strategy group did not experience more frequent need for dialysis or more shock.
  • Although the number of adverse events—particularly ,metabolic alkalosis and electrolyte imbalance—was significantly higher in the conservative-strategy group, the overall incidence was low.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

When should a methacholine challenge be ordered for a patient with suspected asthma?

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 10:24
Display Headline
When should a methacholine challenge be ordered for a patient with suspected asthma?

The methacholine challenge test isused in several situations:

If the diagnosis of asthma is in question, eg, if the patient has symptoms that suggest asthma (either typical symptoms such as coughing, wheezing, and dyspnea or atypical symptoms) but normal results on regular spirometric testing and no response to a bronchodilator. Because the test has a high negative predictive value, it is more useful in ruling out asthma (if the result is negative) than in ruling it in (if the result is positive).1,2 A negative methacholine challenge test nearly rules out asthma; however, a positive test result needs to be interpreted cautiously if the patient is not experiencing symptoms.

In establishing a diagnosis of occupational asthma. For patients with remitting and relapsing symptoms suggestive of asthma associated with a particular work environment, a detailed history, physical examination, and methacholine challenge test can establish the diagnosis. Specific bronchial challenge testing with the suspected offending agent is possible, although this is more frequently used in research and in situations with significant legal or financial implications for the patient, such as workers’ compensation cases.3

Possibly, in managing asthma. In several clinical trials,4,5 outcomes were better when asthma management decisions were based on airway hyper responsiveness combined with conventional factors (symptoms and lung function) than with management based on conventional factors alone. These findings suggest that asthma management based on serial measurement of airway hyperresponsiveness may be useful in optimizing outcomes of care; however, adjustment in treatment according to response to serial methacholine challenge tests is currently not recommended for routine management of asthma.

In clinical research.

OBSTRUCTION CAN BE IMPROVED OR PROVOKED

Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disorder of the airways associated with characteristic clinical symptoms of wheezing, chest tightness, breathlessness, and cough. These symptoms may be associated with airflow limitation that is at least partially reversible, either spontaneously or with treatment.

Spirometry can confirm the diagnosis of asthma if lung function improves after a bronchodilator is given, as reflected by an increase in forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) of more than 12% and more than 0.2 L.6,7

Conversely, during bronchoprovocation testing, airflow obstruction is provoked by a stimulus known to elicit airway narrowing, such as inhaled methacholine. Bronchial hyperresponsiveness can reliably distinguish patients with asthma from those without asthma.

HOW THE TEST IS DONE

During the test, the patient inhales methacholine aerosols in increasing concentrations; various protocols can be used. Spirometry is performed before and after each dose, and the results are reported as a percent decrease in FEV1 from baseline for each step of the protocol.

A positive reaction is a 20% fall in FEV1, and the provocative concentration that causes a positive reaction (the PC20) is used to indicate the level of airway hyperresponsiveness. If the FEV1 does not fall by at least 20% with the highest concentration of methacholine, the testis interpreted as negative and the PC20 is reported as “more than 16 mg/mL” or “more than 25 mg/mL,” depending on the highest dose given.

The maximum dose of methacholine varies among pulmonary function testing laboratories and asthma specialists; final doses of 16, 25, and 32 mg/mL are commonly used. Studies have defined a range of 8 to 16 mg/mL as an optimal cutoff point to separate patients with asthma from those without asthma.2,6,7

The response to methacholine can also be expressed in terms of specific airway conductance;however, this is more complicated and requires body plethysmography.

Other stimuli that can be used as bronchoprovocation challenges to diagnose asthma include inhaled histamine, exposure to cold air, or eucapneic hyperventilation.Compared with these alternative stimuli, methacholine is the most feasible as it does not require extensive equipment and is better tolerated than histamine.8

 

 

POTENTIAL COMPLICATIONS

Methacholine elicits airway narrowing in susceptible people and can cause severe bronchoconstriction, hyperinflation, or severe coughing. However, this procedure is generally well tolerated, and respiratory symptoms inpatients who react to methacholine typically reverse promptly in response to bronchodilators.

Nevertheless, the test should be performed in a pulmonary function laboratory or doctor’s office with available personnel trained to treat acute bronchospasm and to use resuscitation equipment if needed. Informed consent should be obtained and recorded in the medical record after a detailed explanation of the risks and benefits of this procedure and alternatives to it.

CONTRAINDICATIONS

Table 1 summarizes the absolute and relative contraindications to this test.6

Baseline obstruction. A ratio of FEV1 to forced vital capacity less than 70% on baseline spirometry defines airway obstruction, and methacholine challenge for diagnostic purposes would not be indicated.

Furthermore, patients with low baseline lung function, who may not be able to compensate for a further decline in lung function due to methacholine-induced bronchospasm, are at increased risk of a serious respiratory reaction. For this reason, an FEV1 less than 50% of predicted or less than 1.0 L is an absolute contraindication to methacholine challenge testing, and an FEV1 less than 60% of predicted or less than 1.5 L must be evaluated on an individual basis.9

Myocardial infarction or stroke within the previous 3 months, uncontrolled hypertension, and aortic or cerebral aneurysm are absolute contraindications to this procedure, since induced bronchospasm may cause ventilation-perfusion mismatching resulting in arterial hypoxemia and compensatory changes in blood pressure, cardiac output, and heart rate. There is no increased risk of cardiac arrhythmia during methacholine challenge.10

Pregnancy is a relative contraindication to methacholine challenge testing; metha- choline is classified in pregnancy category C.

Inability to perform spirometry correctly is also a relative contraindication, and therefore this test is not recommended for preschool-age children.

SOME DRUGS SHOULD BE HELD

For this test to yield accurate results, the patient should not take any medications that would mask the response. The most common reason for canceling the test is lack of adequate patient preparation. Generally, the recommended periods for withholding medication sare based on their duration of action (Table 2).6,11–15

Other factors that can confound the results include smoking,16 respiratory infection, exercise, and consumption of caffeine (coffee, tea, chocolate, or cola drinks) on the day of the test. Airway responsiveness may worsen due to exposure to allergen or upper airway viral infections. Vigorous exercise could induce bronchoconstriction; therefore, performing other bronchial challenge procedures or exercise testing immediately before methacholine challenge may affect the results.17,18

Bronchial hyperresponsiveness is seen in a variety of disorders other than asthma, such as smoking-induced chronic airflow limitation, congestive heart failure, sarcoidosis, cysticfibrosis, and bronchiectasis, as well as in siblings of asthmatics and in people with allergic rhinitis.19 In these situations, the methacholine test can be falsely positive, and one should interpret the results in the context of the clinical history.

References
  1. Gilbert R, Auchincloss JH. Post-test probability of asthma following methacholine challenge. Chest 1990; 97:562–565.
  2. Perpina M, Pellicer C, de Diego A, Compte L, Macian V. Diagnostic value of the bronchial provocation test with methacholine in asthma: a Bayesian analysis approach. Chest 1993; 104:149–154.
  3. Tan RA, Spector SL. Provocation studies in the diagnosis of occupational asthma. Immunol Allergy Clin North Am 2003; 23:251–267.
  4. Sont JK, Willems LN, Bel EH, van Krieken JH, Vandenbroucke JP, Sterk PJ. Clinical control and histopathologic outcome of asthma when using airway hyperresponsiveness as an additional guide to long-term treatment. The AMPUL Study Group. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1999; 159:1043–1051.
  5. Green RH, Brightling CE, McKenna S, et al. Asthma exacerbations and sputum eosinophil counts: a randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:1715–1721.
  6. Crapo RO, Casaburi R, Coates AL, et al. Guidelines for methacholine and exercise challenge testing—1999. This official statement of the American Thoracic Society was adopted by the ATS Board of Directors, July 1999. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2000; 161:309–329.
  7. Miller MR, Hankinson J, Brusasco V, et al; ATS/ERS Task Force. Standardisation of spirometry. Eur Respir J 2005; 26:319–338.
  8. Fish JE, Kelly JF. Measurements of responsiveness in bronchoprovocation testing. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1979; 64:592–596.
  9. Martin RJ, Wanger JS, Irwin CG, Bucher Bartelson B, Cherniac RM. Methacholine challenge testing: safety of low starting FEV1. Asthma Clinical Research Network (ACRN). Chest 1997; 112:53–56.
  10. Malerba M, Radaeli A, Politi A, Ceriani L, Zulli R, Grassi V. Cardiac arrhythmia monitoring during bronchial provocation test with methacholine. Chest 2003; 124:813–818.
  11. Cockcroft DW, Swystun VA, Bhagat R. Interaction of inhaled beta 2 agonist and inhaled corticosteroid on airway responsiveness to allergen and methacholine. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1995; 152:1485–1489.
  12. Reid JK, Davis BE, Cockcroft DW. The effect of ipratropium nasal spray on bronchial methacholine challenge. Chest 2005; 128:1245–1247.
  13. O’Connor BJ, Towse LJ, Barnes PJ. Prolonged effect of tiotropium bromide on methacholine-induced bronchoconstriction in asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1996; 154:876–880.
  14. Juniper EF, Kline PA, Vanzieleghem MA, Ramsdale EH, O’Byrne PM, Hargreave FE. Effect of long-term treatment with an inhaled corticosteroid (budesonide) on airway hyperresponsiveness and clinical asthma in nonsteroid-dependent asthmatics. Am Rev Respir Dis 1990; 142:832–836.
  15. Freezer NJ, Croasdell H, Doull IJ, Holgate ST. Effect of regular inhaled beclomethasone on exercise and methacholine airway responses in school children with recurrent wheeze. Eur Respir J 1995; 8:1488–1493.
  16. Jensen EJ, Dahl R, Steffensen F. Bronchial reactivity to cigarette smoke in smokers: repeatability, relationship to methacholine reactivity, smoking and atopy. Eu rRespir J 1998; 11:670–676.
  17. Cheung D, Dick EC, Timmers MC, de Klerk EP, Spaan WJ, Sterk PJ. Rhinovirus inhalation causes longlasting excessive airway narrowing in response to methacholine in asthmatic subjects in vivo. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1995; 152:1490–1496.
  18. Dinh Xuan AT, Lockart A. Use of non-specific bronchial challenges in the assessment of anti-asthmatic drugs. Eur Respir Rev 1991; 1:19–24.
  19. Ramsdell JW, Nachtwey FJ, Moser KM. Bronchia lhyperreactivity in chronic obstructive bronchitis. Am Rev Respir Dis 1982; 126:829–832.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Edina Swartz, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

David Lang, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: David Lang, MD, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, C22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195.

Dr. Lang has disclosed that he has received honoraria or consulting fees for teaching, speaking, consulting, or serving on advisory committees or review panels for the AstraZeneca, Critical Therapeutics, Dey, Genentech GlaxoSmithKline, Merck, Novartis, Schering/Key, Teva, and Veruscorporations.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
37-40
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Edina Swartz, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

David Lang, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: David Lang, MD, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, C22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195.

Dr. Lang has disclosed that he has received honoraria or consulting fees for teaching, speaking, consulting, or serving on advisory committees or review panels for the AstraZeneca, Critical Therapeutics, Dey, Genentech GlaxoSmithKline, Merck, Novartis, Schering/Key, Teva, and Veruscorporations.

Author and Disclosure Information

Edina Swartz, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

David Lang, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: David Lang, MD, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, C22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195.

Dr. Lang has disclosed that he has received honoraria or consulting fees for teaching, speaking, consulting, or serving on advisory committees or review panels for the AstraZeneca, Critical Therapeutics, Dey, Genentech GlaxoSmithKline, Merck, Novartis, Schering/Key, Teva, and Veruscorporations.

Article PDF
Article PDF

The methacholine challenge test isused in several situations:

If the diagnosis of asthma is in question, eg, if the patient has symptoms that suggest asthma (either typical symptoms such as coughing, wheezing, and dyspnea or atypical symptoms) but normal results on regular spirometric testing and no response to a bronchodilator. Because the test has a high negative predictive value, it is more useful in ruling out asthma (if the result is negative) than in ruling it in (if the result is positive).1,2 A negative methacholine challenge test nearly rules out asthma; however, a positive test result needs to be interpreted cautiously if the patient is not experiencing symptoms.

In establishing a diagnosis of occupational asthma. For patients with remitting and relapsing symptoms suggestive of asthma associated with a particular work environment, a detailed history, physical examination, and methacholine challenge test can establish the diagnosis. Specific bronchial challenge testing with the suspected offending agent is possible, although this is more frequently used in research and in situations with significant legal or financial implications for the patient, such as workers’ compensation cases.3

Possibly, in managing asthma. In several clinical trials,4,5 outcomes were better when asthma management decisions were based on airway hyper responsiveness combined with conventional factors (symptoms and lung function) than with management based on conventional factors alone. These findings suggest that asthma management based on serial measurement of airway hyperresponsiveness may be useful in optimizing outcomes of care; however, adjustment in treatment according to response to serial methacholine challenge tests is currently not recommended for routine management of asthma.

In clinical research.

OBSTRUCTION CAN BE IMPROVED OR PROVOKED

Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disorder of the airways associated with characteristic clinical symptoms of wheezing, chest tightness, breathlessness, and cough. These symptoms may be associated with airflow limitation that is at least partially reversible, either spontaneously or with treatment.

Spirometry can confirm the diagnosis of asthma if lung function improves after a bronchodilator is given, as reflected by an increase in forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) of more than 12% and more than 0.2 L.6,7

Conversely, during bronchoprovocation testing, airflow obstruction is provoked by a stimulus known to elicit airway narrowing, such as inhaled methacholine. Bronchial hyperresponsiveness can reliably distinguish patients with asthma from those without asthma.

HOW THE TEST IS DONE

During the test, the patient inhales methacholine aerosols in increasing concentrations; various protocols can be used. Spirometry is performed before and after each dose, and the results are reported as a percent decrease in FEV1 from baseline for each step of the protocol.

A positive reaction is a 20% fall in FEV1, and the provocative concentration that causes a positive reaction (the PC20) is used to indicate the level of airway hyperresponsiveness. If the FEV1 does not fall by at least 20% with the highest concentration of methacholine, the testis interpreted as negative and the PC20 is reported as “more than 16 mg/mL” or “more than 25 mg/mL,” depending on the highest dose given.

The maximum dose of methacholine varies among pulmonary function testing laboratories and asthma specialists; final doses of 16, 25, and 32 mg/mL are commonly used. Studies have defined a range of 8 to 16 mg/mL as an optimal cutoff point to separate patients with asthma from those without asthma.2,6,7

The response to methacholine can also be expressed in terms of specific airway conductance;however, this is more complicated and requires body plethysmography.

Other stimuli that can be used as bronchoprovocation challenges to diagnose asthma include inhaled histamine, exposure to cold air, or eucapneic hyperventilation.Compared with these alternative stimuli, methacholine is the most feasible as it does not require extensive equipment and is better tolerated than histamine.8

 

 

POTENTIAL COMPLICATIONS

Methacholine elicits airway narrowing in susceptible people and can cause severe bronchoconstriction, hyperinflation, or severe coughing. However, this procedure is generally well tolerated, and respiratory symptoms inpatients who react to methacholine typically reverse promptly in response to bronchodilators.

Nevertheless, the test should be performed in a pulmonary function laboratory or doctor’s office with available personnel trained to treat acute bronchospasm and to use resuscitation equipment if needed. Informed consent should be obtained and recorded in the medical record after a detailed explanation of the risks and benefits of this procedure and alternatives to it.

CONTRAINDICATIONS

Table 1 summarizes the absolute and relative contraindications to this test.6

Baseline obstruction. A ratio of FEV1 to forced vital capacity less than 70% on baseline spirometry defines airway obstruction, and methacholine challenge for diagnostic purposes would not be indicated.

Furthermore, patients with low baseline lung function, who may not be able to compensate for a further decline in lung function due to methacholine-induced bronchospasm, are at increased risk of a serious respiratory reaction. For this reason, an FEV1 less than 50% of predicted or less than 1.0 L is an absolute contraindication to methacholine challenge testing, and an FEV1 less than 60% of predicted or less than 1.5 L must be evaluated on an individual basis.9

Myocardial infarction or stroke within the previous 3 months, uncontrolled hypertension, and aortic or cerebral aneurysm are absolute contraindications to this procedure, since induced bronchospasm may cause ventilation-perfusion mismatching resulting in arterial hypoxemia and compensatory changes in blood pressure, cardiac output, and heart rate. There is no increased risk of cardiac arrhythmia during methacholine challenge.10

Pregnancy is a relative contraindication to methacholine challenge testing; metha- choline is classified in pregnancy category C.

Inability to perform spirometry correctly is also a relative contraindication, and therefore this test is not recommended for preschool-age children.

SOME DRUGS SHOULD BE HELD

For this test to yield accurate results, the patient should not take any medications that would mask the response. The most common reason for canceling the test is lack of adequate patient preparation. Generally, the recommended periods for withholding medication sare based on their duration of action (Table 2).6,11–15

Other factors that can confound the results include smoking,16 respiratory infection, exercise, and consumption of caffeine (coffee, tea, chocolate, or cola drinks) on the day of the test. Airway responsiveness may worsen due to exposure to allergen or upper airway viral infections. Vigorous exercise could induce bronchoconstriction; therefore, performing other bronchial challenge procedures or exercise testing immediately before methacholine challenge may affect the results.17,18

Bronchial hyperresponsiveness is seen in a variety of disorders other than asthma, such as smoking-induced chronic airflow limitation, congestive heart failure, sarcoidosis, cysticfibrosis, and bronchiectasis, as well as in siblings of asthmatics and in people with allergic rhinitis.19 In these situations, the methacholine test can be falsely positive, and one should interpret the results in the context of the clinical history.

The methacholine challenge test isused in several situations:

If the diagnosis of asthma is in question, eg, if the patient has symptoms that suggest asthma (either typical symptoms such as coughing, wheezing, and dyspnea or atypical symptoms) but normal results on regular spirometric testing and no response to a bronchodilator. Because the test has a high negative predictive value, it is more useful in ruling out asthma (if the result is negative) than in ruling it in (if the result is positive).1,2 A negative methacholine challenge test nearly rules out asthma; however, a positive test result needs to be interpreted cautiously if the patient is not experiencing symptoms.

In establishing a diagnosis of occupational asthma. For patients with remitting and relapsing symptoms suggestive of asthma associated with a particular work environment, a detailed history, physical examination, and methacholine challenge test can establish the diagnosis. Specific bronchial challenge testing with the suspected offending agent is possible, although this is more frequently used in research and in situations with significant legal or financial implications for the patient, such as workers’ compensation cases.3

Possibly, in managing asthma. In several clinical trials,4,5 outcomes were better when asthma management decisions were based on airway hyper responsiveness combined with conventional factors (symptoms and lung function) than with management based on conventional factors alone. These findings suggest that asthma management based on serial measurement of airway hyperresponsiveness may be useful in optimizing outcomes of care; however, adjustment in treatment according to response to serial methacholine challenge tests is currently not recommended for routine management of asthma.

In clinical research.

OBSTRUCTION CAN BE IMPROVED OR PROVOKED

Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disorder of the airways associated with characteristic clinical symptoms of wheezing, chest tightness, breathlessness, and cough. These symptoms may be associated with airflow limitation that is at least partially reversible, either spontaneously or with treatment.

Spirometry can confirm the diagnosis of asthma if lung function improves after a bronchodilator is given, as reflected by an increase in forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) of more than 12% and more than 0.2 L.6,7

Conversely, during bronchoprovocation testing, airflow obstruction is provoked by a stimulus known to elicit airway narrowing, such as inhaled methacholine. Bronchial hyperresponsiveness can reliably distinguish patients with asthma from those without asthma.

HOW THE TEST IS DONE

During the test, the patient inhales methacholine aerosols in increasing concentrations; various protocols can be used. Spirometry is performed before and after each dose, and the results are reported as a percent decrease in FEV1 from baseline for each step of the protocol.

A positive reaction is a 20% fall in FEV1, and the provocative concentration that causes a positive reaction (the PC20) is used to indicate the level of airway hyperresponsiveness. If the FEV1 does not fall by at least 20% with the highest concentration of methacholine, the testis interpreted as negative and the PC20 is reported as “more than 16 mg/mL” or “more than 25 mg/mL,” depending on the highest dose given.

The maximum dose of methacholine varies among pulmonary function testing laboratories and asthma specialists; final doses of 16, 25, and 32 mg/mL are commonly used. Studies have defined a range of 8 to 16 mg/mL as an optimal cutoff point to separate patients with asthma from those without asthma.2,6,7

The response to methacholine can also be expressed in terms of specific airway conductance;however, this is more complicated and requires body plethysmography.

Other stimuli that can be used as bronchoprovocation challenges to diagnose asthma include inhaled histamine, exposure to cold air, or eucapneic hyperventilation.Compared with these alternative stimuli, methacholine is the most feasible as it does not require extensive equipment and is better tolerated than histamine.8

 

 

POTENTIAL COMPLICATIONS

Methacholine elicits airway narrowing in susceptible people and can cause severe bronchoconstriction, hyperinflation, or severe coughing. However, this procedure is generally well tolerated, and respiratory symptoms inpatients who react to methacholine typically reverse promptly in response to bronchodilators.

Nevertheless, the test should be performed in a pulmonary function laboratory or doctor’s office with available personnel trained to treat acute bronchospasm and to use resuscitation equipment if needed. Informed consent should be obtained and recorded in the medical record after a detailed explanation of the risks and benefits of this procedure and alternatives to it.

CONTRAINDICATIONS

Table 1 summarizes the absolute and relative contraindications to this test.6

Baseline obstruction. A ratio of FEV1 to forced vital capacity less than 70% on baseline spirometry defines airway obstruction, and methacholine challenge for diagnostic purposes would not be indicated.

Furthermore, patients with low baseline lung function, who may not be able to compensate for a further decline in lung function due to methacholine-induced bronchospasm, are at increased risk of a serious respiratory reaction. For this reason, an FEV1 less than 50% of predicted or less than 1.0 L is an absolute contraindication to methacholine challenge testing, and an FEV1 less than 60% of predicted or less than 1.5 L must be evaluated on an individual basis.9

Myocardial infarction or stroke within the previous 3 months, uncontrolled hypertension, and aortic or cerebral aneurysm are absolute contraindications to this procedure, since induced bronchospasm may cause ventilation-perfusion mismatching resulting in arterial hypoxemia and compensatory changes in blood pressure, cardiac output, and heart rate. There is no increased risk of cardiac arrhythmia during methacholine challenge.10

Pregnancy is a relative contraindication to methacholine challenge testing; metha- choline is classified in pregnancy category C.

Inability to perform spirometry correctly is also a relative contraindication, and therefore this test is not recommended for preschool-age children.

SOME DRUGS SHOULD BE HELD

For this test to yield accurate results, the patient should not take any medications that would mask the response. The most common reason for canceling the test is lack of adequate patient preparation. Generally, the recommended periods for withholding medication sare based on their duration of action (Table 2).6,11–15

Other factors that can confound the results include smoking,16 respiratory infection, exercise, and consumption of caffeine (coffee, tea, chocolate, or cola drinks) on the day of the test. Airway responsiveness may worsen due to exposure to allergen or upper airway viral infections. Vigorous exercise could induce bronchoconstriction; therefore, performing other bronchial challenge procedures or exercise testing immediately before methacholine challenge may affect the results.17,18

Bronchial hyperresponsiveness is seen in a variety of disorders other than asthma, such as smoking-induced chronic airflow limitation, congestive heart failure, sarcoidosis, cysticfibrosis, and bronchiectasis, as well as in siblings of asthmatics and in people with allergic rhinitis.19 In these situations, the methacholine test can be falsely positive, and one should interpret the results in the context of the clinical history.

References
  1. Gilbert R, Auchincloss JH. Post-test probability of asthma following methacholine challenge. Chest 1990; 97:562–565.
  2. Perpina M, Pellicer C, de Diego A, Compte L, Macian V. Diagnostic value of the bronchial provocation test with methacholine in asthma: a Bayesian analysis approach. Chest 1993; 104:149–154.
  3. Tan RA, Spector SL. Provocation studies in the diagnosis of occupational asthma. Immunol Allergy Clin North Am 2003; 23:251–267.
  4. Sont JK, Willems LN, Bel EH, van Krieken JH, Vandenbroucke JP, Sterk PJ. Clinical control and histopathologic outcome of asthma when using airway hyperresponsiveness as an additional guide to long-term treatment. The AMPUL Study Group. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1999; 159:1043–1051.
  5. Green RH, Brightling CE, McKenna S, et al. Asthma exacerbations and sputum eosinophil counts: a randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:1715–1721.
  6. Crapo RO, Casaburi R, Coates AL, et al. Guidelines for methacholine and exercise challenge testing—1999. This official statement of the American Thoracic Society was adopted by the ATS Board of Directors, July 1999. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2000; 161:309–329.
  7. Miller MR, Hankinson J, Brusasco V, et al; ATS/ERS Task Force. Standardisation of spirometry. Eur Respir J 2005; 26:319–338.
  8. Fish JE, Kelly JF. Measurements of responsiveness in bronchoprovocation testing. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1979; 64:592–596.
  9. Martin RJ, Wanger JS, Irwin CG, Bucher Bartelson B, Cherniac RM. Methacholine challenge testing: safety of low starting FEV1. Asthma Clinical Research Network (ACRN). Chest 1997; 112:53–56.
  10. Malerba M, Radaeli A, Politi A, Ceriani L, Zulli R, Grassi V. Cardiac arrhythmia monitoring during bronchial provocation test with methacholine. Chest 2003; 124:813–818.
  11. Cockcroft DW, Swystun VA, Bhagat R. Interaction of inhaled beta 2 agonist and inhaled corticosteroid on airway responsiveness to allergen and methacholine. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1995; 152:1485–1489.
  12. Reid JK, Davis BE, Cockcroft DW. The effect of ipratropium nasal spray on bronchial methacholine challenge. Chest 2005; 128:1245–1247.
  13. O’Connor BJ, Towse LJ, Barnes PJ. Prolonged effect of tiotropium bromide on methacholine-induced bronchoconstriction in asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1996; 154:876–880.
  14. Juniper EF, Kline PA, Vanzieleghem MA, Ramsdale EH, O’Byrne PM, Hargreave FE. Effect of long-term treatment with an inhaled corticosteroid (budesonide) on airway hyperresponsiveness and clinical asthma in nonsteroid-dependent asthmatics. Am Rev Respir Dis 1990; 142:832–836.
  15. Freezer NJ, Croasdell H, Doull IJ, Holgate ST. Effect of regular inhaled beclomethasone on exercise and methacholine airway responses in school children with recurrent wheeze. Eur Respir J 1995; 8:1488–1493.
  16. Jensen EJ, Dahl R, Steffensen F. Bronchial reactivity to cigarette smoke in smokers: repeatability, relationship to methacholine reactivity, smoking and atopy. Eu rRespir J 1998; 11:670–676.
  17. Cheung D, Dick EC, Timmers MC, de Klerk EP, Spaan WJ, Sterk PJ. Rhinovirus inhalation causes longlasting excessive airway narrowing in response to methacholine in asthmatic subjects in vivo. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1995; 152:1490–1496.
  18. Dinh Xuan AT, Lockart A. Use of non-specific bronchial challenges in the assessment of anti-asthmatic drugs. Eur Respir Rev 1991; 1:19–24.
  19. Ramsdell JW, Nachtwey FJ, Moser KM. Bronchia lhyperreactivity in chronic obstructive bronchitis. Am Rev Respir Dis 1982; 126:829–832.
References
  1. Gilbert R, Auchincloss JH. Post-test probability of asthma following methacholine challenge. Chest 1990; 97:562–565.
  2. Perpina M, Pellicer C, de Diego A, Compte L, Macian V. Diagnostic value of the bronchial provocation test with methacholine in asthma: a Bayesian analysis approach. Chest 1993; 104:149–154.
  3. Tan RA, Spector SL. Provocation studies in the diagnosis of occupational asthma. Immunol Allergy Clin North Am 2003; 23:251–267.
  4. Sont JK, Willems LN, Bel EH, van Krieken JH, Vandenbroucke JP, Sterk PJ. Clinical control and histopathologic outcome of asthma when using airway hyperresponsiveness as an additional guide to long-term treatment. The AMPUL Study Group. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1999; 159:1043–1051.
  5. Green RH, Brightling CE, McKenna S, et al. Asthma exacerbations and sputum eosinophil counts: a randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:1715–1721.
  6. Crapo RO, Casaburi R, Coates AL, et al. Guidelines for methacholine and exercise challenge testing—1999. This official statement of the American Thoracic Society was adopted by the ATS Board of Directors, July 1999. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2000; 161:309–329.
  7. Miller MR, Hankinson J, Brusasco V, et al; ATS/ERS Task Force. Standardisation of spirometry. Eur Respir J 2005; 26:319–338.
  8. Fish JE, Kelly JF. Measurements of responsiveness in bronchoprovocation testing. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1979; 64:592–596.
  9. Martin RJ, Wanger JS, Irwin CG, Bucher Bartelson B, Cherniac RM. Methacholine challenge testing: safety of low starting FEV1. Asthma Clinical Research Network (ACRN). Chest 1997; 112:53–56.
  10. Malerba M, Radaeli A, Politi A, Ceriani L, Zulli R, Grassi V. Cardiac arrhythmia monitoring during bronchial provocation test with methacholine. Chest 2003; 124:813–818.
  11. Cockcroft DW, Swystun VA, Bhagat R. Interaction of inhaled beta 2 agonist and inhaled corticosteroid on airway responsiveness to allergen and methacholine. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1995; 152:1485–1489.
  12. Reid JK, Davis BE, Cockcroft DW. The effect of ipratropium nasal spray on bronchial methacholine challenge. Chest 2005; 128:1245–1247.
  13. O’Connor BJ, Towse LJ, Barnes PJ. Prolonged effect of tiotropium bromide on methacholine-induced bronchoconstriction in asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1996; 154:876–880.
  14. Juniper EF, Kline PA, Vanzieleghem MA, Ramsdale EH, O’Byrne PM, Hargreave FE. Effect of long-term treatment with an inhaled corticosteroid (budesonide) on airway hyperresponsiveness and clinical asthma in nonsteroid-dependent asthmatics. Am Rev Respir Dis 1990; 142:832–836.
  15. Freezer NJ, Croasdell H, Doull IJ, Holgate ST. Effect of regular inhaled beclomethasone on exercise and methacholine airway responses in school children with recurrent wheeze. Eur Respir J 1995; 8:1488–1493.
  16. Jensen EJ, Dahl R, Steffensen F. Bronchial reactivity to cigarette smoke in smokers: repeatability, relationship to methacholine reactivity, smoking and atopy. Eu rRespir J 1998; 11:670–676.
  17. Cheung D, Dick EC, Timmers MC, de Klerk EP, Spaan WJ, Sterk PJ. Rhinovirus inhalation causes longlasting excessive airway narrowing in response to methacholine in asthmatic subjects in vivo. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1995; 152:1490–1496.
  18. Dinh Xuan AT, Lockart A. Use of non-specific bronchial challenges in the assessment of anti-asthmatic drugs. Eur Respir Rev 1991; 1:19–24.
  19. Ramsdell JW, Nachtwey FJ, Moser KM. Bronchia lhyperreactivity in chronic obstructive bronchitis. Am Rev Respir Dis 1982; 126:829–832.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Page Number
37-40
Page Number
37-40
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
When should a methacholine challenge be ordered for a patient with suspected asthma?
Display Headline
When should a methacholine challenge be ordered for a patient with suspected asthma?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Four no more: The 'PSA cutoff era' is over

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 09:18
Display Headline
Four no more: The 'PSA cutoff era' is over

Prostate-specific antigen (PSA) testing has been mired in controversy throughout the short time it has been a clinical tool for detecting prostate cancer. During the first decade after it was approved for prostate cancer screening, the dogma prevailed that the upper limit of normal was 4.0 μg/L. Healthy patients with values above this cutoff were believed to be at risk of prostate cancer and were usually advised to undergo biopsy. Patients with levels below this threshold were told they had normal reading sand were reassured that they did not have prostate cancer.

See related editorial

NO PSA VALUE RULES CANCER IN OR OUT

But more men have prostate cancer than we thought. Initial reports suggested that men with a slightly elevated PSA value (4.0–9.9 μg/L) had a 22% chance of having prostate cancer, and those with a significant elevation (values of 10.0 μg/L or higher) had a 67% risk.1 However, these numbers were based on“sextant” biopsies (ie, in which only six samples are taken)—a technique fraught with a high false-negative detection rate. If more biopsy samples per patient are taken, approximately twice as many men with PSA levels above 4.0 are found to harbor prostate cancer, in the range of 40% to 50%.2

Figure 1.
Moreover, many physicians began to recognize that the widely accepted cutoff between normal and abnormal was relatively empiric and based on minimally rigorous scientific analysis. Multiple studies have now shown that many men with “normal” PSA values harbor prostate cancer. The most definitive was the Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial,3,4 which found no PSA level below which prostate cancer can be ruled out, and no level above which prostate cancer is certain (Figure 1).

An individual patient’s PSA value is only part of the equation. Other risk factors need to be considered, such as his age, race, family history, findings on digital rectal examination, prostate size, results of earlier prostate biopsies, percent free PSA ratio, and whether he takes a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor. Moreover, PSA levels in men who have undergone treatment for prostate cancer are completely independent of the reference ranges in widespread laboratory use, making such references and thresholds even more meaningless in this setting.

Depending on their other risk factors, two men with identical PSA levels can have very different risks of prostate cancer. Conversely, if all their other risk factors are the same and one man has a PSA level of 3.9 μg/L and th eother has a level of 4.1, their risk is essentially identical.

Many patients and physicians are perplexed about PSA testing, often framing their concern in terms of “inaccuracy.” However, accuracy is not the problem with PSA testing. Rather, the problem is that physicians insist on categorizing patients as either normal or abnormal, when it is abundantly clear that such a dichotomy does not exist. Nevertheless, laboratories around the world continue to foster this false division by printing a PSA reference range of less than 4.0 μg/L on their reports.

A MORE MEANINGFUL LABORATORY REPORT

In view of the unequivocal data, urologists at Cleveland Clinic Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, in collaboration with the Department of Laboratory Medicine, have eliminated 4.0 μg/L as the upper limit of normal from our PSA reports. Instead of a normal range, our reports now include risk ranges from large series (as shown in Figure 1), which provide a more meaningful clinical picture than the categories normal or abnormal.3–5 Moreover, the report also carries an explanation, including a reference to a risk calculator, to assist the patient and physician in interpretingthe reading.

Interpreting these data will inevitably create new controversy, like any major challenge to the status quo. Nevertheless, it is certainly more appropriate to inform patients of their actual risk of having prostate cancer than it is to tell them that their PSA level is normal or abnormal.

Moreover, because many older men have asymptomatic cancer that may never pose a problem in their lifetime, the decision to recommend urologic evaluation or prostate biopsy should be individualized. Indeed, this will take greater consideration than it did with the old 4.0 cutoff: interpreting PSA levels is more complex than once believed.

This change is long overdue and will require substantial education of both physicians and patients. They need to know that there is no PSA level at which a biopsy is mandated, and that the decision to consider biopsy should be based on solid information:ie, what are the odds that this patient has cancer? And what are the odds that he has high-grade, aggressive cancer, as opposed to a more indolent form that might be appropriately ignored?

We anticipate concern that changing the way we report PSA values may increase patients’ anxiety and lead to more prostate biopsies being performed. That is emphatically not the intent of this initiative. Rather, our intent is to accurately report PSA values with a meaningful interpretation of their implications instead of reporting an artificial—and relatively meaningless—cutoff. Interpreting PSA levels in the context of all the above factors will help advance the understanding and management of prostate cancer risk and diagnosis.

References
  1. Catalona WJ, Smith DS, Ratliff TL, et al. Measurement of prostate-specific antigen in serum as a screening test for prostate cancer. N Engl J Med 1991; 324:1156–1161.
  2. Jones JS, Patel A, Schoenfield L, Rabets JC, Zippe CD, Magi-Galluzzi C. Saturation technique does not improve cancer detection as an initial prostate biopsy strategy. J Urol 2006; 175:485–488.
  3. Thompson IM, Pauler DK, Goodman PJ, et al. Prevalence of prostate cancer among men with a prostate-specific antigen level < or = 4.0 ng per milliliter. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:2239–2246.
  4. Thompson IM, Ankerst DP, Chi C, et al. Assessing prostate cancer risk: results from the Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial. J Natl Cancer Inst 2006; 98:529–534.
  5. Presti JC Jr, O’Dowd GJ, Miller MC, et al. Extended peripheral zone biopsy schemes increase cancer detection rates and minimize variance in prostate specific antigen and age related cancer rates: results of a community multi-practice study. J Urol 2003; 169:125–129.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

J. Stephen Jones, MD
Vice Chairman, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Eric Klein, MD
Head, Section of Urological Oncology, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: J. Stephen Jones, MD, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, A100, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
30-32
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

J. Stephen Jones, MD
Vice Chairman, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Eric Klein, MD
Head, Section of Urological Oncology, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: J. Stephen Jones, MD, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, A100, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

J. Stephen Jones, MD
Vice Chairman, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Eric Klein, MD
Head, Section of Urological Oncology, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: J. Stephen Jones, MD, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, A100, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Prostate-specific antigen (PSA) testing has been mired in controversy throughout the short time it has been a clinical tool for detecting prostate cancer. During the first decade after it was approved for prostate cancer screening, the dogma prevailed that the upper limit of normal was 4.0 μg/L. Healthy patients with values above this cutoff were believed to be at risk of prostate cancer and were usually advised to undergo biopsy. Patients with levels below this threshold were told they had normal reading sand were reassured that they did not have prostate cancer.

See related editorial

NO PSA VALUE RULES CANCER IN OR OUT

But more men have prostate cancer than we thought. Initial reports suggested that men with a slightly elevated PSA value (4.0–9.9 μg/L) had a 22% chance of having prostate cancer, and those with a significant elevation (values of 10.0 μg/L or higher) had a 67% risk.1 However, these numbers were based on“sextant” biopsies (ie, in which only six samples are taken)—a technique fraught with a high false-negative detection rate. If more biopsy samples per patient are taken, approximately twice as many men with PSA levels above 4.0 are found to harbor prostate cancer, in the range of 40% to 50%.2

Figure 1.
Moreover, many physicians began to recognize that the widely accepted cutoff between normal and abnormal was relatively empiric and based on minimally rigorous scientific analysis. Multiple studies have now shown that many men with “normal” PSA values harbor prostate cancer. The most definitive was the Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial,3,4 which found no PSA level below which prostate cancer can be ruled out, and no level above which prostate cancer is certain (Figure 1).

An individual patient’s PSA value is only part of the equation. Other risk factors need to be considered, such as his age, race, family history, findings on digital rectal examination, prostate size, results of earlier prostate biopsies, percent free PSA ratio, and whether he takes a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor. Moreover, PSA levels in men who have undergone treatment for prostate cancer are completely independent of the reference ranges in widespread laboratory use, making such references and thresholds even more meaningless in this setting.

Depending on their other risk factors, two men with identical PSA levels can have very different risks of prostate cancer. Conversely, if all their other risk factors are the same and one man has a PSA level of 3.9 μg/L and th eother has a level of 4.1, their risk is essentially identical.

Many patients and physicians are perplexed about PSA testing, often framing their concern in terms of “inaccuracy.” However, accuracy is not the problem with PSA testing. Rather, the problem is that physicians insist on categorizing patients as either normal or abnormal, when it is abundantly clear that such a dichotomy does not exist. Nevertheless, laboratories around the world continue to foster this false division by printing a PSA reference range of less than 4.0 μg/L on their reports.

A MORE MEANINGFUL LABORATORY REPORT

In view of the unequivocal data, urologists at Cleveland Clinic Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, in collaboration with the Department of Laboratory Medicine, have eliminated 4.0 μg/L as the upper limit of normal from our PSA reports. Instead of a normal range, our reports now include risk ranges from large series (as shown in Figure 1), which provide a more meaningful clinical picture than the categories normal or abnormal.3–5 Moreover, the report also carries an explanation, including a reference to a risk calculator, to assist the patient and physician in interpretingthe reading.

Interpreting these data will inevitably create new controversy, like any major challenge to the status quo. Nevertheless, it is certainly more appropriate to inform patients of their actual risk of having prostate cancer than it is to tell them that their PSA level is normal or abnormal.

Moreover, because many older men have asymptomatic cancer that may never pose a problem in their lifetime, the decision to recommend urologic evaluation or prostate biopsy should be individualized. Indeed, this will take greater consideration than it did with the old 4.0 cutoff: interpreting PSA levels is more complex than once believed.

This change is long overdue and will require substantial education of both physicians and patients. They need to know that there is no PSA level at which a biopsy is mandated, and that the decision to consider biopsy should be based on solid information:ie, what are the odds that this patient has cancer? And what are the odds that he has high-grade, aggressive cancer, as opposed to a more indolent form that might be appropriately ignored?

We anticipate concern that changing the way we report PSA values may increase patients’ anxiety and lead to more prostate biopsies being performed. That is emphatically not the intent of this initiative. Rather, our intent is to accurately report PSA values with a meaningful interpretation of their implications instead of reporting an artificial—and relatively meaningless—cutoff. Interpreting PSA levels in the context of all the above factors will help advance the understanding and management of prostate cancer risk and diagnosis.

Prostate-specific antigen (PSA) testing has been mired in controversy throughout the short time it has been a clinical tool for detecting prostate cancer. During the first decade after it was approved for prostate cancer screening, the dogma prevailed that the upper limit of normal was 4.0 μg/L. Healthy patients with values above this cutoff were believed to be at risk of prostate cancer and were usually advised to undergo biopsy. Patients with levels below this threshold were told they had normal reading sand were reassured that they did not have prostate cancer.

See related editorial

NO PSA VALUE RULES CANCER IN OR OUT

But more men have prostate cancer than we thought. Initial reports suggested that men with a slightly elevated PSA value (4.0–9.9 μg/L) had a 22% chance of having prostate cancer, and those with a significant elevation (values of 10.0 μg/L or higher) had a 67% risk.1 However, these numbers were based on“sextant” biopsies (ie, in which only six samples are taken)—a technique fraught with a high false-negative detection rate. If more biopsy samples per patient are taken, approximately twice as many men with PSA levels above 4.0 are found to harbor prostate cancer, in the range of 40% to 50%.2

Figure 1.
Moreover, many physicians began to recognize that the widely accepted cutoff between normal and abnormal was relatively empiric and based on minimally rigorous scientific analysis. Multiple studies have now shown that many men with “normal” PSA values harbor prostate cancer. The most definitive was the Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial,3,4 which found no PSA level below which prostate cancer can be ruled out, and no level above which prostate cancer is certain (Figure 1).

An individual patient’s PSA value is only part of the equation. Other risk factors need to be considered, such as his age, race, family history, findings on digital rectal examination, prostate size, results of earlier prostate biopsies, percent free PSA ratio, and whether he takes a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor. Moreover, PSA levels in men who have undergone treatment for prostate cancer are completely independent of the reference ranges in widespread laboratory use, making such references and thresholds even more meaningless in this setting.

Depending on their other risk factors, two men with identical PSA levels can have very different risks of prostate cancer. Conversely, if all their other risk factors are the same and one man has a PSA level of 3.9 μg/L and th eother has a level of 4.1, their risk is essentially identical.

Many patients and physicians are perplexed about PSA testing, often framing their concern in terms of “inaccuracy.” However, accuracy is not the problem with PSA testing. Rather, the problem is that physicians insist on categorizing patients as either normal or abnormal, when it is abundantly clear that such a dichotomy does not exist. Nevertheless, laboratories around the world continue to foster this false division by printing a PSA reference range of less than 4.0 μg/L on their reports.

A MORE MEANINGFUL LABORATORY REPORT

In view of the unequivocal data, urologists at Cleveland Clinic Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, in collaboration with the Department of Laboratory Medicine, have eliminated 4.0 μg/L as the upper limit of normal from our PSA reports. Instead of a normal range, our reports now include risk ranges from large series (as shown in Figure 1), which provide a more meaningful clinical picture than the categories normal or abnormal.3–5 Moreover, the report also carries an explanation, including a reference to a risk calculator, to assist the patient and physician in interpretingthe reading.

Interpreting these data will inevitably create new controversy, like any major challenge to the status quo. Nevertheless, it is certainly more appropriate to inform patients of their actual risk of having prostate cancer than it is to tell them that their PSA level is normal or abnormal.

Moreover, because many older men have asymptomatic cancer that may never pose a problem in their lifetime, the decision to recommend urologic evaluation or prostate biopsy should be individualized. Indeed, this will take greater consideration than it did with the old 4.0 cutoff: interpreting PSA levels is more complex than once believed.

This change is long overdue and will require substantial education of both physicians and patients. They need to know that there is no PSA level at which a biopsy is mandated, and that the decision to consider biopsy should be based on solid information:ie, what are the odds that this patient has cancer? And what are the odds that he has high-grade, aggressive cancer, as opposed to a more indolent form that might be appropriately ignored?

We anticipate concern that changing the way we report PSA values may increase patients’ anxiety and lead to more prostate biopsies being performed. That is emphatically not the intent of this initiative. Rather, our intent is to accurately report PSA values with a meaningful interpretation of their implications instead of reporting an artificial—and relatively meaningless—cutoff. Interpreting PSA levels in the context of all the above factors will help advance the understanding and management of prostate cancer risk and diagnosis.

References
  1. Catalona WJ, Smith DS, Ratliff TL, et al. Measurement of prostate-specific antigen in serum as a screening test for prostate cancer. N Engl J Med 1991; 324:1156–1161.
  2. Jones JS, Patel A, Schoenfield L, Rabets JC, Zippe CD, Magi-Galluzzi C. Saturation technique does not improve cancer detection as an initial prostate biopsy strategy. J Urol 2006; 175:485–488.
  3. Thompson IM, Pauler DK, Goodman PJ, et al. Prevalence of prostate cancer among men with a prostate-specific antigen level < or = 4.0 ng per milliliter. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:2239–2246.
  4. Thompson IM, Ankerst DP, Chi C, et al. Assessing prostate cancer risk: results from the Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial. J Natl Cancer Inst 2006; 98:529–534.
  5. Presti JC Jr, O’Dowd GJ, Miller MC, et al. Extended peripheral zone biopsy schemes increase cancer detection rates and minimize variance in prostate specific antigen and age related cancer rates: results of a community multi-practice study. J Urol 2003; 169:125–129.
References
  1. Catalona WJ, Smith DS, Ratliff TL, et al. Measurement of prostate-specific antigen in serum as a screening test for prostate cancer. N Engl J Med 1991; 324:1156–1161.
  2. Jones JS, Patel A, Schoenfield L, Rabets JC, Zippe CD, Magi-Galluzzi C. Saturation technique does not improve cancer detection as an initial prostate biopsy strategy. J Urol 2006; 175:485–488.
  3. Thompson IM, Pauler DK, Goodman PJ, et al. Prevalence of prostate cancer among men with a prostate-specific antigen level < or = 4.0 ng per milliliter. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:2239–2246.
  4. Thompson IM, Ankerst DP, Chi C, et al. Assessing prostate cancer risk: results from the Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial. J Natl Cancer Inst 2006; 98:529–534.
  5. Presti JC Jr, O’Dowd GJ, Miller MC, et al. Extended peripheral zone biopsy schemes increase cancer detection rates and minimize variance in prostate specific antigen and age related cancer rates: results of a community multi-practice study. J Urol 2003; 169:125–129.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Page Number
30-32
Page Number
30-32
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Four no more: The 'PSA cutoff era' is over
Display Headline
Four no more: The 'PSA cutoff era' is over
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Prostate cancer: Too much dogma, not enough data

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 09:26
Display Headline
Prostate cancer: Too much dogma, not enough data

The article on prostate-specific antigen (PSA) testing from Drs. Jones and Klein1 in this issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine illustrates an important phenomenon in our recent approaches to management of prostate cancer: dogma often outweighs real data.

DOGMA 1: PSA ≤ 4 IS NORMAL AND PSA > 4 IS ABNORMAL

As Drs. Jones and Klein emphasize, a single PSA value does not necessarily indicate cancer is present or absent, although we should note that they are speaking predominantly of PSA values lower than 10 μg/L.

See related article

In reality, however, a confirmed blood PSA concentration of 100 μg/L is effectively diagnostic of prostate cancer, and I would be quite prepared to treat a patient for prostate cancer in an urgent setting (eg,spinal cord compression from sclerotic bone metastases) based on that confirmed PSA level without a tissue diagnosis. It is important to consider the costs and benefits of treatment and the impact of delay when making decisions of this type. In the setting of imminent spinal cord compression, the results of waiting for a diagnosis by conventional means (ie, by biopsy) are disappointing,2 and delay in care can be an important factor. Thus, we should not ignore the implications of a markedly raised PSA level when the clinical context is appropriate. The conundrum is determining at what cutoff the PSA allows that type of decision to be made without a tissue diagnosis.

DOGMA 2: PROSTATE SCREENING IS BENEFICIAL

An equally vexing issue is community-wide screening for prostate cancer. Screening is the assessment of symptom-free people in the general population for a particular disease, and for it to be successful, it must identify disease early in its course, and early identification of the disease must result in decreased morbidity of treatment or a reduced overall mortality rate.Current dogma is that prostate cancer screening is good for the community at large.

It seems intuitively sensible and logical tha tassessing healthy, symptom-free men for prostate cancer should be a good idea and should lead to earlier diagnosis and an increased chance of cure. The evidence in favor of routine screening includes “first principles,” common sense, the suggestion that death rates from prostate cancer have fallen in various countries since such approaches have been introduced, and the observation of stage migration (with a greater proportion of initial presentations with earlier-stage disease) in association with these screening exercises.

However, level-1 evidence to support this hypothesis is simply nonexistent—there have been no completed, well-designed randomized trials that demonstrate improved survival from the introduction of routine community screening for prostate cancer with digital rectal examination or PSA measurement. To know the true usefulness of community screening for prostate cancer, we must wait until the ongoing European randomized trial of screening is completed.

DOGMA 3: PROSTATE SCREENING IS WORKING

Although the concept of screening for prostate cancer is very appealing, we should not lose sight of the fact that absolute death rates from prostate cancer have fallen remarkably little in the United States since the introduction of our current screening techniques.

The absolute number of deaths from prostate cancer in the United States has hovered in the range of 26,000 to 30,000 per year since the 1980s, when PSA testing became widespread. In 1985, the American Cancer Society estimated that there were 25,500 deaths from prostate cancer3; in 2007, the estimate was 27,050 deaths,4 hardly a quantum leap forward!

In addition, even if one introduces changes in the incidence of prostate cancer and the aging of the community into the argument and thus increases the denominator for calculation of death rates, the diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer have improved in many other ways besides screening, including better noninvasive imaging and staging techniques, refined methods for pathological classification, advances in surgery and radiotherapy, hormonal adjuvant therapy for locally advanced tumors, improved chemotherapy, and better support technologies. Thus, it is difficult to attribute any perceived major improvement only to screening.

 

 

DOGMA 4: SURGERY IS BETTER . . . OR . . .RADIOTHERAPY IS BETTER

One of the tantalizing dogmas of prostate cancer management is the myth that surgery is vastly superior to radiotherapy, or vice versa.

In reality, most of the comparisons of surgery vs radiotherapy constitute comparisons of apples and oranges—surgical staging vs clinical staging, careful case selection, historical comparison, or single-center vs collaborative group outcomes. Once again, few well-constructed randomized trials have attempted to address this question, and most have closed prematurely because of poor accrual. In fact, most clinicians evolve a case-based and intuition-based experience, which is colored to varying extents by their medical school teaching and the medical literature,5 and really believe in the dogma and opinions that they quote. When one takes a step back and considers the true long-term outcomes, balancing inaccuracies of definition and documentation of the side effects of treatment,6 the variables outlined above, and the heterogeneity of salvage therapy, it is hard to make a strong case that only one therapeutic option reigns supreme.

DOGMA 5: CHEMOTHERAPY NEVER WORKS

Similarly, the view prevailed for many years that cytotoxic chemotherapy had no role in the management of hormone-refractory prostate cancer. With improved clinical staging and assessment, the introduction of serial PSA measurement as a surrogate of response, better definition of the indices of quality of life, and the completion of large randomized trials, it has become clear that the use of chemotherapy improves quality of life,7 that survival can be prolonged by the use of cytotoxics drugs,8 and that it might even be worth testing the utility of chemotherapy in the adjuvant setting, in combination with hormonal therapy, as is done in locally advanced breast cancer.9

EVIDENCE-BASED MEDICINE: THE CURE FOR DOGMA

Ultimately, we have one major tool to help us resolve challenges to dogma, and it is neither rhetoric nor more dogma. Our ultimate weapon is data, and data are best gleaned from well-designed and well-supported randomized clinical trials.

Today, in the United States, fewer than 10% of patients with cancer enter structured clinical trials, reflecting the ennui of government, the medical profession, and patients themselves, as well as the downstream products of disbursement of dogma.10 As a community we need to address these issues for a broad range of medical conditions beyond cancer by using evidence gained from clinical trials, and by practicing evidence-based medicine.

References
  1. Jones JS, Klein E. Four no more: the ‘PSA cutoff era’ is over. Cleve Clin J Med 2008; 75:30–32.
  2. Rosenthal MA, Rosen D, Raghavan D, et al. Spinal cord compression in prostate cancer: A 10-year review. Br J Urol 1992; 69:530–532.
  3. Anonymous. Cancer statistics 1985. CA Cancer J Clin 1985; 35:19–35.
  4. Jemal A, Siegel R, Ward E, Murray T, Xu J, Thun MJ. Cancer statistics 2007. CA Cancer J Clin 2007; 57:43–66.
  5. Moore MJ, O’Sullivan B, Tannock IF. How expert physicians would wish to be treated if they had genitourinary cancer. J Clin Oncol 1988; 6:1736–1745.
  6. Clark JA, Inui TS, Silliman RA, et al. Patients’ perceptions of quality of life after treatment for early prostate cancer. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:3777–3784.
  7. Tannock IF, Osoba D, Stockler MR, et al. Chemotherapy with mitoxantrone plus prednisone or prednisone alone for symptomatic hormone-resistant prostate cancer: a Canadian randomized trial with palliative end points. J Clin Oncol 1996; 14:1756–1764.
  8. Petrylak DP, Tangen CM, Hussain MH, et al. Docetaxel and estramustine compared with mitoxantrone and prednisone for advanced refractory prostate cancer. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:1513–1520.
  9. Flaig TW, Tangen CM, Hussain MHA, et al. Randomization reveals unexpected acute leukemias in SWOG prostate cancer trial. J Clin Oncol. In press.
  10. Raghavan D. An essay on rearranging the deck chairs: what’s wrong with the cancer trials system? Clin Cancer Res 2006; 12:1949–1950.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Derek Raghavan, MD, PhD, FRACP
Chairman, Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Derek Raghavan, MD, PhD, Taussig Cancer Institute, R35, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
33-34
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Derek Raghavan, MD, PhD, FRACP
Chairman, Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Derek Raghavan, MD, PhD, Taussig Cancer Institute, R35, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195.

Author and Disclosure Information

Derek Raghavan, MD, PhD, FRACP
Chairman, Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Derek Raghavan, MD, PhD, Taussig Cancer Institute, R35, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

The article on prostate-specific antigen (PSA) testing from Drs. Jones and Klein1 in this issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine illustrates an important phenomenon in our recent approaches to management of prostate cancer: dogma often outweighs real data.

DOGMA 1: PSA ≤ 4 IS NORMAL AND PSA > 4 IS ABNORMAL

As Drs. Jones and Klein emphasize, a single PSA value does not necessarily indicate cancer is present or absent, although we should note that they are speaking predominantly of PSA values lower than 10 μg/L.

See related article

In reality, however, a confirmed blood PSA concentration of 100 μg/L is effectively diagnostic of prostate cancer, and I would be quite prepared to treat a patient for prostate cancer in an urgent setting (eg,spinal cord compression from sclerotic bone metastases) based on that confirmed PSA level without a tissue diagnosis. It is important to consider the costs and benefits of treatment and the impact of delay when making decisions of this type. In the setting of imminent spinal cord compression, the results of waiting for a diagnosis by conventional means (ie, by biopsy) are disappointing,2 and delay in care can be an important factor. Thus, we should not ignore the implications of a markedly raised PSA level when the clinical context is appropriate. The conundrum is determining at what cutoff the PSA allows that type of decision to be made without a tissue diagnosis.

DOGMA 2: PROSTATE SCREENING IS BENEFICIAL

An equally vexing issue is community-wide screening for prostate cancer. Screening is the assessment of symptom-free people in the general population for a particular disease, and for it to be successful, it must identify disease early in its course, and early identification of the disease must result in decreased morbidity of treatment or a reduced overall mortality rate.Current dogma is that prostate cancer screening is good for the community at large.

It seems intuitively sensible and logical tha tassessing healthy, symptom-free men for prostate cancer should be a good idea and should lead to earlier diagnosis and an increased chance of cure. The evidence in favor of routine screening includes “first principles,” common sense, the suggestion that death rates from prostate cancer have fallen in various countries since such approaches have been introduced, and the observation of stage migration (with a greater proportion of initial presentations with earlier-stage disease) in association with these screening exercises.

However, level-1 evidence to support this hypothesis is simply nonexistent—there have been no completed, well-designed randomized trials that demonstrate improved survival from the introduction of routine community screening for prostate cancer with digital rectal examination or PSA measurement. To know the true usefulness of community screening for prostate cancer, we must wait until the ongoing European randomized trial of screening is completed.

DOGMA 3: PROSTATE SCREENING IS WORKING

Although the concept of screening for prostate cancer is very appealing, we should not lose sight of the fact that absolute death rates from prostate cancer have fallen remarkably little in the United States since the introduction of our current screening techniques.

The absolute number of deaths from prostate cancer in the United States has hovered in the range of 26,000 to 30,000 per year since the 1980s, when PSA testing became widespread. In 1985, the American Cancer Society estimated that there were 25,500 deaths from prostate cancer3; in 2007, the estimate was 27,050 deaths,4 hardly a quantum leap forward!

In addition, even if one introduces changes in the incidence of prostate cancer and the aging of the community into the argument and thus increases the denominator for calculation of death rates, the diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer have improved in many other ways besides screening, including better noninvasive imaging and staging techniques, refined methods for pathological classification, advances in surgery and radiotherapy, hormonal adjuvant therapy for locally advanced tumors, improved chemotherapy, and better support technologies. Thus, it is difficult to attribute any perceived major improvement only to screening.

 

 

DOGMA 4: SURGERY IS BETTER . . . OR . . .RADIOTHERAPY IS BETTER

One of the tantalizing dogmas of prostate cancer management is the myth that surgery is vastly superior to radiotherapy, or vice versa.

In reality, most of the comparisons of surgery vs radiotherapy constitute comparisons of apples and oranges—surgical staging vs clinical staging, careful case selection, historical comparison, or single-center vs collaborative group outcomes. Once again, few well-constructed randomized trials have attempted to address this question, and most have closed prematurely because of poor accrual. In fact, most clinicians evolve a case-based and intuition-based experience, which is colored to varying extents by their medical school teaching and the medical literature,5 and really believe in the dogma and opinions that they quote. When one takes a step back and considers the true long-term outcomes, balancing inaccuracies of definition and documentation of the side effects of treatment,6 the variables outlined above, and the heterogeneity of salvage therapy, it is hard to make a strong case that only one therapeutic option reigns supreme.

DOGMA 5: CHEMOTHERAPY NEVER WORKS

Similarly, the view prevailed for many years that cytotoxic chemotherapy had no role in the management of hormone-refractory prostate cancer. With improved clinical staging and assessment, the introduction of serial PSA measurement as a surrogate of response, better definition of the indices of quality of life, and the completion of large randomized trials, it has become clear that the use of chemotherapy improves quality of life,7 that survival can be prolonged by the use of cytotoxics drugs,8 and that it might even be worth testing the utility of chemotherapy in the adjuvant setting, in combination with hormonal therapy, as is done in locally advanced breast cancer.9

EVIDENCE-BASED MEDICINE: THE CURE FOR DOGMA

Ultimately, we have one major tool to help us resolve challenges to dogma, and it is neither rhetoric nor more dogma. Our ultimate weapon is data, and data are best gleaned from well-designed and well-supported randomized clinical trials.

Today, in the United States, fewer than 10% of patients with cancer enter structured clinical trials, reflecting the ennui of government, the medical profession, and patients themselves, as well as the downstream products of disbursement of dogma.10 As a community we need to address these issues for a broad range of medical conditions beyond cancer by using evidence gained from clinical trials, and by practicing evidence-based medicine.

The article on prostate-specific antigen (PSA) testing from Drs. Jones and Klein1 in this issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine illustrates an important phenomenon in our recent approaches to management of prostate cancer: dogma often outweighs real data.

DOGMA 1: PSA ≤ 4 IS NORMAL AND PSA > 4 IS ABNORMAL

As Drs. Jones and Klein emphasize, a single PSA value does not necessarily indicate cancer is present or absent, although we should note that they are speaking predominantly of PSA values lower than 10 μg/L.

See related article

In reality, however, a confirmed blood PSA concentration of 100 μg/L is effectively diagnostic of prostate cancer, and I would be quite prepared to treat a patient for prostate cancer in an urgent setting (eg,spinal cord compression from sclerotic bone metastases) based on that confirmed PSA level without a tissue diagnosis. It is important to consider the costs and benefits of treatment and the impact of delay when making decisions of this type. In the setting of imminent spinal cord compression, the results of waiting for a diagnosis by conventional means (ie, by biopsy) are disappointing,2 and delay in care can be an important factor. Thus, we should not ignore the implications of a markedly raised PSA level when the clinical context is appropriate. The conundrum is determining at what cutoff the PSA allows that type of decision to be made without a tissue diagnosis.

DOGMA 2: PROSTATE SCREENING IS BENEFICIAL

An equally vexing issue is community-wide screening for prostate cancer. Screening is the assessment of symptom-free people in the general population for a particular disease, and for it to be successful, it must identify disease early in its course, and early identification of the disease must result in decreased morbidity of treatment or a reduced overall mortality rate.Current dogma is that prostate cancer screening is good for the community at large.

It seems intuitively sensible and logical tha tassessing healthy, symptom-free men for prostate cancer should be a good idea and should lead to earlier diagnosis and an increased chance of cure. The evidence in favor of routine screening includes “first principles,” common sense, the suggestion that death rates from prostate cancer have fallen in various countries since such approaches have been introduced, and the observation of stage migration (with a greater proportion of initial presentations with earlier-stage disease) in association with these screening exercises.

However, level-1 evidence to support this hypothesis is simply nonexistent—there have been no completed, well-designed randomized trials that demonstrate improved survival from the introduction of routine community screening for prostate cancer with digital rectal examination or PSA measurement. To know the true usefulness of community screening for prostate cancer, we must wait until the ongoing European randomized trial of screening is completed.

DOGMA 3: PROSTATE SCREENING IS WORKING

Although the concept of screening for prostate cancer is very appealing, we should not lose sight of the fact that absolute death rates from prostate cancer have fallen remarkably little in the United States since the introduction of our current screening techniques.

The absolute number of deaths from prostate cancer in the United States has hovered in the range of 26,000 to 30,000 per year since the 1980s, when PSA testing became widespread. In 1985, the American Cancer Society estimated that there were 25,500 deaths from prostate cancer3; in 2007, the estimate was 27,050 deaths,4 hardly a quantum leap forward!

In addition, even if one introduces changes in the incidence of prostate cancer and the aging of the community into the argument and thus increases the denominator for calculation of death rates, the diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer have improved in many other ways besides screening, including better noninvasive imaging and staging techniques, refined methods for pathological classification, advances in surgery and radiotherapy, hormonal adjuvant therapy for locally advanced tumors, improved chemotherapy, and better support technologies. Thus, it is difficult to attribute any perceived major improvement only to screening.

 

 

DOGMA 4: SURGERY IS BETTER . . . OR . . .RADIOTHERAPY IS BETTER

One of the tantalizing dogmas of prostate cancer management is the myth that surgery is vastly superior to radiotherapy, or vice versa.

In reality, most of the comparisons of surgery vs radiotherapy constitute comparisons of apples and oranges—surgical staging vs clinical staging, careful case selection, historical comparison, or single-center vs collaborative group outcomes. Once again, few well-constructed randomized trials have attempted to address this question, and most have closed prematurely because of poor accrual. In fact, most clinicians evolve a case-based and intuition-based experience, which is colored to varying extents by their medical school teaching and the medical literature,5 and really believe in the dogma and opinions that they quote. When one takes a step back and considers the true long-term outcomes, balancing inaccuracies of definition and documentation of the side effects of treatment,6 the variables outlined above, and the heterogeneity of salvage therapy, it is hard to make a strong case that only one therapeutic option reigns supreme.

DOGMA 5: CHEMOTHERAPY NEVER WORKS

Similarly, the view prevailed for many years that cytotoxic chemotherapy had no role in the management of hormone-refractory prostate cancer. With improved clinical staging and assessment, the introduction of serial PSA measurement as a surrogate of response, better definition of the indices of quality of life, and the completion of large randomized trials, it has become clear that the use of chemotherapy improves quality of life,7 that survival can be prolonged by the use of cytotoxics drugs,8 and that it might even be worth testing the utility of chemotherapy in the adjuvant setting, in combination with hormonal therapy, as is done in locally advanced breast cancer.9

EVIDENCE-BASED MEDICINE: THE CURE FOR DOGMA

Ultimately, we have one major tool to help us resolve challenges to dogma, and it is neither rhetoric nor more dogma. Our ultimate weapon is data, and data are best gleaned from well-designed and well-supported randomized clinical trials.

Today, in the United States, fewer than 10% of patients with cancer enter structured clinical trials, reflecting the ennui of government, the medical profession, and patients themselves, as well as the downstream products of disbursement of dogma.10 As a community we need to address these issues for a broad range of medical conditions beyond cancer by using evidence gained from clinical trials, and by practicing evidence-based medicine.

References
  1. Jones JS, Klein E. Four no more: the ‘PSA cutoff era’ is over. Cleve Clin J Med 2008; 75:30–32.
  2. Rosenthal MA, Rosen D, Raghavan D, et al. Spinal cord compression in prostate cancer: A 10-year review. Br J Urol 1992; 69:530–532.
  3. Anonymous. Cancer statistics 1985. CA Cancer J Clin 1985; 35:19–35.
  4. Jemal A, Siegel R, Ward E, Murray T, Xu J, Thun MJ. Cancer statistics 2007. CA Cancer J Clin 2007; 57:43–66.
  5. Moore MJ, O’Sullivan B, Tannock IF. How expert physicians would wish to be treated if they had genitourinary cancer. J Clin Oncol 1988; 6:1736–1745.
  6. Clark JA, Inui TS, Silliman RA, et al. Patients’ perceptions of quality of life after treatment for early prostate cancer. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:3777–3784.
  7. Tannock IF, Osoba D, Stockler MR, et al. Chemotherapy with mitoxantrone plus prednisone or prednisone alone for symptomatic hormone-resistant prostate cancer: a Canadian randomized trial with palliative end points. J Clin Oncol 1996; 14:1756–1764.
  8. Petrylak DP, Tangen CM, Hussain MH, et al. Docetaxel and estramustine compared with mitoxantrone and prednisone for advanced refractory prostate cancer. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:1513–1520.
  9. Flaig TW, Tangen CM, Hussain MHA, et al. Randomization reveals unexpected acute leukemias in SWOG prostate cancer trial. J Clin Oncol. In press.
  10. Raghavan D. An essay on rearranging the deck chairs: what’s wrong with the cancer trials system? Clin Cancer Res 2006; 12:1949–1950.
References
  1. Jones JS, Klein E. Four no more: the ‘PSA cutoff era’ is over. Cleve Clin J Med 2008; 75:30–32.
  2. Rosenthal MA, Rosen D, Raghavan D, et al. Spinal cord compression in prostate cancer: A 10-year review. Br J Urol 1992; 69:530–532.
  3. Anonymous. Cancer statistics 1985. CA Cancer J Clin 1985; 35:19–35.
  4. Jemal A, Siegel R, Ward E, Murray T, Xu J, Thun MJ. Cancer statistics 2007. CA Cancer J Clin 2007; 57:43–66.
  5. Moore MJ, O’Sullivan B, Tannock IF. How expert physicians would wish to be treated if they had genitourinary cancer. J Clin Oncol 1988; 6:1736–1745.
  6. Clark JA, Inui TS, Silliman RA, et al. Patients’ perceptions of quality of life after treatment for early prostate cancer. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:3777–3784.
  7. Tannock IF, Osoba D, Stockler MR, et al. Chemotherapy with mitoxantrone plus prednisone or prednisone alone for symptomatic hormone-resistant prostate cancer: a Canadian randomized trial with palliative end points. J Clin Oncol 1996; 14:1756–1764.
  8. Petrylak DP, Tangen CM, Hussain MH, et al. Docetaxel and estramustine compared with mitoxantrone and prednisone for advanced refractory prostate cancer. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:1513–1520.
  9. Flaig TW, Tangen CM, Hussain MHA, et al. Randomization reveals unexpected acute leukemias in SWOG prostate cancer trial. J Clin Oncol. In press.
  10. Raghavan D. An essay on rearranging the deck chairs: what’s wrong with the cancer trials system? Clin Cancer Res 2006; 12:1949–1950.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(1)
Page Number
33-34
Page Number
33-34
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Prostate cancer: Too much dogma, not enough data
Display Headline
Prostate cancer: Too much dogma, not enough data
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media